Selected quad for the lemma: cause_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
cause_n believe_v faith_n word_n 3,386 5 4.6780 4 true
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A22507 A commentarie vpon the fourth booke of Moses, called Numbers Containing, the foundation of the church and common-wealth of the Israelites, while they walked and wandered in the vvildernesse. Laying before vs the vnchangeable loue of God promised and exhibited to this people ... Heerein also the reader shall finde more then fiue hundred theologicall questions, decided and determined by William Attersoll, minister of the word. Attersoll, William, d. 1640.; Attersoll, William, d. 1640. Pathway to Canaan.; Attersoll, William, d. 1640. Continuation of the exposition of the booke of Numbers. 1618 (1618) STC 893; ESTC S106852 2,762,938 1,336

There are 73 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

beginning and the ending of our Saluation Wherefore the Church of Rome is deceiued that make vs to be as the man that fell among theeues who left him wounded and halfe dead We ar● f●llen into the hands of a more cruell and ble●●●y tyrant who left vs not halfe dead but hath taken away life from vs and brought vs vnder the dominion of death We teach that we are able to doe no good we haue stony hearts and are strangers from the promises of God They diuide our goodnesse betweene God and man as when an horse is hardly able to draw a Coach another commeth who being coupled with him doe worke and walke together so as that which one could not doe alone he is able be●●g helped by another who by their ioynt la●ours stirre it forward True it is to vse ●eanes to obtaine faith and repentance is in our owne power after a sort A man may go from place to place enter into the house of God or not enter heare the word or not heare meditate vpon it or not meditate as it is said of Herode an vnregenerate man Mar. 6. Mar. 6.20 that he heard Iohn gladly when he preached the word This therefore is left vnto vs and put as it were into our hands to make vs without excuse and to teach vs to condemne our selues and not God How many are there that are ready to lay the fault of their infidelity vpon God because they say he giueth them not faith so that it is not in their power to beleeue But why doe they not that which is in their owne power True it is God is not bound to giue faith to any or to turne his heart The cause of infidelity is in himselfe Neuerthelesse God hath not left himselfe without witnesse nor man without excuse He carryeth a iudge in his owne bosome that shall be able to conuince him For why do not men that which they are inabled to doe why doe they not attend to his word as to his ordinance why doe they not make conscience of absenting themselues from the preaching of it They may come if they will but they will not They excuse themselues as the guests in the Gospel they haue eares to heare but they regard not they haue feet to carry them into the Church but they are slow to this duty and swift rather to any other they haue eyes to reade the Scripture yet they seldome or neuer reade it they haue hearts to meditate on the word but they thinke vpon nothing lesse Therefore all these outward helpes shal be sufficient witnesses against them Now then albeit we may performe such duties before remembred touching the meanes of our saluation yet to assent to the word by faith that thereby we may be conuerted enlightned called and regenerated to eternall life is in the hand of God onely and cannot be performed of vs. Vse 2 Secondly seeing Gods gifts are freely giuen by him it is our duty to depend vppon him and to aske them at his hands when we want them We learne to whom to goe and what way to enter that we may obtaine thē Wee all stand in neede of his helpe for our soules and bodies In the soule is ignorance presumption blindnesse and hardnesse of heart pray to him to remoue these euils and as it were to plucke these noysome loathsome weeds out of our gardens by the roots If we thinke our selues able to do it wee deceiue our selues If we feele the burthen of our sinnes to presse vs and to lye heauy and hard vpon our soules we must goe to him that hath borne them in his body and is able to take them away Hee calleth such vnto him as are weary and heauy laden with promise and purpose to ease them ●ath 11 29. If we want any thing for our body he that is the Creator of the body will not suffer vs to pine away he will not leaue vs and forsake vs. Let vs not trust to our owne labours nor riches nor abundance as the rich man did in the Gospell Luk 12 considering that no mans life consisteth in the multitude of his riches Hence it is that our Sauiour willeth vs to aske and wee shall receiue to seeke and we shall finde Math. 7. If we suppose we may attaine vnto his blessings any other way then by prayer we are altogether ignorant of the way that leadeth to his Treasury For Except the Lord keepe the City the watchman waketh but in vain except he build the house they labour in vaine that are the builders of it Psal 127 1. 〈◊〉 127 1 2. It is in vaine for vs to rise vp early and to sitte vppe late and to eate the bread of sorrowes which worldly men take to be the onely meanes to thriue it is the blessing of GOD vpon the hand of the diligent that maketh rich Let vs therefore season and sanctifie the workes of our hands the labours of our callings that so we may haue comfort and finde rest in this troublesome sea This will make our labours sweet and pleasant when we get our liuing in the sweat of our browes Besides when wee finde any defect of grace in vs or any weakenesse in spirituall things as all the faithfull do more or lesse let vs come to him that giueth freely and liberally and reprocheth no man He it is that will supply our wants and encrease his gifts in vs. This coming vnto him for all needfull graces hath many branches that belong vnto it which Christ pointeth vnto Math 13 when he saith The kingdome of heauen is like vnto a treasure hid in the field ●th 13 44. which when a man hath found he hideth it and for ioy thereof departeth and selleth all that hee hath and buieth that field If wee will attaine vnto grace we must depart with somewhat we must sell all that we haue That which is our owne is sinne but we are loth to leaue it and depart from it It cleaueth fast to the ribs sticketh fast in the bones that it will hardly out of the flesh We delight in it we make make much of it we are wholy addicted to it It may seeme a strange speech that wee are said to sell all that we haue and buy that we haue not For what haue we to sell vnto God or what can we giue vnto him or what are we able to buy at his hands Our selling of all is our parting or departing from our sinnes our leauing of them our renouncing of them so that we are determined to keepe them no longer As it is in bargaines and purchases betweene party and party whosoeuer buyeth any thing giueth and taketh he parteth with somewhat and receiueth somewhat by exchange so must it be betweene Christ and vs in this spirituall bargaine and sale We leaue that which is euill wee receiue that which is good There is no man that selleth one sinne for nought hee hath his reward
supplanted and then it will make vs carefull and watchful ouer our own harts But wher there is want of this faith there men are rash and foole-hardy and feare nothing at all and so like blinde men they fall into the pit cause others to fall This is the cause that Satan in the beginning laboured to batter this fortresse and to vndermine the faith of our first parents that they should not beleeue the word of God and so entertaine communication with him Genes 3. So hee sought to shake the faith of Christ in the first place but the Prince of this world found nothing in him Let vs therefore take to vs the shielde of Faith wherewith we shall be able to quench all the fierie darts of the wicked Ephes 6 16. And albeit we cannot but liue in the world with wicked mē as the Apostle teacheth 1 Cor. chap. 5. verse 10 yet must wee beware wee do not eate with them verse 11. that is conuerse with them and ioyne in league with them lest if wee run with them into euill it turne to their and our destruction To conclude therefore let vs remember that if wee be partakers with them in their sins we shall also be partakers in their punishment and learne to be faithfull fearefull and carefull 52 And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 53 Vnto these the Land shall bee diuided for an inheritance 54 To a fewe thou shalt giue the lesse inheritance to euerie one shall his inheritance bee giuen according vnto those that were numbred of him 55 Neuerthelesse the Land shall bee diuided c. 56 According to the lot shall the possession therof be c. In these words we haue the second part of the Chapter containing the commandement of God touching the diuiding of the Land amplified by the forme or manner of the dooing of it first by an Arithmeticall proportion according to the number of names hauing regard to the multitude or fewnesse of them they that were moe in number were to haue the greater inheritance and they that were fewer a lesser And this was one end of this new numbering taken of the people in this place whereas they had beene numbred before Secondly to auoyd partiality and contention it must bee done by Lot that they might rest in that diuision no lesse then if it had beene done by the immediate voyce of God from heauen So then as all the Tribes had not an equall number of persons so they were not to receyue an equall measure of inheritance and as they differed in multitude so they were to differ in their portion and partition of the Land If they had receiued all an equality some should haue beene burthened with superfluity and others streightned through penury The Doctrine arising from hence is this Doctrine God prouideth sufficiently for all his people That God prouideth sufficiently for all his people Euery man hath his portion assigned him of God vpon the earth It is his will and pleasure that all should haue their measure of earthly things not some to haue all and some nothing at all but all to haue some part Deu. 15 7 8 10. God would haue no begger in Israel When the Lord sent downe Manna and fed his people with Angels food all the hoast from the highest to the lowest had enough He that gathered much had nothing ouer and hee that gathered little had no lacke Exod. 16 18. 2 Cor. 8 15. To this end he instituted deacons in the Church mercifull men to looke to the poore that none should bee neglected in the dayly ministration Actes 6 1 3. 4 34 there was none in the Church of Christ that lacked forasmuch as distribution was made to euery one according as he needed This was no Anabaptisticall communion but a Christian communication of outward and earthly things as euery man had neede And heere we haue not a disanulling of propriety but an establishing of charity The Euangelist Luke describing the state of the church after Christs ascension saith that the multitude of them that beleeued were of one heart and of one soule neither said any of them that ought of the things which he possessed was his owne but they had all things common Act 4 32. Rom. 12 13 2 Cor. 9 9. Reason 1 The reasons are manifest For he prouided for man in the beginning before hee had any being or beginning as he prepareth milke in the mothers brest before the infant be broght forth into the world He made all things necessary for man before he made man himself Gen. 1. 2. much more will he prouide for vs after we haue life and bodies giuen vnto vs. Secondly who gaue vnto vs life whence haue wee receiued our bodies Is it not from God is not he our Maker and are not wee the worke of his hands Our Sauiour teacheth vs That the life is more then meate and the body thē raiment Matth. chap. 6 25. If then we haue receiued life from him wee shall also receyue meate to sustaine life and if he haue giuen vs our bodies he will giue vs garments to cloth our bodies and to couer our nakednes Thirdly he feedeth all his creatures that he made He causeth grasse to grow for the Cattle hearbe for the seruice of man that hee may bring forth food out of the earth Psal 104 14. Yea the yong Lions roare after their prey and seeke theyr meate from God verse 21. He giueth to the beast his food and to the yong Rauens that cry Psal 147 9. The Lord is good vnto all and his tender mercies are ouer all his workes Psal 145 9. So the eyes of all waite vpon him and hee giueth them their meate in due season hee openeth his hand and satisfieth the desire of euery liuing thing verse 15 16 much more then will he prouide for man whom hee made after his owne image and set him to rule ouer the beasts of the field and the fowles of heauen Fourthly euery man by the instinct of nature and the light of grace prouideth for his owne children and supplieth all their wants and euery Gouernor ministreth food and necessary things for his family Prouerb 31 15. and he that doth not this Hath denied the faith and is worse then an Infidel 1 Tim. 5 8. We are Gods owne people we belong to his household and family he is the Creator and we his creatures he is our father and wee his children he is our master and we his seruants he is our sheepheard and we his sheepe If then he should not feede vs and prouide for vs hee should deny himselfe and falsifie the worde that is gone out of his owne mouth which is vnpossible This reason is vrged by our Sauiour Christ Matth. 7 9 10. Luke 11 11 12 13. This reproueth those that neuer thinke they Vse 1 hau● enough neyther will know what is sufficient no not when God hath giuen them great plenty and abundance They that haue
vnto him and without him we can do nothing no not so much as think one good thought or speake one good word or practise one good worke Reason 3 Thirdly he is a debter to no man neither can any of right challenge any thing at his hands He loued vs first and not we him he made vs and not we our selues he gaue to vs and not we to him we receiue of him not he of vs. ●●m 11.34 ● 36. The Apostle saith Who hath knowne the mind of the Lord or who was his counsellour or who hath giuen vnto him first and he shall be recompensed for of him and through him and for him are all things to him be glory for euer Amen Whereby we see he freely bestoweth all things he oweth nothing of duty he offereth iniury to no man whether he grant or withhold whether he giue little or much liberally or sparingly to many or to few Seing then we are to acknowledge his glory and our owne pouerty and seeing he oweth nothing to any man neither is runne behind hand in arrerages as being thereby bound to helpe him it followeth that God offereth his gifts and graces freely and frankely vnto vs. Vse 1 What is now to be learned from hence and what may be gathered for our instruction First it serueth to reprooue the Church of Rome that maintaine the ragges and reliques of the old Pelagians and refuse to haue the grace of God freely bestowed vpon them lest they should be too much beholden vnto him and therefore they build the castle of mans saluation vpon themselues and lay the ground-worke of it vpon their own strength and refuse to set it vpon the pillar of Gods grace This appeareth in three respects in their doctrine of foreseene works in their doctrine of merits and in their doctrine of mans free will to good Thus they build the tower of Babel that is of confusion and establish false causes touching the order of mans saluation and erre greeuously in the beginning continuance and perfection thereof Now that we doe them no wrong at all in charging them thus farre let vs make it manifest in euer particular Touching foreseene workes The first stone of this tower they lay in such workes as they say serue to prepare men to iustification so they make the foreseene faith of the elect to be the cause of the election to grace and glory that God hath chosen those to eternall life whom he foresaw would beleeue and perseuere therein vnto the end This hangeth the whole frame of saluation vpon the pinne of mans faith as the mouing or procuring cause and not vpon the purpose and pleasure of him that calleth vs whereas mans saluation abideth sure and firme stable and certaine through him onely that hath loued vs and called vs to his excellent knowledge and therefore faith foreseene is not the cause of it The Apostle reasoning of the cause of our election neuer affirmeth it to be of him that beleeueth Rom. 9.11 and 11.5 but of him that calleth for then it might be said to be of our selues Ephe. 2. which cannot be Againe if we obserue the golden chaine wherein the causes of our saluation are linked together we may strongly conclude this point For our faith is in time after the grace of God and therefore cannot be the cause of grace and consequently of election It is against all rules of right reason that that which commeth after should be any cause of that which goeth before But faith is one of the effects of election in as much as God hath chosen vs not because he knew we would beleeue hereafter but to the end we should beleeue that is that he might bestow vpon vs faith and so saue vs in his owne Sonne Ephe. 1.4 Ephe. 1.4 Tit. 1.1 Tit. 1.1 Act. 13.48 Act. 13.48 We are elected that we should bee holy and faith is said to be proper to the elect and so many beleeued as were ordained to euerlasting life Thirdly we are elect as taken out of the common masse of corruption as the sonnes of wrath borne dead in sinnes while we were yet enemies vnto him Now such as God iustifieth such he also chuseth and decreeth to iustifie as Rom. 4.5 and 5.8 Rō 4.5 5 8 Vnto him that worketh not but beleeueth on him that iustifieth the vngodly his faith is counted for righteousnesse and God commendeth his loue toward vs in that while we were yet sinners Christ dyed for vs. But in the sonnes of wrath and in such as are borne dead in sinnes no faith at all could bee foreseene so that the foreseeing of faith could not bee the cause of election For if that which doeth come after cannot bee the cause of that which goeth before as we haue shewed already much lesse can that which is not at all be the cause of that which is Fourthly faith is the gift of GOD. It is giuen of God to vs and the worke of GOD in vs Ioh. 6.29.44 Ioh. 6.29 This is the worke of GOD that yee beleeue on him whom hee hath sent So the Apostle saith Phil. 1.29 Vnto you it is giuen on the behalfe of Christ not onely to beleeue on him but also for to suffer for his sake Phil. 1.29 It is he that bestoweth it and encreaseth it Before this gift there is nothing in vs but infidelity and vnbeleefe As it is not in mans power to repent when he will but when God will Lament 5.21 Ierem. 31. Psal 51. Act. 11.18 2 Tim. 2.25 26. so it is not in mans power to beleeue when he will Ioh. 12.39 40. albeit he haue the meanes though he heare the word and partake the Sacraments wherefore this cannot be the cause of Gods election as if he were mooued to elect vs by that as by a cause which he bestoweth vpon vs after wee are elected for then the same thing should be the cause of it selfe and before it selfe which is against naturall sense right reason and true religion Lastly if faith foreseene were the cause of election then infidelity foreseene should also be the cause of reprobation but this is false because then all mankind should be reprobated and reiected forasmuch as the whole masse of mankind is corrupt and God could foresee nothing in it but incredulity and vnbeleefe Thus we see that our election dependeth not vpon our owne workes or our owne faith or any thing in our selues but on the mercy loue of God there was no cause in vs to moue him For if any thing had bin in vs we might be said to haue the first stroke in our saluation to lay the first stone in that building and God should come after vs or behind vs. True it is he hath determined to elect vs and to saue vs of his good pleasure but he will bring it to passe by meanes to wit by the merits of Christ by calling of vs by giuing of vs faith
with his sword in his hand and fighting did call for aide and on the other side dispraise the practise of him that withdrew himselfe out of the battell so soone as it was begun vnder colour pretence of praying for good successe affirming that God doth not accept the sacrifice of Cowards neyther receiueth their prayers because they are vnreasonable For they held it no reason that he which shooteth not should hit the white nor that he should win the victory that abideth not the battell neyther that he should haue any good that doth nothing toward it As then victory is wonne by labour not by sloth so shall we attaine the blessings of God by our endeuour not by our idlenesse It is required therefore of euery one of vs to consider our callings wherein we are placed We haue not all of vs one calling but diuers Some are set in the priuate family and some in the common-wealth and some in the Church of God all haue not one office but diuers We are trauailers in this world as passengers in a Ship ●ut in compa ● Lygur and ●uma who being there some for one businesse and other for another purpose do neuer meddle one with another but euery one careth for the discharging and dispatching of his proper office So ought it to be with vs we haue our proper calling and proper duties to be performed therein Be diligent in the duties of it and thou maist looke for a blessing vpon thy labours Sanctifie thy daily labours with daily praier but presume not that praier shall helpe thee without thine owne labour If thou shouldst pray to God all the day long to feed thee to cloathe thee to sustaine thee and thy family the idle mans prayer auaileth nothing We must pray vnto him when we begin our labours and blesse his name when we haue ended our labours but to call vpon him determining with our selues not to take paines or not determining with our selues to take paines is no better then to dally with GOD and deceiue our selues Lastly it is our duty to seeke to be acquainted Vse 3 with the word where we shall finde that plainely and particularly set downe which we would know In what state soeuer we are set we shall haue a sure guide to begin the works of our calling to goe forward in them and to perseuere vnto the end Heereby we shall be able to warrant our workes and know what duties God accepteth and what he accepteth not It is a light vnto our eyes and a lanterne vnto our steppes Psal 119 105. It is the commendation of Gods children to be conuersant in it In darknesse we cannot go safely without the helpe of a lanterne so are wee borne and brought vp in ignorance and continue therein vnlesse wee be guided by the word of God and his Spirit Many that want the knowledge direction of the Scriptures think they liue in the light walke in the light and behaue themselues as children of the day and are in as good a case and haue as good soules toward God as they that study the Scriptures and meditate in them day night They thinke it is not for simple men to meddle with the Scriptures but for Preachers and Diuines They thinke that knowledge maketh men worse and that none are worse men that none will deceiue a man sooner then they and therefore such as seeke to know God and to serue him according to his word they call in contempt and derision Scripture men But these ignorant beasts speake by the spirit of the diuell and oppose themselues against the expresse commandements of God and the approued examples of his setuants The Lord himselfe speaketh Hos 4 6. My people perish for want of knowledge The Apostle saith 1. Cor. 14 20. Be not children in vnderstanding but in maliciousnesse be as children The men of Berea are commended Acts 17 11. because they searched the Scriptures priuately to proue the truth of the doctrine which they had heard deliuered publikely But if knowledge as is pretended do make men worse then is it euill in it selfe and not good forasmuch as that which is good cannot make a man euill What then Dare any two-legged beast presume in the prophanenesse of his wicked hart to say that to know God and his will which is most pure and holy can make a man any worse Or that the more a man knoweth of Iesus Christ and christian religion the worse he should be A vile blasphemy O detestable impiety Will it make a seruant worse to know the will of his Master Or a subiect to know the Princes lawes and statutes It will be farther obiected Obiect There was neuer more knowledge and lesse practise a man may heare many speake much out of the Bible who notwithstanding are naughty men I answere ●wer be it so yet the cause is not their knowledge but want of grace it is not in the word but their owne corruption ● 1.22 They are fooles saith Salomon that hate knowledge and are enemies vnto it For all well doing in our callings proceedeth from faith and faith is grounded vpon knowledge and doth increase through knowledge Where there is no knowledge of Gods sacred and heauenly will ●s 4.1 2. men breake out without all conscience into swearing lying stealing whoring and killing Moreouer all they that can talke of the Scriptures make shew of them to others haue not by and by the knowledge of them for as much as they may alleadge more a great deale then they vnderstand ●biect Shall none then be saued wil some say but such as know the Scriptures can we not be led by Gods Spirit and serue him except we be conuersant in them I answere ●nswer no. The Spirit guideth no man without the word We are begotten anew by the immortall seed of the word Pet. 1. ●m 1. saith Peter Of his owne accord he hath begotten vs by the word of truth saith Iames. If then we be begotten by the word to a new life we are dead without it or rather haue no being of a true Christian No man can truely serue God vntill he know how to serue him It is God that teacheth how he will be serued and he teacheth onely by his word He hath no other schoole-house but the Scriptures such as thinke to learne his will otherwhere are much deceiued and will in the end prooue themselues the disciples of the diuell not the schollers of Christ forasmuch as hee that is of God ●h 8.47 heareth Gods word yee heare it not because ye are not of God No man can be saued without faith for without faith it is impossible to please God but faith commeth by hearing and hearing by the word of God Rom. 10.17 No man can be saued except he be regenerated for except we be borne againe we cannot enter into the kingdome of God Ioh. 3. but wherewithall shall a yong man clense his
spirit of wisedome and meeknesse the spirit of knowledge and vnderstanding the spirit of grace and prayer the spirit of prophesie of faith of a sound mind and such like it signifieth not only the seuerall effects and gifts but the author and giuer of them from whence they proceed to wit the holy Ghost so likewise to apply these things to the point and purpose we haue in hand the spirit of iealousie mentioned in this place giueth vs to vnderstand two things first the swing and sway that this corrupt affection did beare in this people as they transgressed sundry wayes against their wiues both by taking many wiues together and by putting them away so soone as they displeased them so they gaue themselues exceedingly to nourish euill thoughts suspicions and surmises against them as if they might vse them at their owne pleasures and were not giuen them to be their companions Mal. 2.14 and so made two persons in one flesh Secondly we learne thereby from whence iealousie commeth to wit from the euill spirit the diuell is the authour of it who soweth the seedes of malice and setteth debate betweene a man and his wise and disturbeth their peace and tranquility and kindleth dissension as it were a fire burning among them that they might pull downe their house with their owne hands forasmuch as an house diuided against it selfe cannot stand and euery kingdome diuided against it selfe is brought to nought Matth. 12.25 Wherefore heereby they are put in minde to beware and take heed lest by these blinde and vncertaine suspicions they offend the Maiesty of God that hateth and abhorreth all false suspicions trouble the quietnesse of their owne family corrupt the ordinance of marriage and bring a perpetuall slander and reproach vpon themselues Thus much of the questions now we come vnto the doctrine And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying Speake vnto the children of Israel and say vnto them If any mans wife goe aside c. In these words we see God maketh a Law touching the iealousie of the husband toward the wife whom he suspecteth of adultery And albeit this ceremony heere touched be a part of the legall worship which hath no place of practise in the Church of Christ where no such thing is permitted and though we neuer read of any that vsed this remedy to rid himselfe of iealousie to detect his wiues adultery yet there is a morall equity in it which concerneth vs all others to the end of the world indeed it belongeth to the obseruation of the seuenth commandement and of the ninth commandement which require the chastity of the person and the innocency of our good name The ende of the seuenth commandement is to teach both that as God is the authour of mariage so he is the reuenger of the breach of it being the most holy couenant of all other and that women should not pollute and prostitute themselues to be common through hope of impunity and of escaping without punishment The scope and drift of the ninth commandement which forbiddeth false witnesse-bearing is to take order for the honour and estimation and good name of our brethren that they bee not slandered and defamed and if of all our brethren and neighbors much more of the wife which is the neerest neighbor So then God restraining such breaches and abuses declareth euidently that hee doth not allow the iealousies that euery fond or hare-braind husband conceiued in those dayes neither doth enact or establish this Law in fauour of them but rather in fauour of the innocent wiues that they bee not headily and hastily cast off without cause and thereby a way made for more vsuall and more often diuorsements which were too common already among that people Wherefore he reprooueth and checketh this euil spirit of tormenting iealousie as hauing no good ground or warrant from God and his word From hence we learne that it is the part of a good and godly man Doctrine We must interpret all doubtfull things to the best to interpret all doubtfull things to the best as much as may be This we see practised by Iacob when he saw the party-coloured coate of his sonne Ioseph stained with blood and knew not what was become of him he said It is my sonnes coat an euill beast hath deuoured him Gen 37.33 Iosepth is without doubt rent in peeces The matter was doubtfull how he should come to his end and very suspicious the circumstances were to be examined his brethren were throughly to be examined of the time and place when and where they found the garment the place was to bee viewed where he is supposed and suspected to be deuoured forasmuch as some part and parcell of him would haue remained When Iezebel was eaten with dogges the skull and the feete 2 King 35. and the palmes of her hands remained so might somewhat of him bee found out or at least the men of that place were to be asked whether any rauenous beast haunted those quarters But Iacob was so ouercome with sorrow that he hath the euill beasts in his owne house and yet cannot discerne them and is so carried away with credulity to beleeue the forged tale of his treacherous sonnes that he least suspecteth where the greatest cause of suspition was forasmuch as he could not be ignorant that they hated him in former time Gen. 37.4 But not knowing where the fault lay nor able to try out the fact he enterpreteth and expoundeth all in the better part he concludeth that surely some rauenous beast had torne him in peeces The like we might say of Izhak the father of Iacob when he came to him in the name and garments of his eldest brother being doubfull who it should be because the voyce was Iacobs voyce but the hands were the hands of Esau Ge. 27.22.23 in the end he concluded that it was Iacob and so blessed him We haue many examples seruing for confirmation of this truth in the new Testament In the first Chapter of Matthew when the virgine Mary was found to bee with child by the holy Ghost and Ioseph was ignorant what to think of it being espoused vnto him hee reasoned with himselfe that either she had committed adultery after their contract or else fornication before the contract in the end of after he had considered this seriously in his mind he resolueth vpon the lesser that she had committed fornication and so belonged to another rather then to him as Matthew 1.19 Ioseph her husband being a iust man and not willing to make her a publike example was minded to put her away priuily to wit that she might be giuen to wife to him that had accompanyed with her In like maner after that Peter had reproued the Iewes because they had denyed Christ in the presence of Pilate preferred a vile cut-throat and murtherer before him killed the Prince of life whom God had raised from the dead and glorified in heauen and set
better then of our selues through lowlinesse of minde Phil. 2 3. ●●nches of 〈◊〉 vse This vse is as a stocke that hath many branches and disperseth it selfe diuers and sundry waies First of all we are willed to reioyce and be glad when the pleasant sauour of our brothers good name as a precious sweet ointment to the nostrils commeth abroad to his praise and commendation To heare euill of him should no more affect vs and delight vs then an euill smell which we abhorre and cannot abide but shunne it as farre as we can and testifie our dislike of it We are to be glad for the credite and good estimation of our neighbour This is a most worthy and principall fruite of the Spirit set downe by the Apostle Gal. 5. ver 22. The fruite of the Spirit is loue ioy peace long-suffering gentlenesse goodnesse faith meeknesse temperance against such there is no law And in the Epistle to the Romanes he thanketh God for them all because their faith was spread abroad throughout the whole world Rom. 1 8. In like manner Iethro the father in law of Moses came vnto him in the wildernesse and reioyced for all the goodnesse which the Lord had done to Israel when he had deliuered them out of the hand of the Egyptians and brought them ouer the red sea Exod. 18 9. So it ought to bee with vs whēsoeuer any good befalleth others we ought to account it as our owne as wee haue our part in the profite of it so ought we to reioyce for it It is so in the members of our naturall body and it should likewise be so in the members of the mysticall body of Christ Iesus Secondly wee are bound to acknowledge the good things we see in our neighbours and to speake of the same The Apostle warneth vs that we should speake euill of no man Tit. 3 2. For this is vnseemely and vnlawfull for them that professe the faith of Christ and the feare of God Which reproueth those that in company of others at common feasts meetings make many of their brethren their tabletalke and defame them with their euill reports The Apostle speaking of Timothy noteth that the brethren reported well of him Acts 16 2. prouided alwaies that we allow not of the faults offences that are in them as 2 Chron. 25 2 27 2. Contrary to this duty are many abuses which wee are to consider First to hide the good things that are in them and to smother and conceale them as fire is raked vp in the ashes or a treasure buried in the earth or a pearle cast into the Sea Secondly to forge tales to their hurt and discredite whom the Apostle calleth inuenters of euill things Rom. 1 verse 29. This is to haue Satan in our heads Thus doe many inuent wickednesse in their beds and put it in practise when they arise These haue not God in their thoughts Thirdly to receiue and beleeue them being inuented by others without ground and warrant whereas we should not credite flying tales vncertaine rumors and reports without iust and sufficient cause though it be bruted and blazed neuer so commonly confidently and constantly When a fame ariseth vpon one mans report and relation or peraduenture more it may proceed from an euill minde or some priuate grudge or hatred of his person or dislike of his profession or other secret cause and therefore it ought to moue vs to see farther to search deeper into the cause before we beleeue the matter as Exod. 23.1 Thou shalt not raise a false report put not thy hand with the wicked to be an vnrighteous witnesse To this purpose Dauid said to Saul Wherefore giuest thou an eare to mens words that say behold Dauid seeketh euill against thee Such men haue the diuell in their hearts that beleeue and in their eares that heare with delight such slanderous words Thirdly to spread abroad lying and flying tales inuented heard and beleeued Thus one euill draweth forward another and maketh no end vntill all be euill and one mischiefe followeth in the necke of another is fruitefull in begetting children like vnto it selfe This sinne is made the more greeuous hainous when we heare tales and taunts begun and furthered by others and our selues adde somewhat of our owne as same for the most part encreaseth by going euery foote getteth new strength as we see 2 Sam. 13 ver 32. When Absolom had encouraged his seruants to kill Amnon his brother because he had defiled and defloured his sister Tamar tydings by and by came to Dauid Verse 30. saying Absolom hath siaine all the Kings sonnes and there is not one of them left See heerein our great corruption and take notice of it and seeke to redresse and represse it euery day more and more We are ready to detract from our brethren in good things and contrariwise to adde vnto them and to ouerlade them with euill things Thus we will seeme to know more of them and to see farther into them thē they do themselues Wherefore Moses deliuereth this as a warning vnto vs Leuit. 19 16. Thou shalt not goe vp and downe as a tale-bearer among thy people neither shalt thou stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord. The diuell is in the tongues of those that tell these tales and in their feete that walke vp and downe with thē from place to place from person to person from house to house For this cause Salomon saith Pro. 26 20. Where no wood is there the fire goeth out so where there is no talebearer the strife ceaseth The third branch of the vse is this that we are bound to keepe secret the offence of our neighbour and not to blaze it abroad if by priuate admonition he may be won So delt Ioseph with Mary when he perceiued that she was with child Math. 1 19. He would not make her a publike example But it may be obiected Obiection that by this meanes wee shall make our selues partakers of other mens sinnes I answer Answer no man must flatter another in euill for thereby he hurteth his soule and hardeneth his heart Salomon saith Prou. 27 6. Faithfull are the wounds of a friend but the kisses of an enemy are deceitfull This is a greeuous sinne in any but more greeuous in the Minister and doth the greatest harme Heereupon the Apostle speaketh of himselfe and the rest of the Ministers 1 Thess 2. Wee vsed not at any time flattering words as ye know nor a cloake of couetousnesse God is witnesse And in another Epistle writing of such as caused diuision and offences contrary to the doctrine of Christ hee saith They that are such serue not the Lord but their owne belly and by good words and faire speeches deceiue the hearts of the simple Rom. 16 18. Of such also the Lord complaineth by his Prophet Ier. 6 14. They haue healed the hurt of the daughter of my people slightly saying peace
and enter into the way of saluation Acts 16 34. Abraham is noted to bee the Father of the faithfull and we see hee was not without a faithfull seruant not onely faithfull to his master but faithfull to God and therefore also to his master This is noted as the chiefe cause that religion so much prospered at Thessalonica when the Gospell was preached and published there the Noblemen did embrace it Acts 17. If the raine once fal vpon the mountaines it will quickly water the vallies that are beneath like the precious oyntment powred vpon the head of Aaron that ran downe to the skirts of his garments Ps 133 2. When the Gospel was preached at Berea and such as were of noble birth tooke hold of it and they that were honorable by calling embraced beleeued it then not a few but many in number followed after them with all readinesse Actes 17 11 12. I am not ignorant that diuers of our latest and lernedest Expositers vnderstand the words otherwise Bez● 〈…〉 Act● 〈…〉 ●i●●n 〈◊〉 Testa M●●● 〈…〉 and thinke they are called Noble not in regard of their birth or blood but of their beleefe as indeede true Piety is true Nobility and true Religion is the truest Honor. Howbeit I rather vnderstand the word in his proper and naturall signification for these causes First it is not needfull to flye to a figure when the proper signification of a word standeth and contayneth nothing vnder it either against the doctrine of faith or the instruction of life or the truth of the historie Secondly Luke vseth this word in this signification as also others for such as are noble by birth and not otherwise as Luk. 19 12. 1 Cor. 1 26. Thirdly the Euangelist hath relation to that which hee noted before in this chapter where he saith That not a few of the cheefe women beleeued verse 4. that were at Thessalonica howbeit they were more noble that were at Berea who searched the Scriptures dayly whether those things were so Lastly in these words a reason is rendred how it came to passe that the Gospell tooke such good effect and gained so many soules to God Ca●●●● 〈◊〉 in A●●● 17. euen because the Nobility and honorable personages gaue their names to Christ were not ashamed to professe it The multitude followed their example as commonlie they do imitate the actions of their Leaders The Poet could say 〈◊〉 Totus Componitur orbis Regis ad exemplum nec sic inflectere sensus Humanos edicta valent quàm vita regentis The people cast their eyes vpon their Rulers neither are they ordered so much by their lawes as they are by their liues O that they which are in authority would consider this that the eyes of all men are vpon them O that they wold seriously bethink with themselues what good they might do by embracing religion and by countenancing them that are truly religious or if this will not enter into them and that their honors do so dazle their eyes that they cannot see the truth hereof O that they would at the least learne what hurt they do what backwardnes they cause what coldnesse in Religion they procure and what floods of wickednesse they bring in Doubtlesse if they did at any time meditate on these things and weigh in indifferent ballances either the one or the other it were enough to turne nay to breake their hearts and to put greater loue and zeal into them of Gods glorie For if the Gouernours of a Family bee luke-warme it may be easily obserued that their children which follow them their seruants which attend vpon them and all the rest of the house which are guided by them are neither hot nor cold And if it fall out that the Heads of the house be prophane and irreligious there is nothing to bee perceyued in that whole family but notable fruites of infidelity swearing blaspheming breach of the Sabbath contempt of the word brawling contention and all kinde of wretchednesse and wickednes If Saul begin to persecute Dauid he shall get many diuellish Doegs to snarle at him 〈◊〉 22 9. 〈◊〉 26 1. 〈◊〉 19. and finde many hollow-harted Keilahites to betray him haue many pestilent Ziphites offer themselues to discouer where hee hideth himselfe in strong holds all as his seruants to helpe him forward in his wickednes If Caiaphas sit in iudgement to arraigne condemne Christ 〈◊〉 26 69. 〈◊〉 14 66. 〈◊〉 ●2 25. 〈◊〉 9 17. all his seruants and his maides will bee ready in the hall and at the doore to set vpon his disciples and to follow the humor of their master so that euen the damosel that kept the doore could not let Peter alone but must assault him How then can we but acknowledge that it is a very happy thing to inioy godlye Magistrates and Christian Gouernours how much encouragement Inferiours haue by thē and how sweet a liberty they finde cannot be expressed O that we could learne to prize value this blessing as we ought It is not a generall benefit to be found in all places the godly haue oftentimes much disturbance and suffer many taunts and checkes euen for their profession sake in prophane places liuing vnder prophane persons For albeit all Magistrates and men in authority though their office be not great are set vp for the punishment of euil dooers and for the praise of them that do well 1 Pet. 2 14. yet oftentimes they turne the edge of the sword the wrong way Rom. 13 3. and are a terror to good works but not to euill Lastly hauing receiued so great mer●y frō Vse 3 God and continued among vs to haue such as are cheefe ouer the people to be cheefe also in piety and to go before them in all good ●onuersation whether they be such as bee in the house or out of the house it is our duty to fal downe before the Lord and to acknowledge this blessing Oh that men would praise the Lord for his goodnes and for his wonderfull workes to the children of men Psal 107 8. So did Hiram the King of Tyre reioyce greatly when he heard that Salomon was annointed King in the roome of his Father and said Blessed be the Lord this day which hath giuen vnto Dauid a wise sonne ouer this great people 1 Kin. 5 17 The like we see in the Queene of Sheba when she had seene his workes and heard his wisedome she said Blessed be the Lord thy God which delighted in thee to set thee on the throne of Israel 1 Kings 10 9 because the Lord loued Israel for euer therefore made he thee King to doe iudgement and iustice And doubtlesse if wee knew the want of such Princes as our brethren and sisters in former times did when they were shut vp in prisons and burned to ashes we would acknowledge the necessity of performing this duty It is recorded in 2 Chro. 17 7. that Iehoshaphat who is renowned
3 we see the wicked prosper and florish spredding themselues as the greene Bay tree for loe God hath set them in slippery places Psal 37 53. and casteth them downe in the end vnto desolation they are suddenly destroyed horribly consumed as the chaffe which the winde driueth away and as a dreame when one awaketh This tentation hath ouertaken the children of God and caused them oftentimes to shrinke back when they saw the prosperity of the vngodly Psal 73 2 3. Hab. 1 4. and on the other side the troubles of the godly hath made them to reason within themselues of the prouidence of God But shall not the King rule his owne kingdome or the Master gouerne his own house as pleaseth him And shall not we giue the Lord leaue to dispose of all things in heauen and earth after the good pleasure of his owne will Hee fatteth the wicked against the day of slaughter he leaueth them without excuse and maketh his blessings as a witnesse against them Contrarywise the children of God although they suffer afflictions yet afflictions to them are not euill but try their faith as the furnace doth the gold Senec. de diui prouidentia c. 8 Let vs not deceiue our selues in iudging and esteeming of good and euill That is good which maketh vs better that is euil that maketh vs worse The workes of the flesh adultery fornication vncleannesse wantonnes idolatry witchcraft hatred debate emulations wrath contentions seditions heresies enuy murthers drunkennesse couetousnesse and such like are manifestly euill These God keepeth from his deere children and his deere children from them that they reigne not in them The Israelites in Egypt liued vnder hard masters and carried many heauy burthens and sent vp many passionate sighes to God with deepe grones of spirit whilst Pharaoh and the Egyptians tooke crafty counsell together and sported themselues in the miseries mischiefs which they had brought vpon them But whose condition was the more happie let the red Sea testifie from which the Israelits were deliuered Exo 14 27 29 in which the Egyptiās were drowned Dauid taken from the sheepe-folds tasted of many sorrowes being in perils among the Amalekites in perils in the Wildernesse in perils of his owne Nation in perils of his own seruants in perils among false bretheren and was hunted from place to place as a Partridge in the Mountaines 2 Sam. 31 4. whilst Saul sought his life and enioyed the pleasures and treasures of a kingdom But whose estate was the more happy let the end and yssue of them both determine the one liued in glory ended his daies in peace the other sheathed his sword in his owne bowels and so dyed in despaire The Apostle Iames willeth vs to take the Prophets for an example of suffering aduersity and of long patience which haue spoken in the name of the Lord Ye haue heard of the patience of Iob haue knowne what end the Lord made Iam. 5 10 11. for the Lord is very pittifull and mercifull Lazarus a poore begger destitute of succour and friends lying at the rich mans gate hauing his minde as full of cares as his bodie was of sores whilst the rich glutton was clad in purple gorgiously and fared deliciously euery day But whose condition was the more blessed and happy of them twaine let this tell vs and teach vs for our instruction that Lazarus when he died had the holy elect Angels to attend vpon him to carry his soule into Abrahams bosome Luk. 16 22 23 that is to say into the kingdome of heauen Matth. 8 11. the rich man also died his body was buried his soule was carried cast into the torments of hell Where the worme neuer dyeth Marke 9 44. and the fire neuer goeth out the one vnsufferable the other vnquenchable both infinite Let vs not therefore rest in beholding the present face of outward things but possesse our soules with patience in a sweet meditation of Gods prouidence considering that it shall in the end bee well with all them that feare the Lord and that howsoeuer the wicked do prosper in the world increase in riches yet if we enter into the Sanctuary of God Psal ●3 ● we shal see they are set in slippery places they are lifted vp on high and therefore their fall shall be more fearefull seeing all the threatnings of God must without faile fasten vpon them Lastly seeing the menaces and threatnings Vse 4 of God must bee performed this serueth also to assure vs that the gracious promises of God made in mercy to his people shall in truth and righteousnesse bee accomplished The Lord that is alwaies the same as hee is true in his threatnings to the vngodly so wil he be found true in his promises toward the godly For seeing no part of his word shall passe away that he will not falsifie his trueth Psal 89 ● nor alter the thing that is gone out of his mouth one part serueth to confirme another his threatnings are ratified by the assurance of his promises and his promises are established to bee surer then the heauens by the assurāce of his threatnings So then let vs learne to depend vpon God to trust in him knowing 2 Cor. 1 that all his promises are yea and Amen vnto the glory of his name Let vs rest in him for the pardon of our sinnes for the hearing of our prayers for the feeding of our bellies for the resurrection of our bodies for the inheritance of euerlasting life hauing a strong assurance of faith that the Lord is iust and true in all his promises This is a notable comfort and consolation to all the childrē of God to cause vs to set our hope in him hauing a patient and constant expectation of all things that by faith we haue beleeued saying with the Apostle 1 Tim. 1 12. For this cause I also suffer these things but I am not ashamed for I know whom I haue beleeued and I am perswaded that he is able to keepe that which I haue committed to him against that day Verse 25 26. Take Aaron and Eleazar his sonne and cause Aaron to strip off his Garments and thou shalt put them vpon his sonne Heere is deliuered how Aaron yet liuing his sonne is inuested and installed into his Office with the ceremonies and solemnities thereunto appertaining at the appointment of God to shew the continuance of the Priesthoode to take away al occasions of dissentions from the people Thus we see the good estate of the Church is prouided for by Moses before Aaron dyed Doctr● The Ch● must be in good after co● parture and went the way of all flesh The Doctrine hence is that the good of the Church must be regarded of vs to leaue it in good case after our death and departure I say it is a principall duty required of vs when wee must leaue the worlde to prouide for the
his perfection that wee may offer our selues to our most louing Father and obtaine of him the blessing of righteousnes And this some of our aduersaries themselues cannot but approue Pigb de fide iustifie con ro 2 and haue giuen their own fellowes the slip Besides this Doctrine standeth best with the glory of God which shineth more clearely in our saluation obtained by iustice imputed then by iustice inherent For suppose there were a miserable and desperate debter perishing and languishing imprison were it not farre more honourable gracious for a Prince wholly to pay the debt and to cancell the bond hand-writing standing against him then to put into his hands a stock of money wherby himselfe might be enabled to worke out his debt Therefore the Apostle teacheth that we are made the righteousnesse of God in Christ and are saued by grace thorough ●ith not of our selues it is the gift of God not of works lest any man should boast Eph. 2 8 9. Thus Paul concludeth also concerning Abraham the father of the faithfull Rom. 4 2. Thus doeth Christ determine this question drawing a comparison frō the brazen serpent Iohn 3 14 15 16 for he teacheth that the sonne of man must be lift vp on the crosse as the serpent was on the pole in the Wildernes that whosoeuer bel●eueth in him should not perish but haue euerlasting life Let vs then renounce all met it and righteousnes in our owne selues flye to the merits and righteousnes of Christ according to the practise and example of the Apostle Phil. 3 8 90 I haue counted all things losse and do iudge them to be dung that I might win Christ and might be found in him not hauing min● owne righteousnesse which is of the Law but that which is through the faith of Christ euen the righteousnes which is of God through faith Hereunto cometh the reason of the same Apostle Abraham beleeued God and it was counted to him for righteousnesse now to him that worketh the wages is not counted by fauour but by debt but to him that worketh not but beleeueth in him that ius●ifieth the vngodly his faith is counted for righteousnesse Rom. 4 3 4 5. True it is works are necessarily required as the fruites of faith and of iustification by faith but our iustification is one thing our sanctification is another for they are made seueral graces distinct gifts 1 Cor. 1 30. neither is it likely that the Apostle would repeat the same thing twice without cause And in another place he concludeth that a man is iustified by faith without the worke of the Law if it be of grace it is no more of works for then were grace no more grace but if it be of works it is no 〈◊〉 gra●e for the● were worke no more worke Rom. 3 〈◊〉 11 6. Therfore it is truely said that good works follow a man being iustified but do not go before in him that is to be iustified Neither let any say It is absurd that one should be made righteous by the righteousnes of another for the righteousnes of Christ is both his and ours His as being inherent in him as in a subiect Ours being giuen vnto vs and imputed to vs so that by i● we are iustified before God and accepted to eternall life And that horrible blasphemy is this to teach that by the Popes indulgences wee should bee made partakers of the merits and good works of the ●●ints and to deny it as most vnreasonable what we should be partaker● of the ●●●ries and righteousnes of Christ Iesus But as the transgression of Adam was both his and ours also not his alone ●●r ours alone but his and lo●●s together because hee stood in on● places and we were in his loyns so is Christs righteousnes and obedience his and ours And why should not the righteousnes be of another Bernard 〈◊〉 1 0 seeing guilt is of another As another maketh vs sinners why should not another make vs righteous and iustifie vs from sinne It might seeme to flesh and blood as vnreasonable that the brazen serpent in this place being an artificiall wor● made with mans hands without sence life should restore health and giue life to such as were mortally bitten yet we see by beholding it they were recouered Moreouer the people stung by the fiery serpents ●ryed out in the anguish and bitternes of the paine yet none was able to helpe himselfe or his brother by his owne power of strength or by any acte wrought by him no nor Moses himselfe could minister any cure o● comfort vnto them but onely the graces of God directing them to looke vpon the brazen serpent set vp for when GOD had appointed them one way they must not seeke another way so although a man feeleth the sting of the old serpent that is sinne Ferus in l● Mato●● yet no man can deliuer himselfe or others nay if he should flye to the works of the Law they can do nothing The Law sheweth the disease it is Christ that must take it away it is God that must shew mercy it is faith that must iustifie vs. We affirme therefore with the Apostle Gal. 2 16 that we are iustified freely not of the Law not by the Law not of works not of our selues not of the works of the Law but by faith all matter of boasting is excluded iustification by grace is concluded that God may be all in all Fiftly great consolation ariseth from this Vse 5 comparison and similitude to all such as ●●e weake in faith feele the corruptions of their hearts pressing them and the tentations of Satan often ouercomming them alwayes assaulting them For we haue great comfort giuen vs to enter into the combate and to fight the battels of the Lord against the enemies of our soules by consideration of these fierce and fiery serpents True it is they did continually bite sting the children of Israel for otherwise there had bin no need of the brazen serpent yet they could not destroy them they did not ceaffe to vexe thē but they could not wound them vnto the death for they had a remedy at hand to helpe themselues they looked vpon the brazen serpent and were healed So hath God restrained the rage and malice of all the enemies of our peace and saluation For howsoeuer the diuell his angels are alwaies tempting prouoking and seeking to 〈◊〉 vs as men do wheat yet their homes and ●ot short and their strength is diminished their will to hurt is greater then their power of hurting so that they cannot execute the c●uelty they desire as the Lord himselfe testifieth from the beginning Gen. 3 verse 15. Albeit therefore the battell be long the skinnis● oftentimes hot bloody albeit we take many a foyle and haue the Bucklers beaten to our heads albeit we be felled with the stroke and driuen to fight vpon our knees yet the victory shall be ours
This ouercommeth all tentations and all offences whatsoeuer in the world without it it is not possible to be kept preserued in the way of truth What held Nicodemus among the Pharisies but onely the feare of men he could not resolue to follow Christ Ioh. 3 1 12 42 43 And the reproches of the Pharisees cast out against him whē he defended the cause of Christ put him to silence made him giue ouer vntil at length he shake off all impediments and betake himselfe to follow him A good example for vs to follow If we faint for reproches our strength is litle our faith is weake The words of enemies cannot hurt vs except wee through weakenesse and faintnesse hurt our selues For if we neglect and reiect them they returne vpon him that cast them Doctrine God punisheth the sins of parents with the sins of their children Behold ye are risen vp in your fathers stead an increase of sinfull men c. Moses putteth these two tribes the halfe in minde of the former prouocations of their fathers which had caused many iudgments to breake in vpon them these were risen vp in their stead walking in their steps so that it fell out according to the Prouerbe like father like sonnes Wee learne hereby by this sharp charge that it is an vsual thing with God to punish the sinnes of the parents with the sins of their children The parents sin the children are oftentimes giuen ouer to follow them to commit the same sins or such like notorious sinnes whereby he taketh vengeance of their sins Gen. 21 9 10 9 24 27 1 King 11 11 Hos 4 13. This is euident in the Kings of Israel of whom we may truly say that the fathers sinned the children rose vp an encrease of sinful men they were a wicked seed and augmented the fierce anger of the Lord vntill hee remoued Israel vtterly out of his sight So he threatneth oftentimes to visit the sins of the fathers vpon the children to the third 4. generatiō of them that hate him Ex. 20 Reason 1 And God doth deale thus for sundry causes First God respecteth the good of such parents as belong vnto him for hee doth it to hūble them to bring them vpon their knees to repent for their sins which happily they had forgotten long agoe It is a far greater griefe to Christian parents to see them lye vnder this spirituall iudgment then afflictiō whatsoeuer Secondly such parents as are wicked belōg not vnto him are heereby hardned grieued and vexed He doth it in part to pardon them because when euill parents see their children commit any sins against the 1 table which are committed immediatly against God as to delight in swearing and blaspheming in contempt of the word neglect of his worship and in prophaning of the Sabbath they are not touched or troubled at it because they think it no iudgment their sons to haue committed no sins at al so it cōmeth to passe that they are the more hardned againe if they see their children commit any sinne against the second Table as murther theft or the like whereby they vndergoe the punishment of the Magistrate they are greeued and vexed for it not because they haue sinned against God prouoked him to anger but because their childrē posterity are brought to shame and reproch before the world This serueth first of all to teach vs that the Vse 1 wayes of God are iust equall against those that are ready to accuse him of iniustice God is a most iust and righteous God he dealeth with euery one according to his desarts God punisheth sinne with si●●e And he oftentimes punisheth sinne with sinne For he doth not onely punish sin with the sword of the enemy with sicknesses diseases with famine and mortality and such like which all doe acknowledge and confesse to be punishments but he punisheth former sins with later sins Thus he punished the Idolatrous Gentiles when they knew God and glorified him not as God but worshipped serued the creature in stead of the Creator by giuing them vp to theyr owne vile affections and to a reprobate sense to work vncleannes euen with greedinesse Rom. 1. And in these last times of the world because men will not loue and embrace the truth Hee sendeth among them strong delusions that they should beleeue lyes 2 Thess 2 Obiect 12. But how doth God punish sinne with sin may some say Doth he tempt vnto euill or doth he infuse any euill into them Doth hee allure and prouoke men to sin I answer Answer with the Apostle God tempteth no man to sin Iam. 1 13 but hee punisheth this way secretly by withdrawing his grace and giuing them ouer to bee entangled in their owne corruptions Thus God punished Pharaoh by hardnesse of heart not by making that to bee hard which was soft and plyable before but by denying the oyle of his grace whereby it should haue beene mollified Thus also he tempted Dauid to number the people because his wrath was kindled against Israel for their sins 2 Sam. 2● 1 This is the most grieuous punishment that can bee inflicted in this life howsoeuer many men neuer regard it for other punishments through the blessing of God and a sanctified vse of them are vsual meanes to bring vs to true repentance but when we are smitten with this adding of sinne to sinne and are striken with this plague sore we doe more and more flie from him Other punishments are as sharp eye-salues to make vs see our owne misery that we may be mooued to sue and seeke for his mercy but this iudgement doth vs no good at all nay it blindeth our minds it hardneth our hearts it scareth our consciences it encreaseth our sinnes and doubleth our condemnation Thus doth God shew himselfe a iust Iudge Vse 2 Secondly it directeth parents what they ought to do in the sinnes of their Children which may be reduced to these foure heads First they must search to find out the cause of it secondly they must be humbled and sorrow for it thirdly they must labour to reclaime them and lastly they must abstaine from sinning themselues lest by their example they corrupt and infect them The first duty of parents Touching the first it belongeth vnto all parents in the sinnes of their children which they commit to search enquire diligently whether this punishment faln vppon their children bee not the punishment of some particular sinne of their owne formerly committed and doubtlesse in searching they shal not lose their labour but oftentimes find that some fearfull sin of theirs before committed is the cause of those notorious sinnes that they see and behold in their children For example we see some Ministers and men of other callings haue their children fall to idolatry and superstition and are gone after Antichrist and fled into Babylon the mother of whoredomes this is no
Tribes and families of Israel and hauing seene what forces and number of men fit to beare armes were found in euery Tribe from 20. yeares of age vpwards hee appointed vnto them by direction from the Lord such Princes and Leaders as in worth and reputation were in euery Tribe most eminent Numb 1 46. The number of the whole army was 603550. men for the warres besides women and children also beside the strangers which followed them out of Egypt This great body of an army was diuided by Moses into foure grosse and mighty Battalions each of them containing the strength of three whole Tribes hauing Captains and Colonels appointed vnto them Thus did the blessing which Israel gaue to his children and God himselfe before to Israel take place among them In the middest of the foure great armies sorted vnder their seuerall standards was the Tabernacle Numb 3 8 as a portable or mooueable Temple carryed which was surrounded by the Leuites and the Leuites also by the other Tribes so that not onely the Pagans and Heathens were forbidden accesse vnto it Verse 38 but the sentence of death passed vpon euery soule of the Israelites themselues that durst approach it who were not of the Leuites to whom the charge was wholly committed So sacred was the Tabernacle of the Congregation Numb 1 39 and with such reuerence garded and regarded that two and twenty thousand Priests were dedicated to the seruice and attendance thereof For as the industry in framing euery the least part thereof the curious worke-manship bestowed vpon it Exod. 31 3 4 and the charge and expences about it were exceeding great so the dutifull obseruance in the preseruing and laying vp of the holy vessels the solemne remoouing thereof the vigilant eye in attending thereon together with the prudent and prouident defence of the same serued to procure all due reuerence to the holy things of God and to encrease zeale and deuotion in such as approached neere vnto him euen as on the other side this is the maine cause of the prophanation of the Sacraments and of the contempt of the Word and Prayer and of so little practise of true piety among vs because there is so little feare and reuerence in the hearts of men towards the worship of God and the parts thereof Great was the zeale and forwardnesse both of Princes and people as appeareth both in making the Tabernacle and all manner of worke for the seruice of the Sanctuary Exod. 36 5. in offering afterward For after that Moses had taken order for all things necessary written in the Lawes numbred his armies and diuided them into seuerall Regiments or squadrons whereof the Tribe of Iudah led the Vantgard the twelue Princes or Commanders of the Tribes renowned of the Congregation and the heads of thousands in Israel Numb 1 16. brought their Offerings before the Lord to wit sixe couered Chariots and twelue Oxen to draw them therby to transport as they marched the parts of the Tabernacle Numb 7 2. with all the appurtenances the Sanctuary onely excepted which for more reuerence and regard was carried vpon the shoulders of the sonnes of Kohath vnto whom that care and charge was commited Numb chap. 3. verse 31. Neuerthelesse after so many mercies of God vpon them hauing seene so many miracles shewed so many victories atchieued so many remissions obtained so many benefites receiued and so many iudgements inflicted vpon the disobedient yet they as a stubborne and rebellious generation a generation that set not their heart aright Psalme 78 8. whos 's spirit was not stedfast with God neuer ceased to prouoke him by their sinnes and oftentimes as it were made a generall Conspiracy against him and Moses his seruant so that Miriam and Aaron were not free Arist Rhetor. lib. 2. cap 24. Numb 12.1 verifying the saying of the Philosopher 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is Euen a mans Kindred know how to enuy at him But among all other mutinies and murmurings recorded in this Booke none was greater then that which happened after the returne of the twelue Aduenturers or Discouerers sent out by Moses into the Territories of Canaan as wel to informe themselues of the force of the inhabitants and fertility of the Countrey as also to take knowledge of the Wayes Passages Riuers Foards Plaines and Mountaines thereof that nothing might be hidden from them For the wrath of God was turned against Israel being kindled by the violent breath of their rebellion Numb 14.22.30.31 so that hee punished the same in a most fearefull manner Iude verse 5. and almost extinguished euery soule of the whole multitude which he had brought out of Egypt for onely two Caleb and Ioshua were excepted And albeit Moses was the mildest and meekest man vpon the earth Numb 12.3 and often prayed vnto God for them to renew his wonted mercies and to consider that theyr destruction would encrease the pride of the Heathen Nations both of the Egyptians from whence they came Numb 24 13. and of the Canaanites to whose Land they were going and preuayled by his wonderfull prayers with him For the prayer of a righteous man auayleth much if it be feruent as the Apostle Iames saith chapt 5. verse 16. yet they ceased not to murmure against him witnesse heereof amongst others the insolent behauiour and conspiracy of Korah Dathan and Abiram and their Partisans Numb 16. verse 1. who for the contempt of God and his Ministers and seeking to ouerthrow the order and discipline of the Church were some of them swallowed vp aliue and by the earth opening her mouth deuoured others euen two hundred and fiftie in number which offered Incense with Korah their Captaine were consumed with fire from heauen besides fourteene thousand and seuen hundred which iustified the former mutiny were stricken dead with a sodaine pestilence as Numb 16. verse 49. Thus while the wicked multitude vsurped ecclesiasticall authority and endeauoured to subuert the power of the Church-gouernment and to bring in a parity that is an horrible confusion by making all men alike by pretending that all the Congregation are holy euery one of them as Numb 16. verse 3. and by rebelliously contending against the high Priest and the cheefest Magistrate to whom God committed the ouersight of all the Almighty altered the course of Nature that They dyed not the common death of all men neither were visited after the visitation of other men Verse 29. but he made a new thing and wrought one of the greatest wonders and myracles which fell out in all the time of Moses his gouernment And the better to assure his people and in his great goodnesse to confirme them touching the election of Aaron and his sonnes to the Priesthood it pleased him also to approoue the same by a great miracle of the Twelue Rods giuen in by the hands of the twelue Tribes of which Moses receyued one of euerie Head and Prince of his Tribe all which being
Iames 2 1. wee should haue the faith of Christ in respect of persons which is forbidden condemned by the Apostle Hence it is that our Sauiour speaketh to his Apostles b Math. 10 20 Luke 10 16. It is not you that speak but the spirit of your Father that speaketh within you And to the 70. Disciples and in them to all his true Ministers to the end of the world He that heareth you heareth me and he that despiseth you despiseth mee and he that despiseth me desp seth him that sent me For this cause the Thessalonians practising this point are commended by the Apostle that they esteemed and receiued the doctrine deliuered vnto them c 1 Thes 2 13. Rom. 1 16. Not as the word of men but as it is indeed the word of God which is the power of God to saluation to euery one that beleeueth They are the Embassadors of God sent out of him to call vs to repentance and therefore their word or rather the word of GOD spoken by their mouth is to be heard with reuerence marked with diligence and practised with obedience The writer of this book was Moses Thus much touching the chiefe and principall Author of this booke as of the other Scriptures to wit God nowe followeth the lesse principall or instrumentall namely Moses The Lord could if it had pleased him haue written this booke as he did the morall Law contained in the ten commandements with his owne finger without the ministery of mortall man but it stood with his will and Heauenly pleasure to inspire his worde into the hearts of some holy men set apart for this purpose and to make their pen d Psalm 45 1 as the penne of a swift Writer The writer of this Book as also of the three former and of that which followeth was Moses faithfull in the house of God of whose stocke parents birth preseruation banishment and return into the land of Egypt from whence he brought the children of Israel wee reade at large in the Booke of Exodus Him God hauing set apart from his mothers womb to be the deliuerer of his people doth call as it is a Psal 78 70 7● 72. saide of Dauid and tooke him from the Sheepfolds euen from behind the Ewes with yong brought he him to feede his people in Iacob his inheritance in Israel so he fed them according to the simplicity of his heart and guided them by the discretion of his hands Him also did God chuse to be one of the Scribes to penne a part of his word the first and most an●ient Scripture sufficient to guide that people into all truth necessary to be beleeued of them For as Princes and Noblemen haue their principal Secretaries whose persons and pennes they vse to what purposes they please so hath GOD his selected instruments to write his will and to endite what things he reuealed vnto them by whose Spirit they were wholy guided and directed that they could not erre b 2 Pet 1 21. for the Prophesie came not in old time by the will of man but holy men of God spake as they were mooued by the holy Ghost Such a one was Moses the first chosen vessell of God to pen publish his word that it might bee knowne and conueyed vnto all posterities to him c Num. 12 8. Deut. 34 10. God spake mouth to mouth and by vision and not in dark words like to him there arose not a Prophet in Israel whom hee knew face to face These Prophets of God may rightly bee called second Authors of the Scripture all of them Gods Secretaries but Moses as his principall Secretary This consideration of Gods choosing men to be as his organs and instruments to put his Vse 1 whole will and word in writing doth offer to vs diuers good vses which briefly wee will run ouer First it conuinceth all those that thinke and gather that neither this book nor the other foure were written by Moses as now they are left vnto vs but by Esdras or some other more auncient Scribe that liued before his time Adde heereunto d Iren. lib. 3. cap 25. Tertul. lib. de bab mul. clem Alex. lib. 1. strom Hieron aduers Helu Euseb in Chronic. that manie of the Fathers and Doctors of the Church maintayned that when Ierusalem was assaulted sacked by the Chaldeans all the bookes of Moses and other Scriptures were burned together with the Temple and were afterward written againe and brought to light through the help of the diuine memory of Esdras who remembred al that was written in the former copies But this coniecture so much stood vppon by the Ancients be it spoken with their patience and pardon is no better then a fable may bee conuinced by euident demonstration of vndoubted reasons True it is the fourth of Esdras telleth in sober sadnesse this dreame e Esdr lib. 4. c 4 23. cap. 14 21. but euery one knoweth that booke to bee Apochryphall almost as full of lies as leaues insomuch that the Church of Rome ouer bold to adde to the Canon yet f Bel. de verbo Dei lib 1. cap 20. lib. 2. cap 1. are ashamed of this booke to make it Canonicall And we neuer read that the Babylonians euer attempted this sacriledge and if they had it seemeth vnlikely and vnpossible that euer they coulde bring it to passe the bookes beeing dispersed into many mens hands and extant in sundrie copies in sundry places The Assyrians which were sent as certaine Colonies to inhabite in the waste roomes of the ten Tribes the Kingdom of Israel being ouerthrown by Salmanasar when they were disturbed and destroyed by Lyons that tore them in peeces g 2 Kin 1 7 27 were instructed by one of the Priestes in the Law of Moses and no doubt had it among them Antiochus a most bloody tyrant commaunded the bookes of the Law to be cut in peeces burned so many as hee could finde yet did the faithfull preserue them safe and sound with the danger of their owne liues 1 Mach. 1 59. Besides it is not to be imagined that Ezekiel and Daniel continuing in Babylon the seuenty yeares of the captiuity wanted the word law of God all that time to say nothing of Ieremy the Prophet and Gedaliah the Prince were they all so carelesse or forgetfull that in the ruine of the City and spoyling of the temple they would neglect the Law and not saue one booke out of the fire Was there neuer a godly man left that was mindfull of the booke of God But what place is there lefte for any such surmise and suspition seeing the prophet Daniel had both the prophesies h Dan 9 2 11 of Ieremy the Law of Moses Moreouer it appeareth by the testimony of Ezra himselfe the Scribe of God i Ezra 6 18. that the people beeing returned from their captiuity had the Law of Moses amongst them before
heere as afterward in this Booke ch 20. where he obeyeth with doubting but he executeth the charge laide vpon him with readinesse and willingnesse This obedience of Moses and Aaron is set downe first generally then particularly Generally in these words particularly in the verses following Heere a question may be demanded Obiection whether it were lawfull for them to number the people Wee reade in the holy Historie 2 Samuel 24 that Dauid was sharply reprooued and seuerely punished because hee did number them yet Moses numbereth them in this place and is approoued and iustified● Some thinke Answer that Dauid is reproued not simply for numbring the people but because he would haue all numbred and not onely from 20 yeare old and aboue But this was not the true cause of Dauids offence and of Gods iudgement in as much as it is very euident out of the words of the Text and circumstances of the place that such only were numbred as were strong men and able to draw out their swords 2 Sam. 24.9 Others make this the reason because the Lord promised to multiply the seede of Abraham as the starres of Heauen which are innumerable and as the sand on the Sea Shore which cannot bee tolde Oleast in Exod. and therefore he was angry sore displeased whē they were numbred as if it were a calling of his promise into question But if this reason were good and to bee granted it would follow that they could neuer be numbred without sin Neither was this the cause of Gods anger as others imagine Sim●●r in Exod because after his numbring of them hee caused not the tribute to be paid that God had appointed Exod. 30.12 for Moses did not alway enioyne any such polle-mony to be paid whensoeuer he nūbred their persons and besides the punnishment should be inflicted vpon Dauid not for numbring the people but for want of paiment The true causes why Moses is commended Differences between Moses and Dauid in numbering the people Dauid condemned for their numbring of Israel are these First Moses was inioyned vnto it had the expresse commandement of God to direct and warrant him but Dauid was not commāded of God he was stirred vp of Sathan who tempted him to this euill in setting before his eies 1 Chron. 21 1 his glory and excellency his power victories Aug. quaest 134 in Exod. This is one difference Secondly it was lawfull to number the people when anie publique collection or contribution was to bee made of tribute or subsidy for vnlesse an exact account were taken some should be omitted others ouerburthened and iniustice committed This maketh it lawful for Princes to number their people muster them by hundreds or thousands albeit they haue no special warrant or particular commissiō from God Thus did Dauid in another place and at another time number them without sin 2 Sam. 18 1. Againe when any Army is to be gathered forces to be leuied it is necessarie the people should be assembled and mustered that fit choise may bee made of such as are to goe to battell as Dauid did number them without sinne 2 Sam. 18 1. when hee sent an armie against Absolon but in this place hee did not intend any of these ends either that Tribute should be gathered or that souldiers should be mustered and therefore the warrant of his worke was not answerable to the calling of Moses Thirdly as they were stirred vp by diuers causes so they respected diuers ends Dauid propounded to himselfe an euill end hee did it to set forth his owne glorie to reioyce in himselfe to put his whole affiance and confidence in the multitude of his men and therefore his pride and presumption his haughtinesse and ambition his rashnesse and vnthankefulnesse were punished of GOD. Thus we see how one and the same thing is praised in one and reprooued in another because howsoeuer the deede were one yet the cause was not one from whence it proceeded neither were the ends one whereunto it was referred Verses 17.18.19 Moses Aaron tooke these men c And as the Lord commaunded Moses so he numbred them Heere we haue an example of the obedience of Moses Aaron who lingred not the time to discharge the dutie that God had laide vpon them This example offereth vnto vs this instruction that it Doctrine 3 is required of all Gods seruants t is our dutie to obey Gods co●mandements to performe obedience to Gods commandements Whensoeuer God speaketh vnto vs wee must heare and obey his voyce Noah receiued a Commandement from God to builde the Arke Genes 6 ver 13. Whereby hee and his houshold might be saued many hindrances might haue stayed him and sundry inconueniences might haue stopped him and infinite dangers might haue terrified him from that enterprize the greatnesse of the Arke the labour of the building the continuance of the worke the tants of the wicked and an hundred such like troubles stood in his way all which he did ouerstride as the Apostle witnesseth Heb. 11 7. By Faith Noah beeing warned of GOD of the things which were as yet not seene mooued with reuerence prepared the Arke to the sauing of his Houshold through the which Arke hee condemned the world and was made heire of the righteousnesse which is by faith In like manner Gen. 12 4. Heb 11 8. Abraham receiued an expresse commandement to go out of his Country and from his Kindred and Fathers house and he also by Faith when hee was called obeyed to go into a place which he should afterwarde receiue for inheritance and he went out not knowing whither hee went So when God charged him to circumcise himselfe his sonne and all his houshold hee did not delay the time Gen. 17 23. 22 1 2 3. Heb. 11 17. 18 19. but did it the same day and when hee commanded him to take his sonne his onely son euen Isaac whom he loued the sonne of promise through whom all Nations should bee blessed By Faith hee offered vp Isaac when hee was tryed for he considered that God was able to raise him vp euen from the dead from whence he receiued him also after a sort When God called Samuel and determined to reueale vnto him the destruction of Elies house and the calamitie that hanged ouer all Israel hee saide vnto him to testifie the willingnesse of his heart to obey Speake Lord 1 Sam. 3 9 10 for thy Seruant heareth This the Prophet Dauid witnesseth Psal 27 8. When thou sayedst Seeke ye my face mine heart answered thee O Lord I will seeke thy face Luke 5 4 5. When Christ commanded Peter to launch out into the deepe and to let out their Nets to make a draught Simon answered and saide vnto him Master we haue trauailed sore all night and haue taken nothing neuerthelesse at thy word I wil let down the net The examples are infinite and endlesse that might bee
but to sixtie yeares after their comming into Egypt The third part of this nine thousand being three thousand maketh fisteene hundred couples or persons to marrie who hauing euery yeare one childe who in lesse then a yeare may haue more then one will increase the next thirty yeares forty fiue thousand which bringeth vs to the ninetieth yeare after their comming into Egypt The third part heereof being fifteene thousand will make seauen thousand foure hundred couples or marriages omitting the odde hundreth which may beget by the twelue yeare 222000. persons the third part hereof being seuenty foure thousand maketh thirty seauen thousand couples and will begat at the hundred and fifty yeare 1110000. soules The third part heereof being three hundred seuenty thousand persons maketh one hundred eighty fiue thousand marriages which will multiply by generation the next thirty years which falleth being expired into the 180. yeare 555000. soules the third part heereof being one hundred eighty fiue thousand maketh besides the odde thousand 920000. mariages which will beget by the two hundred and tenth yeare 27600000. that is seuen and twenty thousand and sixe hundred thousand This particular supputation we haue made to shew that the Israelites bringing forth abundance of increase as the spawne of the fish in the waters did not multiply by a miraculous generation but by an extraordinary benediction GOD giuing a speciall blessing vnto them partly to vexe their enemies and partly to verifie his owne promises Question 2 Secondly it may seeme strange in this place that Reuben the eldest sonne of Iacob and the beginning of his strength placed also in this muster in the first ranke commeth farre behinde many other in the number of posterity For if wee compare that Tribe with those that follow and namely with Simeon Issachar Dan and Naphtali we shall finde they are much more populous Ioseph was one of the sonnes of Iacob and one of the last and yongest yet hee exceeded and surmounted him almost halfe in halfe But in the Tribe of Iudah the blessing of God doeth most apparently shew it selfe according to the ancient prophesie of Iacob I answere though Reuben had the priuiledge to be the first born Answer yet he lost his birth-right and for his wickednesse committed against his Father he was thrust downe from that seate of honour This is it which Iacob foretold long before Genesis 49 3 4. Reuben mine eldest sonne thou art my might and the beginning of my strength the excellencie of dignity and the excellency of power c. Thou shalt not be excellent because thou wentest vp to thy Fathers bed then diddest thou defile my bed thy dignity is gone This threatning was denounced by the mouth of his Father but hee was therein the mouth and minister of GOD and therefore it must bee in time accomplished God maketh way for the effecting of it and this was a signe of the fulfilling of that curse that his posterity is diminished and others taste of Gods blessing before him And as the birth-right had two priuiledges Gen 4 7. the rule ouer his Brethren and a double portion of the Fathers inheritance the former fell to Iudah vpon whose posterity the kingdome was cast the latter to Ioseph 1 Chr. 5 1 2. whose two sonnes had a twofold portion so that Reuben lost the one and the other For it standeth with Gods iustice that he who climbed vp where he ought not to haue touched should bee thrust from that which of right to him belonged according to the saying of Christ in the Gospell Luke 14 11. and 18 14. Math 23 12. Whosoeuer lifteth vp himselfe shal be cast downe and he that humbleth himselfe shal be exalted This is the cause also that Iudah and Ioseph so much increased multiplyed aboue their fellowes to the end that God might make good the promise hee made vnto them For heauen and earth shall passe away but one iot or tittle of this worde shall not passe but be fulfilled But of these things we shall haue occasion offered to speake more in the next chapter whereunto I referre you for farther direction Thirdly the question may bee asked for Question 3 what cause Moses numbering the Tribes seuerally vseth the same words and maketh so many repetitions whereas he might haue cōprehended the same in a shorter summe For hee saith of euerie Tribe that they were numbred by their generations by their Families and by their Fathers houses according to the number of their names euery male from twēty yeares and aboue as many as went forth to war was it not enough to haue saide so once for all but he must repeate it so often I answer Answer there are no vaine and needlesse repetitions in the Scripture euery word syllable and letter hath his vse and standeth for some purpose albeit we do not alwayes knowe so much * Reasons rendred why Moses vseth so many words One cause may be in respect of God to teach that as with him is no respect of persons so he hath a care as well of one as of another he is a common Father of them all he neglecteth none but remembreth them with his kindnesse and spreadeth the wing of his protection ouer them Thus doth God deale with vs at this day he keepeth vs in his book of remembrance no lesse then he did the Iewes inasmuch as there falleth not a Sparrow to the ground without his wil Mat. 10 29 30 and the haires of our head are numbred The second cause may bee to graft in our mindes and imprint in our memories this so great a blessing in multiplying them vnto the number of so many thousands in so short a space If hee had spoken it once and in few words it might soone be forgotten lightly passe from vs now hee standeth vpon it at large that the often repetition and commemoration might ingraft and engraue it in our hearts that there it might continue for we are apt to ascribe Gods workes to nature and to take them to our selues so to make no profit of them Thirdly he maketh as honourable mention of one as he doth of another without anie difference that one should not enuy at another neyther one condemne another but that mutuall loue and friendship should bee maintained among them as among Brethren A little title of honour and dignitie is able to make vs swell one against another Least therefore he should seeme to neglect one and preferre another hee keepeth an euen hand and equalleth one with another so farre as lyeth in him Hee giueth no occasion of aduantage to such as were readie to seeke all occasions but cutteth them off by speaking that of one which hee had affirmed of the other Thus much of the Questions that may be made and mooued out of this diuision let vs now come to the Doctrines that are to bee gathered for our instruction Verse 20 21 c. So were the sons of Reuben c
whether they bee good or euill Then shall the faithfull be fully glorified and inherite the crowne of eternall life This howsoeuer it bee oftentimes and faithfully promised of God yet hath bene and is derided of many who shall in the end pay the price of their folly and infidelity feele that Gods truth is stable and surer then the heauens 2 Pet. 3 3 4. This is it which the Apostle Peter testifieth This first vnderstand that there shall come in the last dayes mockers which will walke after their lustes and say Where is the promise of his comming For since the Fathers dyed all things continue alike from the beginning of the Creation But whatsoeuer these Atheists dreame of the glorious appearance of Christ his second comming and howsoeuer they put the euill day farre from them yet the Lord of that promise is not slacke as some men count slackenesse but is patient toward vs and wold haue no man to perish Neuerthelesse the day of the Lord will come as a Theefe in the night in the which the heauēs shall passe away with a noise and the Elements shall melte with heate and the earth with the workes that are therein shall be burnt vp This we see not yet performed 1 Thess 4 17. neither are we made partakers of eternall life when we shall euer rest remain with the Lord and nothing shall separate vs from his glorious and comfortable presence This doctrine therefore serueth to vphold our faith in this point And whensoeuer we reade of any promise that God hath in mercy made to his Church albeit it be for a time deferred not presently accomplished let vs waite with patience and build our Faith vpon the experience of his former promises which wee see already fulfilled and say with the Apostle 2 Tim. 1 12 I know whom I haue beleeued and I am perswaded that he is able to keepe that which I haue cōmitted to him against that day We are sure wee builde not in the aire we beate not the ayre but we builde vpon a●sure foundation that shall neuer decay or deceiue vs. For who euer put his trust in him and was confounded Or who did set vp his rest on him and went away ashamed Hence it is that Christ saith Math. 5 17 18. Thinke not that I am come to destroy the Law or the Prophets I am not come to destroy them but to fulfill them for truly I say vnto you till heauen and earth perish one iot or one title of the Law shall not scape till all thinges be fulfilled This is needfull for vs to consider remember for our faith is often shaken with doubting and infidelity that which we see not we many times beleeue not and so we are shaken through our weakenesse as with the winde but we must make God our rock and rest on his vnchangeable word who is trueth it selfe and cannot lye Secondly seeing Gods promises are so Vse 2 surely grounded vppon the immutabilitie of Gods truth that it is vnpossible that they should faile or he deceiue this teacheth that it is as true that his iudgements shall not faile but follow the wicked at the heeles For God is as vnchangeable in the one as in the other It is a foolish error to imagine that God will vndoubtedly performe the promises of his mercie and not the threatnings of his iustice True it is many presume of his goodnes but they doubt of his righteousnesse This is to set vp an abhominable Idoll in our hearts and to denie the infinitenesse of his glorie and maiesty and to deuise a God made altogether of mercie If God be true in the one he is also as true in the other if hee faile in the one he changeth also in the other This vse is directly concluded by Ioshua in the exhortation that he maketh to the people that they should not ioyne themselues to the idolatrous Nations but loue the Lord their God and cleaue vnto him with full purpose of heart when he saith Chap. 23. ver 14 15. Behold this day do I enter into the way of all the world and ye know in your hearts and in all your soules that nothing hath failed of all the good things which the Lord your God promised you but all are come to passe vnto you nothing hath failed thereof Therefore as all good things are come vpon you which the Lord your God promised you so shall the LORD bring vpon you euery euil thing vntil he haue destroyed you out of this good Land which the Lord your God hath giuen you In which words hee teacheth that his threatnings are of the same nature with his promises and his iudgements as certaine as his mercies 2 Kings 7 1 2 17.18 This appeareth by a notable example which God shewed at the breaking vp of the long siege of Samaria he promised to the faithfull that would beleeue plenty and abundance the next day and hee threatned to the Prince on whose hand the King leaned that he should see it with his eies but he should not eate thereof Here God did promise good and threaten euill Did he shew forth the worke of his mercy and not of his iudgement of his goodnes not of his wrath Yes of his wrath and iudgement for the people trod vpon him in the gate and he dyed as the man of God had said so it came to passe This serueth to shew the wofull estate and condition of all vngodly men vnrepentant sinners for howsoeuer they flatter themselues put away the euill day far from them being deluded and as it were charmed with a proud presumption of Gods mercies yet the threatning of God the curse of the Law and the terror of their conscience which standeth against them shall abide for euer and therefore so long as they go forward in sin and proceed in the wickednes of their hearts they haue iust cause to mourne and lament forasmuch as the threatnings manifested in the word are inuiolable and vnchangeable Let all those that lye in any sin repent while it is called to day hear his voice lest the curse of the Law which shal certainly be fulfilled do seize vpon them and they be carried to vtter destruction The Prophet Esay denounceth many woes against wicked men Esay 5 8 11 18 20 21 22. Wo vnto them that ioyn house to house and lay Field to field til there be no place for the poore Woe vnto them that rise vp early to follow drunkennesse and to them that continue til night Woe vnto them that draw iniquity with cordes of vanity and sinne as with Cart-ropes Woe vnto them that speake good of euill and euil of good which put darknesse for light and light for darkenesse that put bitter for sweet sweet for soure Woe vnto them that are wise in their own eyes prudent in their owne sight Woe vnto them that are mighty to drinke wine and to them that are strong to
the couetous person that hath the greatest plenty is much more tormented with desire of more then he that is satisfied with a small portion or pittance of the things of this life It falleth out oftentimes that such as haue least charge lying vpon them are most ouer-charged with this as with a most heauy burden This is that vanity that Salomon pointeth out Eccle. 4.8 Ecclesiastes chapter 4. There is one alone and there is not a second yea he hath neither childe nor brother yet is there no end of all his labour neither is his eye satisfied with riches neither saith he For whom doe I labour and bereaue my soule of good It is not abundance or masses and mountaines of gold and siluer that can quench this vnsatiable thirst but thereby it is rather encreased For as more wood put to the fire augmenteth the flame and the heat so the desire of many by addition of wealth is multiplyed He is fitly compared to the man possessed with an vncleane spirit Chrysost in Matth. 8. hom 29. in Mat. 26. hom 82. who wore no cloathes but had his dwelling among the tombes and mountaines no man could binde him nor tame him but he brake the fetters and pulled the chaines asunder and cut himselfe with stones Mar. 5.3 Luke 8.27 He was exceeding fierce but couetous men are farre worse He that was possessed was deliuered by the word of Christ and the diuell was driuen away and left his hold but they that are seruants or slaues to their money will not hearken vnto Christ they haue so much of this earth in their eares or rather in their hearts that albeit they heare him daily preached vnto them and sounding as a shrill or loude trumpet yet they beleeue not they yeeld not they obey not The man possessed spared not such as came neere him but they spoile and rauin as wel afar off frō them as hard by them they spare none whom they catch in their snares not friends not kinsmen not brethren they teare them and rent them in pieces whomsoeuer they can compasse Hee went naked but these clothe themselues sumptuously except such as grudge themselues apparrell with the spoiles of others as if they had taken them prisoners in the day of battel and make them goe naked or in threed-bare coates that come in their way He smote himselfe not knowing what he did but these smite and kill others secretly they grinde the faces of the poore and pull off the skin from their backes He abode among the graues and tombes of the dead but these are very sepulchers themselues For what is a tombe but a stone couering the body of the dead What then are not their bodies much more wretched and miserable then those stones which couer their dead soules dead in sinne and as stinking carcasses casting out a loathsome sauour And to this purpose Christ speaketh to the Pharisees Matth. 23.27 Matth. 23.27 Ye are like to whited sepulchers full of extortion excesse full of hypocrisie and iniquity This sinne hath diuerse branches vnder it according to the diuers practises of it first The branches of coetousnesse when men seek only or principally for worldly goods neglecting or not regarding spirituall graces in comparison of them Wee are charged to lay vp our treasure in heauen Matth. 6.19 20 33. where the moth cannot corrupt it nor theeues steale it We are commanded to seeke first the kingdome of God and his righteousnesse But whatsoeuer God require of vs the greatest sort doe what they list for as Esau sold his birthright for a messe of pottage Heb. 12.16 Religion 〈◊〉 regarded So doe prophane men sell their soules for old shooes and saluation purchased by Christ at a most deare rate for a song This may seeme strange vnto some but there is nothing will appeare more true if we consider the course of the world and obserue the liues of men This is the sinne of our age wherein the least profit and pleasure is cared for aboue true religion Euery drunken feast is cause sufficient with vs to intermit the worship of god Euery prophane meeting of prophane men is valued and prized aboue the word of the eternall God Euery feast that after a heathenish manner is yeerely solemnized giueth occasion to multitudes to prophane and pollute the Sabboth that ought to be sanctified with publike and priuate duties agreeable vnto it and to set that banket at nought to which God inuiteth vs by his Ministers Our thoughts our meditations our desires our delights are so taken vp with earthly things that though there be much preaching there is little profiting though there be much teaching yet there is little hearing little obedience The second branch of couetousnesse is to put our trust and confidence in the things of this life which is the idolatry of the heart as we noted before If we set our hearts vpon our goods we make them our God and the earth our happinesse Hence it is that Christ maketh it so hard a matter for a rich man to enter into the kingdome of heauen as for a Camel to goe through the eye of a needle Matth. 19. Matth. 19. ●● because they trust in their riches Mar. 10.24 Mar. 10.24 Likewise the Apostle chargeth Timothy to charge them that are rich in this world that they be not high minded neither trust in vncertaine riches but in the liuing God who giueth vs richly all things to enioy 1 Tim. 6.17 The third branch is when we regard and respect onely our selues It is not enough that we doe no harme with them God requireth that we doe good Christ shall say at the last day I was an hungred and ye gaue me no meate naked and ye clothed me not sicke and in prison and ye visited me not goe into euerlasting fire prepared for the diuell and his Angels That euill seruant that did not diuide his substance among his fellow seruants perished through his couetousnesse and he that receiued one talent and digged in the earth to hide it had it taken from him and heareth this sentence denounced against him Thou wicked and slouthfull seruant and vnprofitable Matth. 25. ● God bestoweth not his blessings vpon vs to fat our selues with thē as Oxen in a stall or as swine in a stye without all consideration of the Church or Common-wealth or of the poor but he hath made vs stewards and disposers of them to the glory of God and the good of others Verse 31. All they that were numbred in the campe of Dan c We see in this place that this last standard beareth the name of Dan whereby we see that God raiseth vp as a chiefe instrument in this mighty host one of the lowest sort one that was obscure in the family of Iacob which serueth to magnifie the mercy of God to depresse the pride of man Iacob in his last will and testament foretelleth the estate of this
Tribe Gen. 49 17. Dan shall be a serpent by the way an adder in the path that biteth the horse-heeles so that his rider shall fall backward which declareth that the power might of this Tribe should not be great but preuaile rather by fraud and deceit 〈◊〉 15 76.18 27. Thus Sampson preuailed against the Philistims and afterward they ouercame the City Laish ●●ctrine 7. ●●d often●●●es maketh ●ise of the ●●kest in●●●ments and burnt it with fire We learne from hence that it pleaseth God oftentimes to chuse and vse the weakest meanest men to bee instruments for the accomplishing of his greatest workes Hee maketh choice of inferiour things to performe his decrees and to do good to his Church and to serue him wheresoeuer hee purposeth to imploy them This appeareth cleerer then the Sun throughout the Scriptures in preferring the younger before the elder in the calling of many Iudges in the election of many Kings in the separating of many Prophets and in the ordaining of many Apostles who were of little reckoning and estimation before their honour and aduancement to verifie that which the Psalmist saith Psal 75 6 7. Promotion commeth neyther from the East nor from the West nor from the South but God is the Iudge he putteth downe one and setteth vp another Saul was a seeker of his fathers asses and though hee found not them he found the kingdome Samuel being sent to annoint him 1 Sam. 10. Dauid was the youngest of his fathers house and the lowest among one of the lowest families left with the sheepe in the wildernesse according to that in the Psalme He chose Dauid his seruant and tooke him from the sheepe-folds ●●al 78 70 71 from following the Ewes great with young he brought him to feede Iacob his people and Israel his inheritance And as God chose him from feeding a flocke of sheep to feed a better flocke so he chose some of his Apostles from catching fish to catch foules Peter was a fisherman as before him Amos was an heard-man Thus did God throw downe the strong walles of Iericho not by might of men nor by munition of war but by Rams horns which were blowed by the Priests Iosh 6 20 In the creation he brought light out of darknesse the fowles out of the waters and all things out of nothing Gen. 1 3 20. Heb. 11 3. Christ wrought many of his cures in like manner in healing the blinde man for hee spate on the ground made clay of the spettle and then annointed the eyes of the blinde man with the clay then he had him wash in the poole of Siloam who by and by went his way washed and came seeing Iohn 9 6 7. Likewise in the worke of our redemption the truth of this is more apparant for he wrought by contraries bringing life out of death He came downe to the earth to lift vs vp into heauen Beza Confess chap. 3. art 29. Eph. 2 6. He suffered the punishments of our sinnes that he might make vs free from them Math. 11 28. 1 Pet. 2 24. He perfectly fulfilled all righteousnesse that he might couer our vnrighteousnesse Rom. 5 19. And to the end he might fully satisfie for our sinnes hee was made sinne that wee might be made the righteousnesse of God in him 2 Corin. 5 21. He was bound that we might be loosed hee was condemned that we might be acquitted he was crucified in his body that hee might nayle our sinnes to his Crosse and fasten them there for euer Col. 2 14. He tooke vpon him the curse due to vs that he might appease the wrath of his Father against vs Heb. 10 10. He dyed for vs that we might liue he was buried and laide in the graue that he might ouercome death in his owne cabin and denne Acts 2 24. Lastly he rose againe as a Captain and Conqueror from the dead and could not be holden of the sorrowes of death that wee should walke in newnesse of life Rom 6 4. All these examples of Saul of Dauid of Amos of Peter of Christ of the Patriarkes of the Prophets of the Iudges and of the Apostles serue to teach vs this truth that it is the manner of Gods dealing to make choise of small meanes to effect great matters and to single out weake instruments to worke out worthy enterprises Neither ought this to be maruelled at as Reason 1 strange in our eyes For if there were no other reason to induce vs to beleeue it the only will and good pleasure of God ought to be sufficient as being the highest mouing cause and indeed the cause of all causes His will is a law and who shall heerein controule him of errour or conuince him of folly or condemne him of vnsufficiency If he will let the full rich goe away empty who shall say vnto him Why dost thou so Or who can accuse him of rashnesse This is that which Christ our Sauiour setteth downe Luc. 10 21. In that houre Iesus reioyced in spirit and saide I thanke thee O Father Lord of heauen and earth that thou hast hidde these things from the wise and prudent and hast reuealed them vnto babes euen so Father for so it seemed good in thy sight Where wee see he maketh the pleasure of God to be the stay of himselfe so it ought to be with vs if we once come to know what seemeth good in the eyes of God though we know no more though we can see no farther and though ten thousand reasons as a mighty army may seeme to encounter against it yet we must rest our selues vpon it as vpon a rocke and build our house vpon it as a foundation Reason 2 Secondly this serueth best to make manifest the glory of God when as great things are done by a weake hand Now the weaker the instruments are which he setteth on work the more euidently is his power seene and the better doth his praise appeare This gaue Dauid comfort and assurance being a stripling vnarmed and vntrained to the field to encounter hand to hand in a single combat with a mighty gyant he doubted not to ouercome him but was perswaded in his heart of his helpe that neuer forsaketh his that trust in him and call vpon him that he should smite him with his sling take his head from him with his sword and giue the carcasses of the hoste of the Philistims vnto the fowles of the ayre and to the wild beasts of the earth and he maketh this the reason of all That all the earth may know that there is a God in Israel 1 Sam. 17.46 1 Sam. 17.46 This also doth the Apostle inferre and inforce in another kind speaking of our saluation and redemption and of those that are counted worthy to be partakers of them 1 Cor. 1.26 1 Cor. 1.26 27 28 29 31. You know your calling how that not many wise men after the flesh nor many mighty nor many noble are called but
and Paul chargeth the Philippians to let their patient and equall mindes bee knowne to all men But of this vertue of contentation we haue spoken at large before ●he fift re●oofe Fiftly it reprooueth such as contemning their owne callings as vile and base become male-content and thinke better of themselues and their owne gifts then there is iust cause and better then they would indeed if they rightly and truely knew themselues Such are all ambitious and aspiring spirits that loue to be aloft and scorne to be below that seeke for themselues an higher place and a better estate then God hath alotted vnto them as if the bramble should seeke to be promoted ouer the rest of the trees If our first parents through the tentation and instigation of Satan grew discontent with that estate wherein they were created sought to be as Gods knowing good euill Gen. 3 verse 5 no marueile if their posterity draw this corruption from them as the childe that sucketh the brest of his mother Absolom through his high mind 2 Sam. 15 4. was moued to fawne vpon the people and to seeke his fathers kingdome and life also iudging basely of his present estate and climbing vp to an higher What caused the Scribes and Pharisies to contemne and disdaine Christ and his Disciples Mat 23 6 7. but this they loued the chiefe places at feasts and desired the highest seates in the assemblies and looked to be greeted and saluted by men Rabbi Rabbi What was the cause that Diotrephes would not receiue Iohn and the other faithfull Ministers of the word 3 Iohn 9. but did prattle with malicious words against them neither would he himselfe receiue them nor suffer others to entertaine the brethren He loued to haue the preheminence in the Church Loe here the horrible plague and as it were the ranke poison of pride vain-glory and ambition These are the causes of all confusion and disorder These weeds must be pulled out of our hearts by the contrary graces if we would haue any wholesome hearbs grow therein We haue many sharpe tooles lent vs put into our hands if we list to set them on worke to grub them vp by the rootes First we must consider the state of our bodies what it is We are but dust and ashes Meanes to pull downe pride and ambition and to dust we must returne Gen. 3. What a vaine and foolish thing is it to thinke so highly of our selues that were raised out of the earth do carry about vs the matter of our mortality If we had come downe from heauen and had our beginning aboue the Clouds we should haue had wherein to glory but being all of vs fraile and mortall creatures that are here to day and lye in the dust to morrow like the grasse of the fielde Math. 6 30. which flourisheth for a time and by and by withereth away what vanity hath possessed our hearts that earth ashes should waxe proud Our life standeth wholly in vncertainty it is appointed to all men once to die and after death commeth iudgement Heb. 9 27. Neither do we know at what houre the Lord will come Math. 24 42. Why then should we soare so high seeing we must lie so low Why should we say in our hearts I will ascend into heauen seeing our pompe shall be brought downe to the graue and the wormes must couer vs Secondly we are altogether set vpon sin and bring foorth the bitter fruites of our corruption in regard whereof we are more wretched then other creatures They sinne not against God they prouoke him not to anger but keepe their originall condition wherein they were created but we miserable sinners are turned out of the right way and become abhominable so that there is none that doth good no not one Rom. chapt 3 verse 12. If then we will glory of our selues or any thing in our selues we must glory in our shame hauing nothing of our owne but sinne and iniquity Thirdly we are not able of our selues so much as to thinke one good thought neither are we sufficiently furnished to doe the least and smallest duty that God requireth of vs we haue the spawne and seed of all sinne in our nature We are ready to fall into the most horrible sinnes except God sustaine vs and hold vp our heads and strengthen our weake knees We cannot set forward one foot toward the kingdome of heauen It is as vnpossible for vs to doe any good as for a dead carcase to flie We are as poore miserable wretches that are dumbe and cannot speak blind and cannot see deafe and cannot heare The Prophet acknowledgeth that he is a man of vncleane lippes Esay 6.5 and another confesseth he could not speake Ier. 1.6 our eares also are stopped so that we cannot heare the voyce of God that we might liue Ioh. 8.47 Matth. 13.13 our eyes are closed vp so that seeing wee see not but grope as blind men in the darkenesse The light shined in darkenes and the darknesse comprehended it no Ioh. 1.5 Men naturally take themselues to be sharpe eyed and quicke sighted Ioh. 9.41 but because they say We see therefore their sinne remaineth because the carnall mind is enmity against God for it is not subiect to the Law of God neither indeed can be Rom. 8.7 Fourthly whatsoeuer gifts are bestowed vpon vs we must thinke meanely and humbly of our selues and of them The Apostle willeth vs to decke our selues with lowlinesse of mind Phil. 2.3 and that each esteeme other better then themselues We know that our best gifts are stained with many blemishes we feele our owne corruptions more then the corruptions of other men so that Gods grace and our nature are ioyned together in one subiect We are not therfore to despise other men or dwell in the contemplation of their imperfections but be alwayes working vpon our selues and considering our owne vnworthinesse that so we may more and more mortifie the deeds of the flesh and grow in the graces of Gods Spirit Fiftly let vs set before vs the example of our Lord and Master Iesus Christ we must be ready to learne of him the lesson that he offereth to teach vs by word example Hence it is that he calleth all to him that are weake and weary and saith Take my yoke vpon you and learne of me for I am meeke and lowly in heart and ye shall finde rest vnto your soules Matth. 11.29 He disdained not to wash the feet of his disciples to teach them humility not only by doctrine but by practise He is a perfect patterne as of all other vertues so also of this and therefore the Apostle setteth him before vs for our imitation Phil. 2.5 6. Let this minde be in you which was also in Christ Iesus who being in the forme of God thought it no robbery to be equall with God c. He made himselfe of no reputation and tooke vpon
it to their consciences that as the Ministery of the word is the ordinance of God and the maintenance of the Ministery is the ordinance of God so such as set themselues with might and maine against it eyther to disanull the preaching of it or to hinder the free passage of it whether it be openly or couertly whether it be directly or indirectly do fight against God prouoke his wrath against them sinne against their owne soules and ouerthrow the saluation of many thousands that might be called and conuerted by it Many damnable hypocrites there are in the world that dare not openly speake against the Ministery of the word and the preaching of the Gospel for then all men would condemne them and be ready to cry shame vpon them all men would paint and point them out with the finger and hisse at them as they goe in the streetes euery one would shunne them as diuelles incarnate Whosoeuer should forbid the Trumpet to be blowne in time of warre would be taken for a traitour and as one that goeth about to betray the army into the hand of the enemy Or he that should forbidde the souldiers to gird their swords by their sides would he not be esteemed to be an hollow hearted friend and secretly to fauour the contrary side So is the case of such as would not haue the Minister cry aloud to lift vp his voice as a Trumpet ●●y 58 1. and shew the people their transgressions nor to strike at the sinnes of men with the sword of the Spirit they do vndermine the City of God and vtterly betray the cause of religion If wee looke to haue religion prosper we must looke to the Ministery that it be vpholden if we let it alone haue no regard vnto it whether it flourish or decay and suffer euery base and beastly companion to flout at it and insult ouer it wee strike at the heart of religion and giue a deadly blow vnto the cause of God Wherefore they are constrained to put on a vizard and as it were to maske themselues that they may play their parts not appeare in their proper likenesse so that all their quarrell is against the Ministers in outward shew they are made the causes of all diuisions and contentions in the places where they liue preach the word These Sycophants would make the world beleeue that Preachers make debate among men and they know whole townes diuided one against another since they had a teaching Minister so that whereas before they liued loued together as honest neighbours good friends now there is dissention sowen among them and they hate one another as enemies These are they that hold that the dogges are the cause why the sheepe and wolues do not agree whereas if they were tyed vp the whole flock would quickly be a prey to the wolues Thus did Ahab charge Eliah to trouble Israel 1 Kings 18 17. So the Apostles are accused to trouble the City ●●●s 16 20 21 while they taught the people If Paul cry out against Diana and the gods that are made with hands and the idolatrous worship done vnto them there will arise no small stirre among those that seemed quiet before ●●●s 19 29. forasmuch as Demetrius and the rest of the workemen of like occupation that thriue by such meanes and get their gaine by vnlawfull waies will be full of wrath and fill a whole City with confusion There is a carnall peace which is in the flesh which Christ professeth he came to dissolue disanull Math. 10 34. Thinke not that I am come to send peace on earth I came not to send peace but a sword c. God and the diuell cannot agree together light and darknesse will not be companions the godly and the wicked cannot be at one So thē the fault of contention is to be laid vpon the wicked and vngodly who fret and rage against the word because it layeth open their filthinesse and bewrayeth their corruptions While darknesse couereth the earth much foule matter is hidden and is not seene but when the day appeareth and the Sunne shineth it can no longer be kept secret for the light 1 Cor. 4 5 ● as the Apostle saith doth manifest all things euen the counsels of the heart But to returne to the point before handled from whence we haue a little digressed to answer the obiections of these cauillers whose mouthes must be stopped who while they take from the Ministers their maintenance do through their sides giue a sore wound to the word it selfe and take away the key of knowledge from the people The wise man faith Prou. 20 25. It is a snare to the man who deuoureth that which is holy Tithes are consecrated vnto God and to his seruice and therefore are not to be applied to common vses or detained from the right owners of them Properly God challengeth them as his owne and he hath assigned them to his Ministers When Belteshazzar abused to common prophane vses the golden vessels of the Temple Dan. 5 2 5● which Nebuchadnezzar carried away he enioyed not his pleasures long for in the middest of all his iolity came foorth fingers of a mans hand and wrote his destruction vpon the plaister of the wall of his owne Pallace It was sacriledge in Achan to take away any part or parcell of that which was consecrated to God Iosh 7 20. and in the end the Lord found him out and he was stoned It was sacriledge in Ananias and Sapphira his wife to detaine any whit of that which themselues had consecrated vnto God Acts 5 2 3 and might before beene lawfully enioyed yet was that possession a snare vnto them and brought sudden death by the heauy hand of God vpon them O that all Church-robbers and Minister-robbers and Religion-robbers would haue these examples as fearefull spectacles continually before their eyes and be moued thereby liberally to giue that which they cannot conscionably detaine forasmuch as it is an audacious and sacrilegious robbing not of man but of God himselfe It is an infamous crime to be a theefe and a robber but it is much more reprochfull to bee a spirituall stealer Hence it is that the LORD saith by his Prophet Will a man spoile his gods yet ye haue spoiled me But ye say wherein haue we spoiled thee Malac. 3 8. In tithes and offerings Where we see the Lord accounteth it a spoiling of himselfe euen because the right of the tithes and offerings was alienated auerted from the right vse and therby his seruice was greatly prophaned and the edification of the people shamefully hindred If these rhinges will not enter into our stony hearts harder then the adamant if the glory of God which should be more dear then our liues be not precious vnto vs if the destruction of thousands soules for whom Christ dyed be not regarded of vs if the decay of religion and the ruine of the Gospel
in heauen that not one of these little ones should perish Mat. 18 14. He commandeth that not one of these little ones should perish Mat. 18 10. He maketh vs to lye downe in greene pastures he leadeth vs beside the stil water he restoreth our soules and leadeth vs in the paths of righteousnesse for his names sake Psal 23 2 3. Iacob that fed the sheepe of his father in law testifieth touching his care that the drought consumed him in the day Gen. 31.40 and the frost pinched him in the night and sleepe departed from his eyes so that whatsoeuer was torne of beasts or stollen of theeues was required at his hands he bare the losse of it Much more then will the Lord care for the sheepe of his pasture his rod and his staffe shall comfort them and although they walke through the valley of the shadow of death they shall feare no euill Will a king regard onely the chiefe Cities and most populous places of his kingdome and suffer the rest to liue as they list without lawes good orders Or will the master of an house looke to some in his family and not to all If then God be our King if he be our Master he will looke to all his subiects and seruants whatsoeuer they be that they shall haue their meate in due season Secondly such is the grace and goodnesse of God that he would haue all his people Reason 2 come to knowledge Such as know not his will are none of his seruants If then he require the vnderstanding knowledge of his wayes not onely of rich men of great men of learned men and of the Ministers but of all the people of what calling and condition soeuer they be how meane and simple soeuer they be we must hereof conclude that he hath ordained that all of them should haue the meanes of knowledge and saluation offered vnto them and published among them To this purpose the Apostle saith He will that all men shall be saued and come vnto the acknowledgement of the truth 1 Tim. 2 4. And Peter in his second Epistle chap. 3. teacheth that The Lord is not slacke concerning his promise as some men count slacknesse but is long suffering to vs ward 2 Pet. 3 9. not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance This is that which the Prophet Ezekiel setteth downe chap. 18 11 23 32 and 33. Haue I any pleasure at all that the wicked should dye saith the Lord and not that he should returne from his waies and liue Thirdly the word of God was penned for all estates degrees and conditions of men It Reason 3 serueth as eye-salue to cleere the eyes of all persons and to make the simple wise Psal 19 7. and 119 99 100. It cleanseth the way of the yong man if he take heed thereunto with all diligence Psal 119 9. The booke of the Prouerbes of Salomon the sonne of Dauid King of Israel was written to giue subtilty to the simple and to the young man knowledge and discretion Prou. 1 4. The Apostle Iohn 1 Iohn 2 13. wrote to the Fathers because they had knowne him that is from the beginning he wrote vnto young men because they haue ouercome the wicked one he wrote to little children because they haue knowne the Father If then the word do serue for all sorts and sexes and ages whatsoeuer it followeth that all must be taught from the greatest to the least from the highest to the lowest Fourthly all persons whatsoeuer they be haue soules to saue simple persons small congregations Reason 4 little assemblies as well as others that are many in number We consist not only of bodies we must not onely prouide for this present life but we haue also soules to saue and must prepare for the life to come We shall all giue an account of the things that we haue done in this life whether they be good or euill forasmuch as the Lord will reward euery man according to his workes Rom. 2.6 The day of our particular death and the day of the generall iudgement are both of them dayes of reckoning and account and as the soule is most precious so the account to be giuen for it is very great and therefore from these premises we may necessarily deduct this conclusion that it is the will and pleasure of God that euery place and person should be carefully instructed Vse 1 It remaineth therfore that we come to the vses and as from a good tree gather such fruit as groweth from thence First we learne that it is Gods ordinance and appointment that euery congregation should haue a learned Minister to teach them the true religion and feare of God It is not ynough that there be a setled standing Ministery in one place or corner of the land or in euery great citie but he will haue his people in all places whether great or small to be cared and prouided for euery Church haue a sufficient Minister to instruct euery member of it Hence it is that the Euangelist declareth Acts 14.23 that the Apostles Paul and Barnabas ordained Elders by election in euery Church and then they commended them to the Lord in whom they beleeued And in the Epistle to Titus Paul saith vnto him Chap. 1. verse 5. For this cause left I thee in Creta that thou shouldest continue to redresse things that remaine and shouldest ordaine Elders in euery Citie as I appointed thee By euery Church and euery citie in those places we must vnderstand that wheresoeuer there is a body of people gathered together fit for a Congregation there ought a Minister to bee chosen appointed and set ouer the same For whersoeuer a Church is planted and a distinct congregation established there is an absolute necessity of a setled Ministery as we haue shewed before in the beginning of this Chapter so that it is altogether vnpossible that without it religion should prosper or continue The Lord had no sooner giuen his law concerning the erecting of the Tabernacle but Aaron his sons were annointed and the whole tribe sanctified to the office of the Ministery to attend on holy things to teach the people to offer sacrifices to performe such duties as were required of them He knoweth that euery man standeth in as great neede of food for the soule aa he doth of nourishment for the body and that as the body decayeth without sustenance so the soule famisheth and pineth away without the bread of life Wheresoeuer the Ministery of the word is wanting there wanteth one of Gods ordinances one of his speciall blessings Wee see by common and continuall experience when the corne is blasted and the haruest of the field is perished and the labour of the husbandman is destroyed what crying lamentation is made how much more ought we to be greeued to see the famine of the word brought vpon vs and thousands perish thorough want of this ordinance of God
the first borne c. We see heere that the Leuites were substituted in the place of the first borne who did first of all execute the Ministers office The Lord if it had pleased him could haue serued the Church with them for euer but for the causes before rehearsed he exempted them from this seruice after that for a small time and a few yeeres he had tryed their obedience to his holy wil and commandement Now in their stead he taketh the Tribe of Leui to minister vnto him and for his Doctrine 1 people We learne hereby The office 〈◊〉 the Ministery is an high and worthy ca●ling that the office of the Ministery is a most worthy and excellent calling This is that which the Apostle saith writing to the Hebrewes chap. 5.4 No man taketh this honour to himselfe but he that is called of God as was Aaron If then it be an honour to be called to this office it followeth to be an high and honourable calling Likewise writing to the Romanes and declaring that none can preach except they be sent hee addeth out of the Prophet How beautifull are the feete of them that preach the Gospel of peace and bring glad tydings of good things Rom. 10.15 And instructing Timothy touching this office he saith This is a true saying If a man desire the office of a Byshop he desireth a worthy worke and afterward in the same Epistle cha 5.17 Let the Elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour specially they who labour in the word and doctrine Seeing then the Ministery is an honour as the Priesthood of Aaron was seeing the office is a worthy worke and seeing the feet of the Ministers that bring the word vnto vs are beautifull so that they are worthy not onely of single but of double honour it followeth that the calling is exalted aboue many others and ought to haue a reuerent and speciall account among vs. The trueth heereof will farther appeare Reason 1 vnto vs by the force of reasons as so many proppes to stay it vp First we must consider the title giuen vnto them of an Embassadour what greater honour then to be the Embassadour of a Prince The Minister is more he is the messenger of the Lord of hostes Mal 2.7 2 Cor. 5.20 and commeth from the King of kings and Lord of lordes He is in stead of Christ appointed and sent of him to reconcile men to himselfe and to saue them So then the Ministers supply the office and sustaine the person of the Sonne of God who is the word and wisedome of his Father Not that he would haue the Ministery of his word lesse esteemed then if he should speake from heauen with terrible signes of Thunder and lightning but that he might by this meanes teach in a more familiar manner and so make the better tryall of our obedience Therefore the Apostle saith He that knoweth God heareth vs Ioh. 4.6 he that is not of God heareth vs not hereby know we the spirit of trueth and the spirit of errour We must heare the word preached by man not as the word of man but as it is indeed the word of God Thess 2.13 and so set our selues in his presence Hence it is that he saith to the disciples whom he had sent out ●ct 10.33 He that heareth you ●●rk 10.16 heareth me and he that despiseth you despiseth me and he that despiseth me despiseth him that sent me If then the Ministery be an embassage sent vnto vs from God whereby God after a sort sueth to vs for reconciliation it serueth to set forth vnto vs the honour of this calling Secondly the honour of the Ministery is to Reason 2 saue mens soules which of all workes is the highest the holyest the heauenlyest the greatest What other calling can compare with it in this respect Other professions and ordinances respect the good of this life as peace or health or wealth and such like but the end of the Ministery alone is the saluation of soules Paul willeth Timothy to take heed to himselfe and vnto doctrine adding this reason Tim. 4.16 ●biection for in doing this thou shalt saue both thy selfe and them that heare thee It will be obiected we are saued by Christ onely as I haue beene oftentimes answered we haue saluation by no other then by him ●nswer It is true indeed Christ hath performed so much as is sufficient for the saluation of all yet none are actually saued but they onely to whom the benefits and merites of the Messiah are communicated Now his merits are applyed two wayes by the Ministery of the word and by receiuing of the Sacraments for which cause the power of saluation is ascribed vnto them We doe not teach that men are saued by the preaching of the word to driue men from Christ thereby or to build our saluation vpon any other for we preach nothing we regard to know nothing but Christ and him crucified We goe not about to lay any other foundation but the question is of the meanes how we shall come to the sauing knowledge of Christ which is ordinarily done by the sound and sincere preaching of the Gospel so that this calling is a most excellent calling Reason 3 Thirdly this truth is farther confirmed and strengthened by the contrary in that without it ordinarily no man can attaine to saluation as may appeare by the meanes whereby it is effected and by the degrees whereby it is finished None shall be saued but such as are effectually called but what is the Church other 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 then a company of men called and they are called by the Ministery of the Gospel made powerfull and effectuall by the Spirit of God Ye are called by our Gospel 2 Thes 2.14 to the obtaining of the glory of the Lord Iesus Christ By it our mindes are enlightened to see our owne miseries and Gods infinite mercies and then by it Luk. 1.79 Act. 26.18 Esay 53.1 as by the strong arme of God we are drawne vnto him Againe none are saued but such as are iustified being acquitted from their sinnes and accepted in Christ as righteous and as heires of eternall life But we are iustified by faith and faith commeth by hearing the word of God Rom. 10.17 1 Cor. 3.5 so that the Preachers are the Ministers by whom we beleeue Lastly none are saued but such as are sanctified by the Spirit of regeneration and whosoeuer is in Christ is become a new creature 1 Pet. 1.23 but we are borne againe by the immortall seed which is the word of the eternall God so that we are begotten into him by the preaching of the word In this respect the Ministers are called spirituall fathers 1 Cor. 4.15 because they beget vs as children by the Gospel of Iesus Christ Thus then we see the worthinesse and excellency of this calling and what we are to esteem therof As then we heard
out of the way that the Chirurgian and his salue make the soare that the iudge maketh the theefe and the law the malefactour For they may as well affirme all this as that the word is the cause either of our sinnes or of our punishments which serueth to keepe vs both from Vse 4 the one and the other Fourthly hereby we must try who be good hearers of the word and who be not All of vs should come constantly diligently and continually but many among vs come seldome We would be loath to be accounted recusants but if we should come a little lesse we might worthily be so accounted We would be loath to be accounted Papists and indeed I thinke we should haue iniury done vs to be so called forasmuch as wee liue more like vnto Atheists We wold think our selues greatly slandered to be reputed worshippers of a false God and indeed we might so forasmuch as we are found to worship no God at all They wil plead no doubt for themselues that they are saued and sanctified hearers as well as the best and they would be ready to complaine of great wrong if they should bee charged to be in the number of euill hearers Matth. 7.21 But as Christ saith in the Gospel Not euery one that saith vnto me Lord Lord shall enter into the kingdome of heauen but he that doth the will of my Father which is in heauen so not euery one that challengeth the title of a right hearer is a good hearer indeed but the obedient hearer that bringeth forth fruit The end of the Law is obedience as Deut. 6.1 2 3. These are the commandements the statutes and the iudgements which the Lord your God commanded to teach you that ye might doe them in the land which yee goe to possesse that thou mightest feare the Lord thy God to keepe all his statutes and his commandements which I command thee thou and thy son and thy sonnes sonne all the dayes of thy life c. heare therefore O Israel and obserue to doe it that it may be well with thee c. Wherefore the doctrine that now we deale withal is as a touchstone to try what we are whether we be fruitfull or fruitlesse hearers It will bee no hard matter if we set our minds vnto it to make proofe and tryall whether we be altogether barren in bringing forth fruits or not The fig tree that had nothing but leaues vpon it and no fruit at all is cursed and hath this denounced against it No man eat fruit of thee hereafter for euer Mar. 11.14 The dresser of his vineyard said of another figtree wheron he sought fruit and found none for there is store of such Behold Luke 13.7 these three yeeres I come seeking fruite on this fig tree and finde none cut it downe why combreth it the ground Iohn the Baptist preaching repentance to such as came out of Ierusalem to his baptisme saith Euery tree which bringeth not forth good fruite is hewen downe and cast into the fire Matth. 3.10 The Apostle writeth to the Hebrewes to stirre them vp to be more zealous Heb. 6.7 8. and telleth them that the earth which drinketh in the raine that commeth oft vpon it and bringeth forth hearbes meete for them by whom it is dressed receiueth blessing from God but that which beareth thornes ana bryers is reiected and is nigh vnto cursing whose end is to be burned If any be an hearer of the word Iam. 1.23 24. and not a doer the Apostle Iames maketh him like vnto a man beholding his naturall face in a glasse for he beholdeth himselfe and goeth his way and streightway forgetteth what manner of man he was No man thinketh it hard to be able to discerne of land whether it be fruitfull or barren forasmuch as the crop that the field yeeldeth will easily discouer and discry the nature of the soile If the seed of the word that is sowen in our hearts do spring vp and bring forth new obedience it is a good heart feare it not doubt not of it but if there follow no growth or increase at all it is a barren heart look to it plough it vp digge about it and dung it that it may beare fruit otherwise it shall be cut downe and cast into the fire If we must all vndergoe this tryall what hearers we are woe vnto very many that are among vs feareful wil their estate be and lamentable will their barenesse and barrennesse appeare to be in good things There is no tree more destitute of fruite then their hearts are of faith and good workes There is no ground so ful of thornes bushes as their hearts are of sinne and corruption How many are there that liue in the Church that heare many instructions exhortations admonitions threatnings from the word that might make the stones relent yet neuerthelesse the more they heare the more deafe they are the more they are charged to doe the lesse they regard to practise the more the word would soften them the more their hearts are hardened and set against the truth Psal 58. ● they are like the deafe adder that stoppeth her eare which will not hearken to the voyce of charmers charming neuer so wisely These are they that come together not for the better but for the worse 1 Cor. 11. and make the word to be the sauour not of life to life but of death vnto death 2 Cor. 2. How many are there that haue had and heard many perswasions to piety and godlines of life and yet shew themselues more wretched and prophane then before like vnto Pharaoh who when he had heard the word of the Lord hardened his heart and would not let the people go or like the Israelites who being mooued to repentance that they should make their wayes and their workes good answered desperately Iere. 18 ● We will walke after our owne deuises and we will euery one doe the imagination of his euill heart How many are there that haue beene often stirred vp to sobriety and temperance in the vse of Gods good creatures that are so farre from bridling their vnruly riotous lusts that they are growne more excessiue intemperate in drinking and quaffing and spare not to rise early to follow drunkennes vntill the wine inflame them and take away their wits from them Esay 5.11 Wo saith the Prophet to all such When the commandement came vnto them sin reuiued so that the commādement which was ordained vnto life is found to be vnto death The like we might say of diuers and sundry sinnes reprooued by the word God hath said Sweare not at all Iam 5.11 neither by heauen nor by earth neither by any other oath but let your yea be yea and your nay be nay lest ye fall into condemnation Let vs see what this hath wrought still worketh in vs haue not many the more inured themselues to that horrible and detestable sin committed against
reiect Hereby then we see that a man is not to be excommunicated and put out of the Church for euery trifle or for euery sinne but for scandals and offences that are notorious A master will not discharge out of his house a seruant that hath serued him for euery trespas neither doth the Magistrate draw the sword for euery breach of the law So ought it to be with the officers of the Church Again excommunication must not be vsed at the first but as the last remedy A Chirurgeon accounteth lancing searing cutting a desperate cure When he commeth to his patient and findeth swelling and soares in the body he doth not by and by proceede to cutting off an arme or legge he vseth first purging and other gentle meanes to try whether he can do any good that way or not So should it be with vs according to the counsel and commandement of Christ he requireth priuate admonitions exhortations priuate reproofes and rebukes and then two or three with vs Mat. 18 1● that in the mouth of two or three witnesses euery word may be established There is required of vs patience and much lenity waiting whether he will by this meanes be amended Lastly we may gather from hence that whiles sinne is secret and vnknowne no man can bee excommunicated but then onely when it is made publike and manifest vnto all Now then it is made publike when the Church is acquainted with it The fourth point in excommunication The fourth part of the description is this that it stretcheth to him only that cannot otherwise be brought to repētance The cause then why the church is compelled to proceed so farre against some of her children is obstinacy impenitēcy For when there is in such offenders both open wickednes whereby the Church is offended notable stubbornenes wherby the church is contemned so that they can by no meanes of the word publikely of the admonitiō priuatly be reformed excommunication must follow of necessity that hereby if it be possible some good may be wrought in them Hereupon Christ himselfe saith If he neglect to heare the Church let him be vnto thee as an heathen or a Publican Mat. 18 17. Such therfore as haue offended and truly repent of their sins giuing euident testimonies of their vnfained conuersion ought to be spared not censured to be comforted not terrified to bee retained in the church not reiected cast out of the Church Secondly this sheweth that impenitency is a most greeuous sin and next to infidelity the greatest For as faith is the mother of repentance so is an vnbeleeuing heart the cause of impenitency Of all iudgements that God bringeth vpon the sonnes of men none is greater then the want of repentance to haue an heart that cannot repent To fall into whoredome drunkennes are greeuous sins and wound the conscience weaken our comfort and assurance howbeit to continue in them without feeling of them and turning from them is worse then the committing of the sins themselues This made the Apostle say Rom. 2 4● Despisest thou the riches of his goodnes and forbearing and long suffering not knowing that the goodnesse of God leadeth thee to repentance But after thine hardnesse and impenitent heart thou treasurest vp vnto thy selfe wrath against the day of wrath and reuelation of the righteous iudgment of God Among all the blessings of God giuen vnto vs wee must make great account of a soft and tender heart which the Prophet calleth an heart of flesh opposed and set against the stony heart Such are soone checked and controlled Lastly wee learne from hence to make a difference betweene sin and sin and betweene sinner and sinner All men fall into sin and if we say we haue no sin we deceiue our selues and make God a lyar Neuerthelesse some are penitent sinners they hate their sins and doe with might and maine striue against them They fight against them as against their enemies Others cherish sinne in themselues and are resolued to continue in them They make no conscience of them and cannot be brought to repent for them Such are not fit to be held members of Christ and Citizens of the kingdome of heauen therefore iustly deserue to be cast out of the church ●fth ●f the de●on The fift point containeth and includeth in it the substance of excommunication namely that it driueth impenitent offenders from the visible and outward communion of the Saints from whence also it hath his name Open sinners and scandalous liuers are not worthy to liue among the faithfull nor to come to publike prayers nor to be partakers of the Sacraments nor to be admitted to the assemblies of the Church forasmuch as they would prophane all they touch as Adam the tree of life and therefore was driuen out of the garden Hence it is that Christ would haue vs account them as heathen and Publicanes The Gentiles for religions sake were enemies to the church and therfore in religion the Iewes were to abstaine from their society fellowship whereas in common affaires of this life they were not so restrained ●t the ●icanes 〈◊〉 The Publicanes were such as had receiued an office from the Romanes to whom the Iewes were subiect to gathet tribute being as it were Collecters of subsidies taskes and tallages impoled vpon the Iewes who thought it vnfit and vniust that they beeing the Lords people should pay tribute and custome to the Gentiles as appeareth in the history of Hezekiah and of Ioachim in the bookes of the Kings and by the question propounded vnto Christ in the Gospel ●h 22 17. Is it lawfull to giue tribute vnto Cesar or not Wherfore they were accounted the enemies of the people and the betraiers of their owne Nation they coupled them with sinners and hated thē vnto the death albeit they professed the same religion and oftentimes met together in the place of Gods worship They abhorred these and could by no meanes brook abide these men who for the most part were extreme couetous and catch-polles ●e 19 8. exacting more then was due for them to receiue or the people to pay howbeit they hated them not as the enemies of their religion but as men of a wicked offensiue life The Apostle likewise decreeing and determining what should bee done with the incestuous person willeth the church to deliuer him to Satan 〈◊〉 5 5 7 13 to purge out the old leauē and to put away from among themselues that wicked person Heereby then we see that these obstinate offenders are to be separated frō those good things which the Lord commandeth communicateth in his church as the word sacraments praiers These are holy things for holy and sanctified persons but they are as filthy swine to whom holy things may not bee cast and as dogs to whom the childrens bread doth not belong Now one of the cheefest ends of the censures of the Church is
who threatned the Apostles streitly and commanded them not to speak henceforth nor teach any more in the Name of Iesus This is the beginning and first degree of the Church-censures The second proceedeth farther and that is suspension which taketh place when the former taketh no place Suspension is a punishment inflicted wherby the offenders are for a time barred from the Lords Supper This is not a separation from all the holy things but from some only which howsoeuer those of the separation that are fledde from vs scoffe at and deride yet it hath good warrant and sure foundation out of the word And as it is an higher censure then admonition so it is lower then excommunication Of this the Apostle seemeth to speake 2 Thess 3 14. If any man obey not our word by this Epistle note that man and haue no company with him that he may be ashamed yet count him not as an enemy but admonish him as a brother The person excommunicated must be counted as an heathen and a Publicane the party suspended as a brother these two to bee accounted as an heathen yet respected as a brother cannot well agree together This was shaddowed out in the booke of Leuiticus by the ceremonial law chap. 13. where the Priest is commanded to iudge of the plague of leprosie if at the first the leprosie did not appeare manifestly by such signes as are there described he should shut him vp seauen dayes and at the seauenth day he should looke vpon him againe and if as yet it did not appeare plainely and euidently what it was hee was to shut him vp seuen daies more and afterward should pronounce him cleane or vncleane according as he should finde by the tokens and arguments prescribed in the word of GOD euen so in iudging of the spiritual leprosie the like wisedome or rather greater is to bee vsed by the Gouernors of the Church vnder the Gospel If a brother should bee vehemently and publikely suspected to haue committed some notorious crime to the dishonour of God to the wounding of his owne conscience and to the scandall of the Church and thereupon the Church-Gouernors after citation of him should enter into the examining of the matter and at the first finde onely great presumption or some cause of suspition or probable coniecture but no plaine or manifest proofe against him it is meete they take farther time for more certaine triall of the matter and in the meane season suspend him from the vse of the Sacrament but not frō hearing the word vntill it may farther appeare and better be gathered if it be possible whether he be guilty or not guilty and charge the faithfull to haue no fellowship with him that he may bee ashamed The third censure is excommunication which is a separation from al holy things and the priuiledges of the Church casting out of their publike communion and priuate fellowship such members as openly offend by some greeuous crime Gen. 17. ●● Ezr. 10 8 Math. 18 ●● 1 Cor. ● ●● because to their sinne they adde the obstinate contempt of the admonitions giuen vnto them to the end themselues may be ashamed and others warned feared by their example and kept from the like infection We are forbidden to eate and drinke with such if they be knowne to be so and to keepe company with them familiarly as their friends fellowes and companions for this were to be one with him that is as an heathen and Publican and deliuered vp to Satan Seeing then this censure is so full of horrour and terror being vsed according to the word of God it followeth that they which do not reuerence and regard it are desperate sinners of whom we can haue little or no hope so long as they continue without the publike meanes of saluation They are as it were the forlorne hope and neere vnto destruction while they lightly esteeme this sword drawne out against them or do make a sport at it or are not humbled by it or seek not to be absolued from it They that are thus minded stand not in feare of God or the diuell they regard neither heauen nor hell neither saluation nor damnation They are vnder Gods wrath and yet feele it not they dwell in the suburbes of hell and yet know it not Satan hath set vp his throne in their hearts and yet they see it not they are shut out of heauen and yet they mourne not for it they are captiues and bondslaues vnder sinne and yet they haue no desire to be restored into the liberties of the sons of God nor any care to haue their liues reformed They cast vp a sauour in the nostrils of God men which annoyeth the house with the lothsome and filthy stench of it Such as are hotly pursued by enemies and flye to some Citty for succour or sanctuary if the gates bee shut against them they are left as a prey to the mercy of others that are mercilesse God hideth those that be his in his Tabernacle and keepeth them safe as it were vnder his wings but these are deliuered vp to the diuell who gouerneth them and worketh in them yet alas they are not afraid to serue such a master God hath left them and forsaken them who haue left and forsaken him and euen shut vp heauen gates against thē as it were with strong bars which were enough to astonish them if they had any life of Gods Spirit in them notwithstanding all this cannot enter into their dead hearts God giue them grace if they doe belong vnto him to thinke vpon these things and seriously to consider of them in their hearts while the acceptable time is if not he will glorifie his great Name in their confusion as he did in the destruction of Pharaoh Exod. 9.16 And we that heare these things this day must performe these foure things First we must mourne for them as for the losse of a member though themselues do not and pray for them earnestly to him that hath the hearts of all men in his owne hands that he would open their blind eyes albeit they cannot pray for themselues Secondly we must beware and looke to our selues that we come not into that estate Happy is he whom other mens harmes can make watchfull Thirdly we must take heed we be not a meanes to harden them in their sinnes but seeke to reclaime and recouer them While they stand in this desperate estate we must haue no delight in them but shunne them and auoide them What greater meanes can there be to mooue such to repentance then for them to marke how euery one shunneth them and separateth himselfe from them and accounteth them as Turkes and Pagans and no better The incestuous person that was at Corinth being thus censured and deliuered for a time vnto the power of the diuell then which what could be more feareful being I say thus thrust out of the Church and banished from the liberties of it and abandoned of
both to thee and to the rest of the parts of the Church one being named in stead of all the rest Lastly the text it selfe being rightly weighed and considered will make it plaine and apparant that this is a foolish cauill and a slender euasion to vnderstand the words thus Let him be to thee that is Let him be to thee alone and to no others for Christ hauing said Let him be vnto thee as an heathen man to the end he might strengthen and confirme this that he would ratifie all this in heauen aboue he annexeth immediately after Whatsoeuer yee shall binde on earth shall be bound in heauen and whatsoeuer ye shall loose on earth shall bee loosed in heauen Behold heere the change of number vsed by Christ Tell mee then wherefore when he had said in the singular number Let him bee vnto thee as speaking of one hee spake afterward in the plurall whatsoeuer yee shall loose whatsoeuer ye shall binde as speaking of many What was the cause of this difference but onely to signifie that vnder one person he vnderstood the Church To shut vp this first point wee are not to doubt but that Christ gaue power and authority to the Church to excommunicate wicked persons that are obstinate and impenitent when by priuate admonition they cannot bee wonne as we shall shew more at large afterward Secondly we must consider when any man is to be excommunicated the fit season wherof is when he hath contemned all admonitions and exhortations of priuate men and is waxen proud and selfe-willed setteth himselfe against the Church and not before For then he manifesteth as cleerely as the light that shineth at noone day not onely his obstinacy resolution to goe forward in sinne but his contempt of the word and of the Church and of Christ himselfe the author of the word and the head of the Church so that hee is separated from the communion which all the faithfull seruants of GOD haue with Iesus Christ and the Church whereof wee say in the Articles of our faith I beleeue the holy Catholike Church the Communion of Saints Whereby it appeareth that he who is excommunicated is not properly by the Churches censure separated from God and his people but is declared pronounced to be separate forasmuch as properly it is sin which separateth 〈◊〉 ● 2. Your iniquities haue separated betweene you and your God and your sins haue hid his face from you that he will not heare Excommunication then doth not separate but serueth to shew who are separated euen as the fanne doth not make the chaffe but sheweth it manifestly which before lay hid among the good Corne. Whensoeuer therefore sinners grow obstinate it is high time to draw out this sword of iustice to cut off from the Citty of God such incorrigible persons Thirdly Christ our Sauiour sheweth to whō excommunication belongeth and who are subiect vnto it He is vnder it that is called a brother and being exhorted will not heare being admonished will not obey being reproued will not repent He must be a brother he must be admonished reprooued and conuinced He must be told of his fault or faults priuately and publikely He must be one that hath confessed Christ and called vpon God the Father together with vs albeit hee haue denied him in his deeds It is the Lord that will iudge thē that are without 〈◊〉 5 12. the Church hath nothing to doe with them God will punish those that are in the Church those that are out of the Church forasmuch as all belong to his iurisdiction it is not so with the Church they haue nothing to do with such as are infidels and neuer gaue their names to Christ as Turkes Iewes Pagans and such like For as they that neuer were in the Synagogue and of the Synagogue could not be put out of the Synagogue and as they that were not of the communion cannot be thrust out of the communion so they that were neuer of the Church or in the number of the faithful brethren cannot be cast out of the Church For these only are they that are spots and blots to the church these are they that cause the Name of God to be euill spoken off these are they that lay stūbling blocks before the weake these are they that regard not the first or second table of the Law these are they that tread vnder foot all counsels perswasions and admonitions made out of the word of God these are they that are setled and resolued to continue in euill whatsoeuer the Church say vnto them Fourthly he is to be excommunicated only that hath in this manner offended neither is it to bee suffered or allowed or practised that one should be excommunicated for another except peraduenture he also offend and be intangled in the same sinne or haue giuen consent vnto it The sonne is not to bee excommunicated for the father nor the father for the sonne The rule of the Apostle is to be obserued Gal. 6 5. Euery man shall beare his owne burden It is a common prouerbe among vs Euery vessell shall stand vpon his owne bottome that is euery one shall beare the punishment of his owne sinne This is it which the Prophet Ieremy teacheth chap. 31 30. Euery one shall dye for his owne iniquity euery man that eateth the sowre grape his teeth shall be set on edge To this purpose speaketh Paul Roman 14 12. Euery one of vs shall giue an account to God for himselfe If any obiect Obiect that we are to giue an account to God not onely for our selues but for these also that belong vnto our charge as the father for himselfe and his children as we see in Eli the Shepheard for his sheepe and the watchman for the soules of the people as the Lord saith His blood will I require at thy hands Ezek 33.10 and Hebr. 13 verse 17. They watch for your soules as they that must giue an account Answer I answer they shall indeed giue an account and be punished howbeit it is for their owne sins and no farther Parents Masters Magistrates and Ministers shall not answer for their sinnes that are committed vnto them for the sinnes of their children their seruants their subiects and their hearers but for the sinnes which themselues commit by their negligence because they do not looke vnto them nor admonish them nor reprooue them nor restraine them as it is plainely expressed in the Prophet Ezekiel chap. 33 verse 8 9. If thou doest not speake to warne the wicked from his way that wicked man shall die in his iniquity but his blood will I require at thine hand Neuerthelesse if thou warne the wicked of his way to turne from it if he do not turne from his way he shall dye in his iniquity but thou hast deliuered thy soule So then he that is impenitent is to be excommunicated euen he onely and not others that are not partakers of his sinne S. Augustine hath
as a Sergeant and iudge him as guilty in the sight of God Besides as there is a twofold trespasse Vrs●n 〈◊〉 part 4. so there is a threefold kinde of remitting or forgiuing to wit remission of reuenge remission of punishment and remission of iudgement Remission of reuenge belongeth to all persons both publike and priuate and restraineth the hands of Magistrates and subiects for neither superiours nor inferiours ought to do any thing in malice and grudge or to satisfie their owne lusts If a Iudge in proceeding against malefactors pursue his owne quarrell rather then execute iustice he sinneth and offendeth albeit the party be guilty and deserue death for vengeance belongeth to the Lord and we are not to requite like for like Remission of punishment belongeth to priuate persons that beare not the sword but as all cannot inflict so all cannot remit punishment For the Magistrate though not sometimes and in some cases and in some persons he may remit which are not needfull heere to remember yet not alwayes nor all offenders Rom. 13.4 nor in all offences because God will haue the sentence of the law proceed and the execution of iustice haue his course This extendeth not to Magistrates for then euill doers should not be punished nor euil deedes rooted out of the city of God Remission of iudgement is when we conceiue a good and charitable opinion of those that haue offended vs. But thus we are not bound alwayes to forgiue neither to remit the censure which euill men iustly deserue for their euill deedes For the Prophet Esay pronounceth a woe against all such as call euill good Esay 5.12 and good euill sweet sowre and sowre sweet It is lawfull for vs to retaine our iudgement and opinion of wicked men so long as they be impenitent Of this Christ speaketh Luk. 17.3 If he repent forgiue him that is that hard censure of him and count him as a brother But of this we haue spoken at large elsewhere 〈…〉 and therefore this shall suffice for the answere to this obiection The vses that arise from hence are many and Vse 1 of speciall note First of all is all sinne euen the trespasse against men committed against God doth it offend him and violate his law yes doubtlesse not onely man is iniuried but God himselfe is offended as hath beene sufficiently prooued and therfore it should teach vs what a grieuous and feareful thing sinne is in what account it ought to be with vs and how euery one should learn to aggrauate and augment with God his owne sinne for his farther humiliation This was it that greeued and vexed Dauid and as it were pierced his very bowels in the matter of Vriah namely that his sinne was against God who knoweth sinne perfectly and beholdeth it in his naturall colours so that neither it nor wee can deceiue him Wherefore this lesson must duly be considered of vs and enter deepely into our hearts Who it is that we offend This was it that mooued Dauid to know sinne and to mourne for it Psal 51.4 Against thee thee onely haue I sinned and done this euill in thy sight that thou mightest be iustified when thou speakest and be cleare when thou iudgest Where note that he is not content to say once against thee but he doubleth it against thee against thee and addeth with great force and vehemency against thee onely ●ion But did he not sinne against man or is not murther a breach of the sixth commandement and adultery of the seuenth I answere 〈◊〉 1. yes these sinnes are condemned in the second Table He had slaine Vriah with a sword 〈◊〉 sinne ●eat it he had committed adultery with his wife he had beene the chiefe cause and principall meanes of the slaughter and destruction of others and so brought blood-guiltines vpon himselfe he hardned the Ammonites in their sinnes who opened their mouth to slander the word and to blaspheme the holy Name of God he sinned against the child that was mis-begotten which also dyed through that vnfaithful act he sinned against his own house in that he kindled a fire throughout his family brought stickes with his own hands to raise vp the flame that was not easily to bee quenched 〈◊〉 13.14 〈◊〉 16.22 for one of his sonnes taketh vp the sword and killeth another the brother committeth abominable incest with his owne sister of the halfe blood and another of his own sonnes taketh his wiues and lyeth with them not in the darke of the night or in a secret corner of the house but he spread a tent openly and in the sight of the sunne Lastly he sinned against the whole Church and people of God who by meanes of his sinne were offended and troubled with tumults and seditions so that the whole land was in an vprore and insurrection from one end to the other All which points shew that his sinne went farre against men it touched Vriah it touched Bathshebah it touched the child it touched the Ammonites it touched his family it touched the whole Church yet these bloody and crying and heinous sinnes so farre as they concerned men like himselfe he seeth to be as nothing albeit they were notorious in comparison of God against whom they were especially committed he had rather haue all men set against him then to haue God his enemy and to come out in battell aray against him and therefore he cryeth out in great anguish and bitternesse of spirit O against thee against thee onely haue I sinned and done euill in thy sight As if he should say Although the whole world should absolue me and no man could accuse me of sinne yet this troubleth my conscience this stingeth and striketh me to the heart that I must haue thee to be my iudge I am free from the iudgment seat of men as being my selfe supreme and vnder the iurisdiction of no other but ●lasse what can this comfort me so long as I haue thee to giue sentence vpon me He that is thus ouerburdened and ouerwhelmed with a feeling of the greatnesse of Gods iudgement as Dauid was needeth no other accuser forasmuch as God standeth and serueth in stead of a thousand If the whole world should accuse a man and conspire together to charge him with any crime yet if God acquit him his owne conscience will minister peace vnto him and comfort against all slanders and imputations laid against him For if God be on his side Rom. 8.31 who shall be against him but if God be against him and lay greeuous things vnto him woe woe vnto him who shall speake for him though he had the praise and applause though he had the gaine and glory of all the world If he condemne who shall iustify if he say guilty who dare plead not guilty He found out Adam Gen. 3 9. when none accused him when there was no man vpon the face of the earth to accuse him and said Adam Where art thou He
enemies to their brethren they draw an heauier enemy vpon themselues to wit God himselfe Before we passe from this so necessary a duty it shall not be amisse for vs both to obserue such motiues as may stirre vs vp to the practise of it and to answere such obiections as may hinder vs from yeelding obedience vnto it First of all let vs lay before vs the example of Christ the author and finisher of our saluation who had greater wrong offered vnto him then he had who was more innocent then he that was as a sheepe dumbe before his shearer and opened not his mouth and therefore the Apostle Peter saith chap. 2.22 Christ suffered for vs leauing vs an example that ye should follow his steps who did no sin neither was guile found in his mouth who when he was reuiled reuiled not againe when he suffered he threatned not but cōmitted himselfe to him that iudgeth righteously This farther appeareth vnto vs in that he prayed for his enemies that persecuted him He had power in his own hand to haue resisted their force 〈◊〉 34 reuenged his cause He could haue praied to his Father he would haue giuen him more then twelu legions of Angels yet notwithstanding he suffered patiently 〈◊〉 ●6 53 the iust for the vniust 〈◊〉 18. that he might bring vs to God If any thinke or alledge that this example is too high for vs aboue our reach and too eminent in regard of his person who is God aboue to be worshipped let vs set before vs the examples of the faithful seruants of God that haue liued in all ages in the time of the law and vnder the Gospel ●ed mo● that this may be another motiue vnto vs. How often did the children of Israel murmure against Moses and Aaron and sometimes went about to stone him yet he neuer sought reuenge against them albeit he had bin able to right his own cause by force When Miriam Aaron spake against him by reason of the woman of Ethiopia 〈◊〉 12.2 3 and said What hath the Lord spoken only by Moses hath he not also spoken by vs Moses held his peace and gaue not taunt for taunt rebuke for rebuke he was a very meeke man aboue all the men that were vpon the earth Thus was it with Dauid a man indeed after Gods owne heart though he were a king and wanted not seruants to execute his will yet he would not himselfe reuenge neither suffer any other to take reuenge on Shimei albeit he cursed the king with an horrible curse Saul sought his life 〈◊〉 16.9 and preferred him to be his son in law for no other cause but to lay a snare before him when Dauid had his life oftentimes in his hand to saue it or to destroy it ye he was so farre from seeking reuenge 〈◊〉 26.9 〈◊〉 24.5 that his heart smote him for cutting off the lap of his garment When Stephen had made a worthy defence for himselfe and his own innocency that the enemies could take no iust exception against him their hearts brast asunder and they gnashed at him with their teeth ran vpon him violently all at once 〈◊〉 60. but he kneeled down and cryed with a loud voyce Lord lay not this sin to their charge The Church of Rome are not ashamed to teach thereby to strengthen the hands of traitors rebels that rise vp against Princes that Christians of old deposed not Nero and Dioclesian and Iulian the Apostata and Valens the Arrian and such like persecutous and heretikes 〈◊〉 de Rom. ●●b 5. c. 7. because they wanted temporall power and if they had had power they would haue done it If this be true all their patience was perforce and is not thanke-worthy But they testifie in many places that they had power sufficient but held it vnlawfull to resist and rebell They had filled all places Cities Ilands castles boroughes tents tribes bandes palaces ● Apolog. the Senate and Court not excepted so that they wanted neither number nor strength to make their party good They professe that albeit they be equall in power yet with them it is more tollerable to be killed then to kill They affirme freely God forbid that his religion should be maintained with fire and sword They acknowledge no other weapons to be put into their hands but praiers tears Arma nostra sunt pre●es lacrymae Tert. They neuer practised any reuēge against their persecutors and those that hated them One night with a little fire would haue serued and sufficed them largely to be reuenged of their enemies but they accounted it vnlawful to requite euill with euill But to leaue this consideration to another occasion let vs come to a third motiue A third motiue that is the office which is proper vnto God to whom it belongeth peculiarly to take vengeance and is therefore in holy Scripture called the God of vengeance Psal 94.1 O Lord God the auenger O God the auenger shew thy selfe clearly It is a grieuous sin to sit down in Gods seat and to rob him of his right and royalty Let the enemies of God and his people know that he is the God of reuenge as well as the God of saluation and that he wil as wel right their causes as saue their soules He is a iust God wil recompense tribulation to all that trouble those that are his and therefore hath said Deut. 32 3● Vengeance and recompense are mine but he neuer said to priuate persons Vengeance is thine neither did he euer put the sword into their hands A fourth motiue A fourth motiue to perswade vs to lay aside priuate reuenge is drawn from the gracious promise that God hath made vnto vs namely that he will take our causes into his hand and pay them home that do oppresse vs. For God doth not restraine vs as it were tye vp our hands to expose vs to all iniuries and to leaue vs as a prey in the iawes of the Lyons but because he hath passed his word vnto vs I will repay Rom. 12.29 saith the Lord. So then we must know that God is called the authour and executer of vengeance not only because the power and right belongeth vnto him that he is able to take vengeance of all our enemies how many and mighty soeuer they bee but because he hath vsed this power executed this office from the beginning of the world and as yet vseth it and will vse it to the ful in the great day of the general iudgement He knoweth best of all the greatnes of the iniury that is done vnto vs because he searcheth into the thoughts of the heart and vnderstandeth not only what is done but the manner how it is done Seeing then he hath promised to pay them home into their bosomes that wrong vs it were a fruit of infidelity in vs not to beleeue him at his word
heed how we heare Luk. 8 whē we come into his house Christ teacheth that in hearing the Ministers we heare him and in refusing them we refuse him Math. 10. The Apostle commendeth the Galatians for the performance of this duty that they were as carefull to heare him as to heare Christ himselfe chap. 4 14. My tentation that was in my flesh ye despised not nor reiected but receiued mee as an Angell of God euen as Christ Iesus What could he say more for them Or how could he better set foorth their zeale then to giue this testimony of them that they accounted of him in regard of his paines in the Ministerie not as an ordinary man not as a faithfull Minister onely not as an elect Angell onely but as Christ himselfe the head of men and Angels whose person he did represent and whose Church he did feed with wholesome doctrine This example should all of vs follow this doth the Lord require of all true Christians that they receiue his Ministers as his Messengers and reuerence them as himselfe in regard of their doctrine and haue thē in singular loue for their workes sake This we see to be worthily practised by Cornelius as well became a religious Captaine and a deuout Christian Acts 10. ● 10 33. We are all heere present before God to heare all things that are commanded thee of God Loe how great the dignity of the Ministery of the Church is loe how great the excellency of the Ministers of God is we must heare them as if we heard God forasmuch as they are sent of him they preach his word they deliuer no more then they haue receiued and he hath commanded them to publish it in his Name But alasse it is most horrible to behold the contempt that they suffer and the basenesse that is cast vpon this calling which is one of the causes of those greeuous plagues and iudgements that are brought vpon the world The disgrace and ignominy vnder which they lie greeueth the hearts of all the godly and not only greeueth their hearts but pierceth the Clouds and doth not onely pierce the Clouds but reacheth vp to heauen and doth not onely reach vp to heauen but entreth into the eares of the Lord of hosts and not onely entreth into his eares but doth stretch it selfe vnto God himselfe and returne vpon Christ the Prince of all Prophets which ought indeed to pierce and enter into the hearts of all prophane persons and serue to terrifie all those that reuile them and speake all manner of euill against them for the truths sake Let vs remember the saying of the Apostle touching the Thessalonians 2 Thess 2 13. When ye receiued the word of God which yee heard of vs ye receiued it not as the word of men but as it is in truth the word of God which effectually worketh also in you that beleeue This is a worthy commendation of this Church and a notable example which we ought to set before vs to follow it so that we must heare the word as Gods word whose force it carrieth with it Many heare it that do not heare it as Gods word It is a rare thing to finde such an hearer Some heare and then rage and storme when they are reproued Acts 7 57 17 18 and 22 23. Others refuse to heare at all and thinke such as make conscience of hearing to be more curious precise then there is cause Others embrace the word but yet not as the word as we see in Papists and hypocrites The Papists affirme that the Scripture or word written hath no authority in it selfe except it be allowed approued of the Church What other thing is this then to embrace the word but not as the word The hypocrites also doe not receiue the word with due reuerence nor expresse it in true obedience as their life doth witnesse against them These haue men onely in their thoughts and haue not God in their sight they may be said after a sort to receiue the word but they cannot be said to receiue it altogether as the word For if they did seriously and earnestly acknowledge it to bee of God and to haue him the author of it they would not leade their liues in that loose manner that they do Thirdly it reproueth those that contemne the doctrine of the Gospel The third reproofe for the poore and obscure conditiō of the Ministers that preach it For what I pray you was the estate of the Apostles Were they rich and renowned in the world Peter and Iohn going vp together into the Temple at the ninth houre of praier answered the lame man that expected to receiue something of them Siluer and gold haue I none Acts 3 6. Were they much befriended applauded of men The Apostle declareth and complaineth that all men had forsaken him and no man stood with him 2 Tim. 4 16. And Christ himselfe foretelleth that they should bee hated of all men for his Names sake Math. 10 ver 22. Were they honoured and magnified aboue others Or did they liue at ease and in pleasure Paul spareth not to paint out their life 1 Cor. 4 9 I thinke that God hath set foorth vs the Apostles last as it were appointed to death for wee are made a spectacle vnto the world and to Angels and to men Were they clad in purple and fared they deliciously euery day Did they dwell in gorgious houses and Princely pallaces In the words following he telleth vs how it fared with him and the rest of his brethren they were not attired in soft raiment they did not surfet through excesse Verse 12. but euen vnto this present we both hunger and thirst and are naked and are buffeted and haue no certaine dwelling place And yet notwithstanding these manifold aduersities and trials the Sonne of God pronounceth of them He that heareth you heareth me and iudgeth the wrongs to be done to himselfe which they suffer Let not vs therefore require honour or riches or glory or pompe or outward dignity in the Ministers of the Gospel but rather consider the goodnesse of God toward vs who knowing that we are not able to beare and abide his infinite Maiesty hath instituted the Ministery of his word that by men equall vnto vs and like to our selues he might teach vs his will and instruct vs in his word We shewed before that when the Lord himselfe in his owne voice preached to Israel at Mount Sinai they were so terrified and afraid that they asked for Moses that he might speake vnto them If the matter stood thus with them that had seene the wonders of God in the Land of Egypt and not many daies before had passed the red sea as it were by dry land what shall befall vs if he should vtter to vs his terrible voice as a most mighty thunder If then we heare patiently and obey readily the word that is brought vnto vs by weake and fraile man it
peace when there is no peace So then we must know that wee make our selues accessaries to other mens sinnes except we admonish them for albeit we are to conceale their imperfections yet we are not to abstaine from admonitions If any be fallen through infirmity Gal. ● 1. they that are spirituall must restore such a one by the spirit of meeknesse considering themselues lest they also be tempted If any man doe erre from the faith we must labour his conuersion assuring our selues that he which conuerteth a sinner from the errour of his way shall saue a soule from death and shall hide a multitude of sinnes Iam. 5 19 20. It is our duty therefore to couer their frailties while there is hope of amendment but if by this meanes the sinne concealed bee not reformed and repented of we are bound to proceed farther euen in loue and charity to declare it and make it knowne to those that may correct the persons and amend the sins So did Ioseph deale toward his brethren Gen. 37 2. He brought vnto his father their euil report And Christ saith If he heare not thee take with thee one or two more that in the mouth of two or three witnesses euery word may be established Mat. 18 16. 15. Then shall the man bring his wife vnto the Priest and hee shall bring her offering for her the tenth part of an Ephah of barley meale he shal powre no oyle vpon it nor put frankincense thereon for it is an offering of iealousie an offering of memoriall bringing iniquity to remembrance 16. And the Priest shall bring her neere and set her before the Lord. 17. And the Priest shall take holy water in an earthen vessell and of the dust that is in the floore of the Tabernacle the Priest shall take it and put it into the water 18. And the Priest shall set the woman before the Lord and vncouer the womans head and put the offering of memoriall in her hands which is the iealousie offering and the Priest shall haue in his hand the bitter water that causeth the curse Hitherto we haue spoken of the allegation or propounding of the cause which is put in the former words Now wee must goe forward to see the proceeding in it how it is decided and determined wherby it commeth to passe that the same which before was doubtfull vnknowne and vncertaine to wit whether the woman were defiled or not now becommeth plaine and manifest That which from the beginning was knowne onely vnto God and the persons themselues that sinned or else are suspected to haue sinned is made knowne to others both to the Priest and to the whole Congregation This is done two waies first by setting downe such things as goe before the triall secondly by adding such things as are ioyned more neerely with it The things going before are of two sorts to wit the workes or actions that are vsed and then the words that are spoken The actions vsed are in this diuisio● the words of execration that are vttered are to bee considered afterward These workes that are commanded and are here in order rehearsed in the text do concerne either the duties of the husband or of the Priest to whom she was brought First the husband must bring his suspected wife to the Priest with an offering to wit the tenth part of an Ephah of barley meale that is an Omer as appeareth Exod. 16 36. but he is charged to powre no oile vpon it nor to put any frankincense to it forasmuch as it is an offering of iealousie and bringeth iniquity to remembrance either committed or supposed and suspected to be committed Before we proceed any farther we are from hence to answer sundry questions that may be Question 1 asked and demaunded in these words For wherefore is the husband charged both to accompany and bring his wife and to set her before the Priest that triall might be made of her and not rather some other man I answer ●●swer first because he supposeth himselfe to be iniuried and no man else and therefore seeing it most concerneth him it is fittest to be done by him Or if he be not wronged he wrongeth his wife by needlesse suspitions Besides he was to be an eye-witnesse either of her innocency or of her guiltinesse that he might esteeme of her accordingly and know where the fault resteth in himselfe or in his wife Lastly it behoueth that the people of God be free not onely from crime but from suspition of crime and to abstaine not onely from euill but from all appearance of euill 1 Thess 5.22 as we shall shew more at large afterward Question 2 Againe it may be asked why hee bringeth barley meale rather then other and why without oyle and incense I answer ●●swer is was an offering of the lowest and meanest graine vsed of the poorest of the people forasmuch as this was a signe that should put the woman in mind to humble her selfe being now brought by her husband not onely into the presence of the Priest but into the presence of the Lord himselfe It must be offered without oyle and frankincense because they haue no affinity or concord with this matter neither was this offering of the nature of others Oyle did signifie the graces of Gods Spirit and therefore it is said that Christ was annointed with the oile of gladnesse aboue his fellowes Psal 45 7. Heb. 1 9. Psal 133 2. Incense was a signe of sweet sauour and delight that we should take in the seruice of God and of Gods acceptation of his guifts and our duty performed vnto him in his Sonne Christ Psal 141 2. where the Prophet saith Let my praier bee directed in thy sight as incense and the lifting vp of my hands as the euening sacrifice so that neither of them did accord or agree with this oblation wherein there was no gladnesse nor ioyfulnes of heart forasmuch as the cause or originall of it was sadnesse pensiuenesse and discontentment And this is the reason rendred by Moses himselfe verse 15. For it is an offering of iealousie not an offering that they could goe vnto with alacrity and cheerefulnesse For wheresoeuer there is either a party suspecting or a party suspected there can be nothing but feare sorrow care and a traine of such like tormenting affections Thirdly heere is mention made of the tenth Question 3 part of an Ephah The question heereupon may be asked what the Epha was a measure much vsed and oftentimes mentioned in the old Testament both in the Law and the Prophets I answer Answer the first place that mention is made of it to my remembrance is at the gathering of Manna when the people were in the wildernes where it is said that euery man was stinted and had an Omer for his allowance and Moses addeth in the end that an Omer is the tenth part of an Ephah Exod. 16.36 If then we learne what an Omer was we may quickly easily and readily know
and the repetition of the word Touching the signification it signifieth as much as so bee it as the Septuagint expound it There is a double vse of this word first to expresse our desire secondly to testifie our faith in the assurance of receiuing those things that we craue both which are to be practised in prayer and are expressed by Christ Mar. 11.24 Whatsoeuer you desire when ye pray beleeue that yee shall haue it and it shall bee done vnto you Where he teacheth that there ought to be in vs both a desire of grace and an assurance of faith In this place it is taken in the first sense to wit for a bare assent subscribing to the trueth of that which is spoken and wishing that it may be so as Deut. 27.15 where speaking of the curses pronounced on mount Ebal he saith All the people shall say Amen So doth the woman in this place craue and desire against her selfe if she be culpable of the crime whereof she is suspected and haue defiled the marriage bed that ought to be honourable that the curse heere threatned may turne vpon her and enter into her For as the curse that is causelesse shall not come so that which is duly and truely deserued shall vndoubtedly come and shall not tarry The repetition of this word is heere set downe to note the feruency of her zeale the innocency of her cause the vprightnesse of her conscience and the purity of her heart that she commeth not hanging downe her head to this tryall as a malefactour that is guilty commeth to the barre but lifting vp her head as going to the place of her deliuery where she is sure to be acquitted not fearefully doubtfully but boldly and confidently as one that is assured what will be the issue of the matter ●●ct 1. In this diuision some questions arise which are to be handled First the question may bee asked what need there was of these words of adiuration to cause her to take the oath that the Priest should minister it vnto her and pronounce the forme of it vnto her and shee answer him againe and then drinke vp the water as it followeth afterward The causes hereof are these ●er first to teach that euery signe or Sacrament should haue the word ioyned to it that it be not a bare naked signe as it were an empty boxe without his oyntment Secondly it respecteth the publike edification of the whole people when they should see that she pronounced sentence vpon her selfe and that the iudgement of God tooke euent according to the trueth that before lay hid all might iustly feare and tremble vnder his mighty hand ●ct 2. Secondly the question may be asked what is ment by these words of adiuration The Lord make thee a curse and an oath among thy people I answer ●er the meaning is as much as if the Priest had said God make thee wretched and miserable yea so vnhappy and infamous that it may turne into a prouerbe Let that happen to thee which hath happened to this woman so that the curse comming vpon her shall bee alleadged as an example of the like to come vpon others both because she had committed so heynous a fault and because she added vnto it these two crimes impudency an especiall staine and blot in that sexe and periury a capitall crime in all persons For it argued great arrogancy and audaciousnesse to vndergo all these meanes of tryal one after another and yet euermore to conceale her offence and not confesse it like to Achan who hauing committed a trespasse in the accursed thing did what he could to hide it Iosh 7.16 the tribe of Iudah was taken but he was not mooued the families of Iudah being brought the family of the Zarhites was taken and yet he was not touched the families of the Zarhites beeing brought man by man Zabdiwas taken Vers 17. and yet he hath no feeling of it vntill himselfe was taken and that he was pointed out Thou art the man or like vnto Iudas that betrayed the Son of God he knew Christ was apprehended and yet he repented not mocked buffetted spit vpon and yet he repented not he saw him condemned to the Crosse before he thought Matth. 27.3 What haue I done So in this suspected wife to goe forward from the first action to be performed and from the first word to be pronounced euen vntill the last without any stay or remorse was a testimony of shamelesnesse and of hardnesse of heart Besides if none of all these could haue entred into her and pierced her heart harder then stone yet a man would haue thought when she came to be charged with an oath of cursing she would haue stucke at it and not haue swallowed this being greater then a Camell so that to adde to adultery the sinne of periury as it were drunkennesse vnto thirst argued a person giuen ouer and forsaken of God and such a one as had filled vp the measure of sinne Heb. 12.16 being like vnto prophane Esau that sold his birthright for one morsell of meat and sware to his brother and despised the birth-right Gen. 25.33 As he regarded not to commit sinne so he regarded not an oath that hee might finish it and giue himselfe wholly ouer vnto it Verse 19. And the Priest shall charge her by an oath c. In these words we haue a solemne maner set downe of the womans either absolution or condemnation After that the Priest hath put the holy water in an earthen vessell and taken dust from the pauement to be cast into it he conceiueth words of cursing to which she is to answere he goeth before to rehearse them she is not left to vtter what she please lest she should seeke euasion by any mentall reseruation Thus then she is constrained to appeale to God and to vse his Name to purge her selfe by an oath which is done to humble her to giue her warning to take heed that she double not her fault and ioyne to one great sinne another greater a breach of the first Table to a breach of the second that is periury to her adultery an offence against God to the offence against her husband Doctrine An oath is to be vsed onely in case of necessity We learne heereby that the Name of God is neuer to be vsed but onely in cases of necessity when all other meanes faile then it is lawfull to take vp an oath whether it bee publikely or priuately whether it be before the Magistrate or before any other This we see in Abraha● who said to the king of Sodome Gen. 14.22 I haue lifted vp mine hand vnto the Lord the most high God the possessour of heauen and earth that I will not take any thing that is thine By this gesture hee did appeale vnto God as a witnesse of his swearing and a reuenger of all forswearing to binde himself from couetousnesse that as before he
had ouercome his enemies now he might ouercome himselfe and his owne affections Cicero orati pro Marcel which was a greater and nobler victory then the former Thus he sheweth himselfe religious toward God as well as righteous toward men The like we see in the Law set downe by an expresse commandement Exod. 22.10 11. If a man deliuer vnto his neighbour an asse or an oxe or a sheepe or any beast to keepe and it die or be hurt Deut. 21.8 or driuen away no man seeing it then shall an oath of the Lord bee betweene them both that hee hath not put his hand vnto his neighbours goods and the owner of it shall accept thereof and he shall not make it good This precept directeth when and in what cases to take an oath to wit when the matter is doubtfull and cannot otherwise be decided forasmuch as the owner of the goods is charged to rest therein and to acknowledge himselfe well satisfied This we see farther in the Apostle Paul 2 Cor. 1.21 I call God for a record vpon my soule that to spare you I came not as yet to Corinth He did not breake out into this swearing of an ordinary custome but the glory of God and the saluation of that Church required it in which cases we are allowed and warranted to vse it and not otherwise Reason 1 The reasons will better confirme this vnto vs then bare testimonies taken out of the Scriptures which neuerthelesse out to be sufficient where no farther proofe is vsed First God will not hold him guiltlesse that abuseth his Name negligently or vnnecessarily He will surely punish them that sweare vainely This penalty or punishment is annexed to the commandement Exod. 20. The Lord will not hold him guiltlesse that taketh his Name in vaine It is an heynous sinne albeit it bee thought light before men and then the iudgement also shall be heauy that hangeth ouer their heads that transgresse this Law The free forgiuenesse of sinnes is the fountaine of all happines both present and to come Psal 32.1.2 for the man is blessed whose sinnes are forgiuen and whose iniquity is couered blessed is that man to whom God will impute no wickednesse and therfore we must needs be in continuall misery so long as our sinnes are retained This is a fearefull thunderbolt to afright vs from the prophaning of his Name he will honour those that honour him but such as despise him shall come to destruction Secondly the end of practising an oath is Reason 2 to decide strifes and to determine controuersies which disturbe peace and hinder Christian charity It cannot be but offences will come and many occasions of quarrels and contentions about matters of this life arise daily betweene man and man which could not conueniently be taken vp except we had the lawfull vse of an oath to confirme some necessary truth as when it serueth to manifest the glory of God or to cleere the good name of our brother or to obey the commandement of the Magistrate or to maintaine our owne credit This is set downe Heb. 6.16 Men verily sweare by the greater and an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all strife I call that a necessary trueth when a doubtfull cause called into question cannot be decided without an oath as we see the practise Rom. 1.9 God is my witnesse whom I serue with my spirit in the Gospel of his Sonne that without ceassing I make mētion of you alwayes in my prayers It was necessary for the furtherance of the saluation of the Romanes that they should be perswaded of the Apostles affection toward them but the testimony of men failed to prooue this trueth and therfore he was driuen to take vp an oath and to appeale vnto God This is also at large deliuered by Salomon in that prayer which hee made at the dedication of the Temple 1 King 8.31 If any man trespasse against his neighbour and an oath be laid vpon him to cause him to sweare and the oath come before thine altar in this house then heare thou in heauen and doe and iudge thy seruants condemning the wicked to bring his way vpon his head and iustifying the righteous to giue him according to his righteousnesse Thus we see the constant and continuall vse of an oth among Gods people in matters of weight and importance in their most serious and substantiall affaires Thirdly the Name of God is most fearefull Reason 3 in praises glorious in holinesse great in might and doing wonders and therefore it ought not commonly to runne in our mouthes without necessary cause This is vrged by the wise man Eccles 5.2 Be not rash with thy mouth and let not thy heart be hasty to vtter any thing before God for God is in heauen and thou vpon earth therefore let thy words be few And the Lord saith Deut. 28.58 Iudg. ● If thou wilt not obserue to doe all the words of this Law that are written in this booke that thou mayest feare this glorious and fearefull Name The Lord thy God he will make thy plagues wonderfull and the plagues of thy seed c. If then the Name of God be great and glorious it is not commonly to be vsed of vs to be turned in our tongues and to be trodden vpon with our feet Vse 1 Now let vs consider what vses may be made of this vnto vs. It reprooueth sundry abuses corruptions both in opinion and practise in iudgement and in life As first of all the Anabaptists a proud and fantasticall crue of cursed and damnable hereticks that trouble heauen and earth ouerthrow Church and Common-wealth destroy Magistracy and Ministery disanull the word and Sacraments and make religion to be no better then a doctrine of liberty These teach that it is vnlawfull to sweare at all either in priuate vse or in place of iudgement This is to runne into another extremity and to faile as much in the defect as other doe in the excesse For albeit all swearing be not lawfull yet it followeth not that all swearing is vnlawfull But to abolish all manner of swearing and all vse of an oath because some abuse it and vse it vainly ●r in vita ●g is like vnto him who to take away drunkennesse abolished the vines and would not suffer any to grow in his common-wealth or as if a man would suffer no corne to grow because some will surfet with it There is no good thing but hath beene or may be abused The doctrine that is according to godlinesse is many wayes abused When Paul magnified the mercies of God in his sonne Christ so that where sinne abounded ● 5.20 grace abounded much more men of euill spirits arose that abused this to carnall liberty and turned the grace of God into wantonnesse and wrested the Scriptures to their owne perdition sect 1 The obiections of these heretikes are not many but somewhat they alleadge for themselues First they obiect the commandement
hath to the true mans purse Thou professest to shew friendship vnto him but art ready to cut his throat Thou speakest fairely but thou meanest fouly Wee must not suffer our tongues and hearts to wander so far asunder but remember that he which keepeth his mouth Prou 13.3 keepeth his life c. A little gotten with a good conscience shall bring a blessing with it vpon vs and our children The iust man walketh in his integrity his children are blessed after him Prou. 20.7 And howsoeuer many wil account this light gains which is so gotten yet in the end it shal make an heauy purse according to the true prouerbe As for all wicked and vnconscionable gaines they are accursed in vs and our posterities to whom we leaue them and by which we thinke to enrich them shal feele the smart of our sins This is the portion of a wicked man with God c. Iob 27.13 ● To draw to an end let vs set this downe as a rule that no man ought to sweare or ly for an aduantage neither shall our swearing and lying in the end turne to our aduantage but to our losse forasmuch as sin shall bring profit to no man It cannot profit a man to win the whole world and then to lose his owne soule Matth. 16.26 Such get a penny and forgoe a pound they gaine hell and lose heauen they make the diuell their friend and God their enemy If wee would thus reason with our selues and cast vp our accounts we should soon see little gotten by these sins that when we haue attained to the greatest wealth only godlines is the greatest gaines which shal neuer be taken from vs. Lastly it is our duty to be careful to vse an Vse 3 oath aright It is the great goodnesse of God toward vs that doth so farre honour vs and abase himselfe to giue vs leaue to take vp his Name and to be present at our controuersies being ready to determine of them We are vnworthy of this preheminence and therefore we ought to rectifie our iudgment and swear aright to the end we take not his Name in vain And that we may doe this we are to consider these few particulars 1 what an oth is 2. who is the author of it 3. what are the parts of an oth and wherof it consisteth 4. what is the forme therof 5. what is the end lastly what be the properties of it Of these in order as we set thē down Touching the first an oath may thus be described It is a solemne appealing to God What as 〈◊〉 is whereby we testifie that we speake the trueth It is a kind of inuocation of Gods Name though it be vsed vnto men or before men it is a referring of our selues to God and therfore Paul calleth God to record ●or 1.23 ●●m 3.35 We should cōsider therfore that we haue to do with him set him before our eyes for the farther prouoking of our selues to feare and reuerence the farther remouing from vs all falsehood vntruth Againe it is said that we by our oath do testifie that we speake and vtter the trueth with our tongues but it must be from the hart root This is the reason that oathes are in vse that the truth which otherwise lyeth hid may come to light This truth must be spoken not to halfes or to hurt by it but we must speake the truth plainely and sincerely in the simplicitie of our hearts without all glozing or dissembling through feare or flattery or fauour or profit or pleasing of men we must speake the whole trueth and nothing but the trueth ●●e author an oath The second point to bee considered in an oath is who is the author of it It is commanded of God by whom we are to sweare inasmuch as he alone is to be called vpon worshipped to whom we ascribe a knowledge of all things a searching of our hearts a presence in all places and infinite wisedome in ordering all things For an oath consisteth not of manifest matters whereof there is good euidence but of hidden and vncertaine things in which God onely can iudge whether men deceiue vs or not True it is if there were that perfection in vs euery way that ought to be there shold be no necessary vse of any oath with God or mā If there were no wauering in vs God needeth not to sweare if there were no forging in vs man needed not to sweare so that vnbeleefe and vntruth were the principall causes that brought it into practise The cause why God sweareth is for our profit He is truth it selfe ●umb 23.19 Sam. 15.29 Tim. 2.13 and cannot lie he cannot deceiue or repent or deny himselfe howbeit we are fraile weak creatures though God promise neuer so faithfully and giue vs his word neuer so certainly yet we are full of infidelity and doubting like to Thomas one of the twelue Apostles he had the word of God the promise of Christ the testimony of the disciples yet he would not beleeue 〈◊〉 20.25 except he might see in his hands the print of the nailes and put his finger into the print of the nailes and put his hand into his side It was not enough for him that he might be no longer faithlesse but faithfull to see his wounds with his eies but he must touch them and felt thē with his fingers and then he would beleeue Hence it is that God sweareth vnto vs for our better assurance that we should not doubt but haue sure consolation in his promise and confirmation in his truth Againe there should be little or no vse of an oath between party and party if there were that honesty fidelity among men that ought to haue been for if we were accustomed onely to speake the truth and that we hated lying as we doe the father of it what need we any oath or what should we do with swearing All men will seeme to hate the diuel the father of lies but all hate not his works They loue lies more then to speake the trueth and therefore an oath came in when the truth could not be found out with much difficulty and long examinations The third point is the parts of an oath The parts of an oath wherof it consisteth In euery oath passe these foure things confirmation inuocation confession obligation First there must be the confirmation of a truth that cannot else be known but by our oath Heb. 6.6.16 An oath for confirmation is among men an end of all strife An oath is not a customary thing or a matter wherin we may dally there must be somewhat that needeth to bee cōfirmed Where all things are apparent there is no place for this ordinance Secondly there is an inuocation of Gods Name who is witnes of the trueth and a iudge to be auenged of vs if we lie It is not enough for vs to vse an asseueration or to make
out before you and the land is defiled therefore I will visite the wickednesse thereof vpon it and the land shall vomit out her inhabitants The Prophets are full in all places of the like threatnings There is a notable testimony to this purpose Ier. 5.7 8 9. where the Lord complaineth of this iniquity and of the abuse of his manifold benefits Though I fed them to the full yet they committed adultery and assembled themselues by companies in the harlots houses they rose vp in the morning like fedde horses euery man neyed after their neighbours wife shall I not visite for these things saith the Lord shall not my soul be auenged on such a natiō as this We reade in the booke of Genesis that when Pharaoh at the commendation of his Courtiers had taken Abrahams wife into his house the Lord plagued him and his house with great plagues 〈◊〉 12 17. and they ceassed not vntill he had restored her againe and giuen his seruants commandement to doe him no hurt The like we might also speake of Abimelech the king of Gerar when he also sent and tooke her though he had not yet come neere her but onely purposed euill yet the Lord came to him in a dreame by night ● 20.3 and said vnto him Behold thou art but dead because of the woman which thou hast taken for she is a mans wife So then there is ordained for all adulterers and fornicators both temporall and eternall punishments These sinnes shall bring a man to beggery euen to a morsell of bread Prou. 6.26 they shall roote out his house destroy his posterity consume his flesh waste kingdomes yea shut out of Gods kingdome and bring to the condemnation of the diuell forasmuch as no vncleane thing shal enter into the heauens but all murtherers and sorcerers and idolaters and whoremongers shall haue their part in the lake that burneth with fire and brimstone which is the second death Reason 1 The reasons hereof are these First the wrath of God is kindled against such In his fauour is happinesse but if his wrath be kindled but a little blessed are all that trust in him For this cause the Apostle saith Ephe. 5.6 Let no man deceiue you with vaine words for because of these things commeth the wrath of God vpon the children of disobedience In the words going before he had shewed that no whoremonger or vncleane person hath any inheritance in the kingdome of Christ and of God the reason is because such lye vnder the heauy wrath of God He is angry with them and therefore woe vnto them If the child see the father angry with him how is hee greeued what saith the Lord vnto Moses concerning the sinne of Myriam his sister Numb 12.14 If her father had but spit in her face should she not be ashamed seuen dayes And the Apostle to the Hebrewes chap. 12 9. We haue had the fathers of our bodies which corrected vs and we gaue them reuerence shall we not much rather be in subiection vnto the Father of spirits and liue What subiect can beare the displeasure of a Prince The feare of a king saith Salomon is like the roaring of a Lyon Prou. 19.12 and 20.2 and 16.14 who so prouoketh him to anger sinneth against his own soule If the lyon hath roared who would not feare as testifieth the Prophet Seeing then the wrath of a king is as messengers of death what shall we thinke the wrath of the King of kings to be who is euen a consuming fire Hebr. 12.29 and deuoureth all as straw and stubble before him Secondly it appeareth to bee a greeuous sinne because it is worse then theft as Salomon Reason 2 maketh the comparison Prou. 6.30.32 Men doe not despise a theefe if he steale to satisfie his soule when he is hungry c. but whoso committeth adultery with a woman lacketh vnderstanding he that doth it destroyeth his owne soule It is an odious name to be called a theefe but it is more odious to be called an whoremaster A theefe when he hath stollen is carried to the gallowes but the adulterer deserueth it much more What an horrible offence is it to destroy a mans owne soule we pittie him that layeth violent hands vpon his owne body and killeth himselfe Who doth not account Saul and Achitophel and Iudas most infamous who perished with their owne hands but the adulterer doth a thousand times worse he destroyeth his owne soule which is a greater price then the body Thirdly adultery and vncleannesse defile Reason 3 the land not onely the persons and the houses but whole cities and countries vntill all become abominable and the land become full of sinne and therefore no marueile though it be punished of God To this purpose the Lord speaketh in the Law of Moses Leuit. 19.29 Doe not prostitute thy daughter to cause her to be a whore lest the land fall to whoredome and the land become full of wickednesse This sinne is of an infectious nature aboue other suffer it but a little and it will quickly encrease like fire that is kindled in dry wood which suddenly taketh hold and easily passeth from one to another vntill the whole be enflamed Fourthly we must know what our calling Reason 4 is The Gentiles that knew not God and were ignorant of his law defiled themselues with these abominations and were cast out before his face for the land did spew them out as loathsome But we haue learned better things and God hath vouchsafed vs greater mercy he hath called vs to be an holy people to himselfe and redeemed vs that wee should serue him in holinesse and righteousnesse all the dayes of our liues This the Apostle noteth 1 Thess 4.3 4 5 7. This is the will of God euen your sanctification that ye should abstaine from fornication that euery one of you should know how to possesse his vessell in sanctification and honour not in the lust of concupiscence euen as the Gentiles which know not God c. for God hath not called vs vnto vncleannesse but vnto holinesse To this we shall adde sundry other reasons afterward when we make vse of this doctrine Vse 1 This serueth to teach vs sundry instructions both touching our knowledge and concerning our obedience First let no man flatter himselfe in this sinne It is accounted of the greatest sort a small and sleight matter a veniall sinne a tricke of youth Such scoffers as these it seemeth were in the Apostles times but now they are more common as the sin is more commonly practised and aboundeth euery where This doth the Apostle declare 1 Cor. 6.9 Know ye not that the vnrighteous shall not inherit the kingdome of God be not deceiued neither fornicators nor adulterers nor the effeminate shall inherit the kingdome of God It is a fire that shall deuour to destruction and bring strange punishments vpon the workers of such iniquities The first reproofe Iob 31.3.12 This serueth to reprooue diuers sorts of men
the children of Zebulun did offer 25 His offering was one siluer charger the weight whereof was an hundred and thirty shekels one siluer bolle of seuenty shekels c. Behold heere how the other Princes are not inferiour to the first that offered nor the other Tribes to the Tribe of Iudah Obserue heere that the spirit of God accounteth it not sufficient to set downe what was offered in generall neither in particular what Nahshon the sonne of Aminadab of the Tribe of Iudah offered the first day or what Nathaniel the son of Zuar Prince of Issachar offered the second day but he goeth forward to set downe the speciall offerings according to euery mans name and according to the day assigned vnto him Obiect It may be demaunded what was the cause why these offerings are thus particularly pointed out why are the same chargers the same bolles the same spoones so often repeated might not all these things heere mentioned haue beene more summarily concluded what need more words haue bene vsed when fewer would haue serued I answere Answer we must not account any thing idle friuolous fruitles or superfluous in holy Scripture The Lord knoweth best what is fittest to bee dilated largely and what to be comprehended shortly If there were no other reason then this so it pleased the Lord it ought to content vs and to make vs rest in it The like example we finde Psal 136.1 2 c. Where in euery verse and at the recitall of euery blessing this reason is repeated for his mercy endureth for euer Adde heereunto Reuel 7.5 6 c. where this is repeated according to the number of the Tribes that twelue thousand were sealed of them Hee might haue said briefly of euery tribe were sealed twelue thousand but he repeateth the words twelue times so in this place the offerings are repeated twelue times particularly according to the number of the twelue Princes The reasons may be first to teach vs to be content to heare the same things though they be oftentimes repeated as Phil. 3.1 The Apostle saith It is not grieuous to me to write the same things often and for you it is safe Wee are ready to forget the best things and therefore must haue them continually sounding in our eares as many strokes giuen with a hammer to make vs heare Secondly that wee should apply these examples vnto our selues and if wee passe ouer one of them without regard yet we should take holde of the next Thirdly to teach vs that no man shall haue that forgotten to the vtmost of his praise who is any way forward in doing good because he will honor those that honor him but they that despise him shall be lightly esteemed 1 Sam. 2.30 The doctrine Doctrine from this particular rehearsal and enumeration of the gifts of those Princes is this Euery good worke of gods children is knowne and shall be rewarded that all the good workes of Gods children done to the setting forth of his glory to the aduancement of his worship to the maintenance of true Religion or the good of his children shall be reckoned vp rewarded and come vp in account before him he taketh notice of them all and will neuer forget any one of them As their deeds are here registred in the booke of God so the doers of them are registred in the booke of life Matth 10.42 Our Sauiour teacheth that a cup of cold water shall not go vnrewarded that is giuen to drinke in the name of a disciple to one of these litle ones And afterward it is said Matth. 25.7 A certaine woman came vnto him hauing an alabaster boxe of ointmēt very precious and powred it on his head as he sate at table and because she had wrought a good worke vpon him verse 10. he sayth Verily I say vnto you wheresoeuer this Gospel shall be preached in the whole world there shall also this that this woman hath done be told for a memoriall of her verse 13. To this purpose speaketh the Angel that appeared to Cornelius Act. 10.4 Thy prayers and thy almes are come vp for a memoriall before God So then euery thing shall be remembred no one worke shall be forgotten Reason 1 For God is a righteous God giuing to euery one according to his workes Hee is the Iudge of the world Gen. 18. and cannot but iudge vprightly Hereupon the Apostle saith Heb. 6.10 God is not vnrighteous to forget your workes and labor of loue which ye haue shewed toward his Name in that yee haue minstred to the Saints and doe minister He that receiueth a Prophet in the name of a Prophet shall receiue a Prophets reward for he will reward very bountifully euery good worke If we be not barren in good workes he will not bee behind with vs to recompence vs. Secondly how can they but come into an account seeing he accounteth them as done to himselfe Matth. 25.40 When any thing is giuen to the Saints it is esteemed as done to the Sonne himselfe and when it is bestowed vpon one of the least it is regarded as bestowed vpon the greatest and highest The seruant receiueth it but the Master will reward it Vse 1 Touching the Vses we may first conclude the happy estate and condition of them that leaue this world and depart this life in the true feare of God because we heare their workes shall be remembred and therefore the doings of his seruants be rewarded with eternall glory being done in the loue of God and of his trueth none of them are forgotten but they shall follow them nay goe with them and beare them company This we reade in the Reuelations of Iohn chap. 14.13 I heard a voyce from heauen saying vnto me Write blessed are the dead that die in the Lord from henceforth yea saith the spirit that they rest from their labors and their works follow them to wit at their heels as the word importeth Death cannot cut them off though it be a cruell and mercilesse tyrant and hath as it were a sithe or sickle in his hand to cut downe such as come in his way yea though it cut off riches reuenewes honours pleasures dignities delights wife children houses lands and life it selfe according to the saying of the Apostle 1 Tim. 6.7 We brought nothing into this world and it is certaine we can carry nothing out with vs yet it cannot cut off good workes neither bereaue vs of the fruits of a liuely faith which are of such great force and efficacy that they are able to breake in sunder the chaines of death and the strength of the graue and cannot be holden in darknes and obliuion It were therefore a point of great wisedome and good policy so many as would willingly die the death of the righteous as Balaamites and all wicked men will seeme desirous to doe to prouide a goodly traine of good works which death cannot keepe backe they will presse so fast and knocke so hard at heauen
to his glory and to the good of others Wee must referre them to him as we haue receiued them of him As all riuers runne into the sea so all our riches should returne to God Thirdly we must be ready and willing to leaue them whensoeuer God shall call for them For hee that bestowed them may he not require them againe when he pleaseth we must leaue them rather then leaue him If we haue this godly resolution then may we perswade our owne hearts that we are thankefull for them Thus it was with Iob 〈◊〉 1.21 when he could say The Lord hath giuen and the Lord hath taken away blessed be the Name of the Lord. Fourthly wee must not put our trust and confidence in them and if riches encrease 〈◊〉 10. we must not set our hearts vpon them because then we commit grosse idolatry with them This is a fearefull sinne Many such idolaters it is to be feared remaine stil in great store among vs ●nd albeit idols be banished out of our Churches yet many doe yet set them vp in their hearts This idolatry is so much the more dangerous because it is more close and secret coloured vnder the name of vertue practised by such as detest popery and idolatry and therefore is lesse perceiued and discerned Lastly we must not account these the chiefest riches or the best treasures inasmuch as the vngodly haue commonly the greatest share of them Luke 12. and 16. and therefore we must labour to be rich in faith 〈◊〉 6.11 in loue in righteousnesse in godlinesse in patience in meekenesse and in all good workes Heere is true riches if we adorne our selues with these we shall be truely rich although we be poore Reuel 2.9 and though we haue neither siluer nor gold Acts 3.6 yet he hath giuen vs all things 2 Pet. 1.3 And though we haue nothing at all yet we possesse all things 2 Cor. 6.10 89 And when Moses was gone into the Tabernacle of the Congregation to speake with him 〈◊〉 i● with 〈◊〉 then he heard the voyce of one speaking vnto him from off the mercy seate c. Hitherto of the offerings of the Princes receiued of Moses and giuen to the Leuites Two tribes offered one wagon and euery wagon had two oxen therefore they offered six● wagons and to draw them twelue oxen These were thus distributed ●ret comment in 7. cap. Num. the Ge●shonites had two wagons and consequently foure oxen commited to them the Meratites ha● foure wagons and consequently eight oxen so that they carryed the greatest burdens Touching the Kohathites the third family of the Leuites nothing was bestowed among them because to them were committed the vessels of the Sanctuary which were carryed vpon their shoulders so that they had no need ether of wagons to beare them or of oxen to draw them themselues seruing in stead of them both In this verse we see the oracle of God speaking to Moses We might note heere that God spake diuers wayes to his Church in the old Testament as also that all blessings come from God to vs through Christ the true propitiatory couering our sinnes out of Gods sight and reuealing Gods will to vs that wee should know it and haue benefit by his Priesthood But to passe ouer these we may note that Moses went into the Tabernacle The Tabernacle signifieth his Church There is God to be spoken vnto The doctrine Doctrine is this God is present in a speciall manner in places set apart for his worship True it is God is euermore present wheresoeuer his Church is assembled hee is euery where the heauen is his throne and the earth is his footstoole howbeit wheresoeuer his Church and people are assembled hee is present with his Spirit with his grace and with his blessing and assistance Hence it is that the place appointed for his seruice is called his face Gen. 4.14 This is afterward called the presence of the Lord verse 16. So Psal 46.5 God is said to be in the middes of the City of God And Christ teacheth that wheresoeuer two or three are gathred together in his name he is in the middes of them Matth. 18.20 So then wheresoeuer the place of Gods worship is there is God euer present For first he hath promised to dwell there Reason 1 Where dwelleth the master of the house and where is he readiest to bee found but where he dwelleth as Psal 132.13.14 The Lord hath chosen Sion he hath desired it for his habitation this is my rest for euer heere will I dwell for I haue desired it Secondly he is knowne by a speciall worke of his presence sanctifying Reason 2 those that are his by his word heereupon the Prophet saith Psal 87.2 3. The Lord loueth the gates of Sion more then all the dwellings of Iacob glorious things are spoken of thee O City of God Thirdly he delighteth in his own ordinances Reason 3 In Iudah is God knowne his Name is great in Israel in Salem also is his Tabernacle and his dwelling place in Sion Psal 76.1.2 It is Gods ordinance that we should meete together in one place for this cause hee commanded the Tabernacle to be builded and afterward the Temple these he sanctified for the word for sacrifices and for prayer these doth the Lord loue and in those doth he take pleasure and with them will he vouchsafe his presence This being an euident trueth from hence we must learne so to carry our selues in such places as are sanctified and set apart for his seruice as that wee may call him to bee a witnesse of our sincerity Will a subiect dare to behaue himselfe rudely and vnreuerently in the presence of his Prince or the child in the presence of his father How then ought wee to stand in awe of the Maiesty of Almighty God whose glory is incomprehensible who dwelleth in light that none can attaine vnto Heerepon the wise man saith Eccle. 5.1 Keepe thy foot when thou goest to the house of God and be more ready to heare then to giue the sacrifice of fooles for they consider not that they doe euill No man ought to come before the Lord vnprepared or to set his feete in the Lords house rashly and vnreuerently Were it not vnseemly and vnciuill to enter into a kings pallace with foule and filthy feete defiled with dung and myre or to sit downe at a Princes table with vnwashen hands And is it not more vndecent and vndutifull to come into the house of the great King the King of Kings and to be partakers of his Table before wee haue cleansed and sanctified our hearts This was shadowed out at the giuing of the law by commanding them to wash their garments and to abstaine from their wiues Exod. 19.14 15. Thus they were to be prepared before they receiued the Law Likewise before they could behold the wonderfull workes of God they were spoken to to pull off their shooes because the place whereon they stood was
vnto vs. If an earthly Prince should send a messenger vnto any of vs hee is regarded for the Princes sake that sent him We are Ambassadors for Christ saith the Apostle as thogh God did beseech you by vs we pray you in Christs stead be ye reconciled vnto God 2 Cor. 5 ver 20. and therefore we should bee heard receiued and respected for our Masters sake Again they must submit themselues to our doctrine not onely when wee heare pleasing things precious promises and gracious comforts but when we heare the word sounding an alarme in our eares vttering reproofes deliuering threatnings and denouncing iudgements We see in humane things we are content to accept of the excuse of men that say they are but seruants and messengers they craue pardon because they are seruants and they obtaine it So standeth the case with vs we are sent of God who hath put his word into our mouths The Lord God hath spoken who can but prophesie Amos 3 7 8. Let vs not therefore be blamed we are Messengers we cannot but doe our message for the loue of almighty God of his people constraineth vs. How then shold we hold our peace when we are commanded to speake Lastly this Title importeth a limitation for no more is to be ascribed vnto vs then vnto seruants We are indeede as the Stewards of the house not in the number of the lowest and meanest seruants howbeit yet we are seruants as 1 Cor. 3 5. What is Paul or Cephas or Apollos but the Ministers by whom ye beleeue And therefore when Cornelius ascribed more to Peter then should be yeelded to a seruant he forbad him saying Stand vp for I my selfe also am a man But not many in our dayes offend this way we haue turned honouring of them into contempt and are so farre from falling at their feete that we are ready to trample them vnder our feete and make them our foote-stoole who are for no other cause accounted our enemies but because they tell vs the truth Verse 23 24. And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying This is it that belongeth vnto the Leuites from twentie and fiue yeare olde c. In these words we haue a limitation annexed by the expresse commandement of God touching the time of entering into the office of the Leuites to wit at the age of 25. yeeres This may seeme to be contrary to that which wee noted before Obiectio● chap. 4 23 31 33. where the age of thirty yeeres is appointed If then it be asked how it commeth to passe that in these seueral places seueral times are assigned for their election into the office and how it falleth out that fiue yeeres are cut off which before were granted I answer Answer here is no contrariety these Scriptures are thus to be reconciled The fiue yeeres restrained in this place which were enlarged before serued for triall and probation of such as entred into the office and seruice of the Sanctuary For when they were fiue and twentie yeeres olde they began to ioyne themselues with the rest and to minister before the Lord but being thirty and found fit they entered fully and wholly vpon their calling and therefore Chapt. 4. verse 3. Moses saith Fit to do the worke but in this place they are said to goe in to execute Euen as such as must go to warre are first trained and mustered and taught how to fight and skirmish that afterward they may know how to buckle on their armour in earnest and to looke the enemy in the face so was it in this spirituall warfare they were for a certaine time trained which yeeres once expired they were admitted The Doctrine from hence is this that the Ministers must be proued tried Doctri●● examined before they be admitted to teach the people The mi●●● must be ●●●ued and 〈◊〉 before t●● be admi●●● to teach 〈◊〉 people The Apostles did not by their sole authoritie appoint one to succeed in place of Iudas who was faln from the Apostleship but they broght two forth and presented them or set them vp before the people that they might iudge whither they were fit or not Actes 1 23. The Church ought not to appoint any to the holie Ministery without good triall of their ability and sufficiencie forasmuch as two were set vp and caused to stand before the congregation that it might bee knowne whether they were such persons as ought to be chosen and that any man might obiect against them if he had ought to obiect Obiect But it may be saide Is this apposing or examining necessary at all times and to be vsed toward all persons I answer if they be fully and famously knowne to them that haue the right of choosing and trying it is not needfull howbeit it is necessary that they should offer themselues to this examination We see this in schooles of learning such as are to be preferred to any dignity that is voide there is an examination required albeit the parties to be chosen be neuer so sufficient and their sufficiency fully knowne to such as haue the voices of election in their hands how much more then ought this to be in this most weighty businesse of the Church This is farther apparent out of the Apostle 1 Tim. 3 10. Let these also first be proued then let them vse the office of a Deacon being found blamelesse so that they ought not before they be proued and when he saith Let these also he signifieth that the Ministers of the Church ought to vndergoe this triall Besides they must be without reproofe and haue good report of all Tit. 1 6. But it cannot be knowne whether they bee blamelesse without examination and triall going before And this standeth vpon good reason Reason 1 For first he is to take vpon him a greater charge then they that haue most costly iewels and precious pearles of wonderfull price cōmitted vnto them forasmuch as he is to gouerne the sonnes and daughters of the King of heauen and earth and hath the price of the blood of Christ committed vnto him Acts 20 28. Secondly there be many subtill workers and deceitfull dealers transforming themselues into Angels of light 2 Cor. 11 13 14 and into the Apostles of Christ they haue indeed sheepes clothing but inwardly they are rauening wolues Math. 7 15. They seeke craftily and cunningly to creepe in that they may hurry and weary the flocke and then destroy and deuoure it Acts 20 29 30. They speake peruerse things to draw away disciples after them ver 30. If then there be not a narrow search and triall made of their doctrine and conuersation before they be admitted into the Ministery they haue a gate and gap opened vnto them to enter to the ruine of the Church Thirdly the office of Deacons was a function of lesse duty and danger in the Church they were onely to attend vpon the poore and yet they must not haue admission without due triall and examination as
He did not glory to haue in his owne breast an oracle to answer all doubts nor challenge any power of freedome from errour as the man of sinne in the pride of his owne heart boasteth of himselfe The third part is the resolution and determination of God deciding the question and making some lawes extending to them and their posterity first if any were vncleane they had respit giuen them vnto the second moneth they haue not liberty vntil the next yeare but to the next moneth they are dispensed withal Secondly the man that is cleane and refuseth to come he shall be cut off that is excommunicated from the people Thirdly if a stranger desire to be partaker of the Passeouer he must embrace the true religion be circumcised Exod. 12.49 and then he may come Touching the question and the occasion thereof it appeareth that those good men which were shut out from this part of Gods seruice by reason they were defiled by touching a dead body were much greeued at heart and troubled in mind that they were barred and as it were banished from the Passeouer hauing as great a desire as others to come vnto it Hence it is that they make earnest moane and complaint to Moses for their separation and therefore desire to be eased and releeued by him The doctrine Doctrin● from hence is that it is a great cause of sorrow and griefe to Gods deare children Gods chi●dren are greeued 〈◊〉 they are 〈◊〉 from his ●●●uice when they are by any iust occasion or by the hand of God vpon them withheld and kept back from the parts and exercises of his worship We see this in Hezekiah in his sicknesse Esay 38.1 his chiefe lamentation and complaint was that he should not see the face of the Lord in his Temple Dauid often complaineth and lamenteth that he was driuen by his enemies from his worship He maketh the condition of the sparrow swallow better then his Psal 84.3 42.1 and 5. and 137 which might come neerer to the altar then he his soule panted and thirsted after God The Church wept by the riuers of Babylon when they remembred Sion and the songs they had sung in the Temple and in another place the Church being by captiui●y depriued of the Temple of their Synagogues of their sacrifices of their Sacraments and of the exercises of their religion maketh bitter complaint to God O Lord and 74.7 they haue cast thy Sanctuary into the fire they haue defiled thy dwelling place The incestuous Corinthian being by excommunication put from the fellowship of the Saints and the vse of the Ministery became comfortlesse and was almost swallowed vp with sorrow 2 Cor. 2.7 And can it be otherwise The godly find Reason 1 such sweetnesse such comfort such spirituall ioy in the presence of God where the exercises of his worship and religion are performed as nothing in this life is more pleasant and delightfull vnto them The Prophet cryeth out as if he were rauished with an holy contemplation of the excellency of this Psa● 8● 1 1● 10 an● 8. and 14 How amiable are thy Tabernacles O Lord of hostes my soule longeth yea euen fainteth for the Courts of the Lord c. The word is sweeter to them then the hony and the hony combe and more to be desired then much fine gold They feed vpon the bread in the Sacramēts as vpon the fatnes of his house drink of the cup as of the riuers of his pleasures they offer vp praiers as sweet incense and lift vp their hands as the euening sacrifice How then can it be but that the losse want of al these brought vpon thē should strike them to the heart and minister matter of much greefe and mourning vnto them Secondly the great loue and mercy of God toward his people doth appeare in the exercises of religion and the place of his worship to them that are not altogether blind and deafe and past all sense and feeling of good things then in all other things throughout the whole world besides Prou. 9.1.2 And indeed a man or woman that hath once tasted the comfort of his adoption and saluation in Christ taught in the word and confirmed in the Sacraments will think it one of his greatest losses to lose and leaue these exercises and the greatest plague to be depriued of them and by them of the pledges of his goodnesse and fauor Thirdly when these are gone they know and consider the greatest stayes and helpes of their standing in the grace of God are vtterly taken away from them therefore they haue cause to lament as Psal 74.9 We see not our signes there is no more any Prophet neither is there among vs any that knoweth how long When he taketh away his word he lifteth vp his standard and goeth away And can there be greater cause to mourne then when God departeth from his people Vse 1 This reprooueth such as can lament bitterly and mourne heauily for the least earthly losses and troubles but neuer trouble themselues for losse of spirituall things It was not so with the wife of Phinehas she had many causes of mourning met together by heauy tidings that were told vnto her her father in law had broken his necke her husband was killed the hoste of God discomfited and the Arke of God was taken howbeit among all these none went neerer none so neere vnto her as the taking of the Arke and therefore she doubleth this which she could not put out of her mind and did after a sort put out all the rest ●●m 4.22 The glory is departed from Israel for the Arke of God is taken But there are many in our daies that account it no losse at all to lose Sermon after Sermon Sacrament after Sacrament and one meeting in the house of God after another they can do this easily and neuer mourne for it Nay they are vexed and tormented as if they were vpon the rack that they are constrained to come so often to the word to the Sacraments and to the house of prayer See herein the great diffrence between the godly and vngodly It is the voyce of the faithfull When will the Sabboth come but the vnfaithfull say When will the Sabboth day be done Amos 8.5 It is the voyce of the faithfull Blessed are they that dwell in thy house Psal 84.4 but the vnfaithfull hold it a misery and bondage to be tyed so strictly and straitly to the publike exercises of religion It is the voyce of the faithfull 〈◊〉 42.2 and 7. 120.5 When shall I come and appeare before God but the vnfaithfull say When shall we depart out of Syon it is time we be gone It is the faithful mans voyce complayning Woe is me that I soiourne in Mesech that I dwell in the tents of Kedar but the vnfaithfull think thēselues vnhappy that they must soiourne in the Tabernacle of God and dwel in his house If
still and did nothing and did not ioyne with his friends We see we cannot but see and behold with our eyes the children of God oftentimes hated maligned wronged threatned oppressed slandered reuiled persecuted if we opē not our mouths in good causes in Gods causes we forsake the Lord himselfe whose cause it is and bring vpon our selues his fearefull yet most iust curse Vse 3 Thirdly as the enemies of the Church are the enemies of God so we may conclude from hence that doubtles the friends of the church are the friends of God No man shall do any good to his distressed seruants which shall lose his reward The Euangelist sheweth that Christ our Sauiour accounteth it as done to himself 〈◊〉 2● 40. whatsoeuer we haue done to one of the least of his brethren Hee is fedde and harboured in his members he is clothed and couered in his members he is receiued and visited in his members And if we refuse to do good to the least of these he esteemeth it as an iniury and indignity done vnto himselfe This is a notable encouragement to moue vs to open our mouthes in the cause of the dumb to open our hands in the cause of the needy and to open our hearts in the cause of the afflicted and to vnloose our tongues to plead the cause of the innocent Such are the true friends of God Pro. 31.8 and 27.19 19.6 Euery man seeketh the fauour of great men and desireth their friendship how ought we then to labour to be the friends of God Abraham beleeued the promise made vnto him and hee is said to be the friend of God Christ saith Iam. 2.23 Ioh 15.14 ye are my friends if ye do whatsoeuer I command you This is the cause that made Deborah pronounce Iael the wife of Heber blessed aboue women dwelling in tents because she helped the Lord against the mighty with her mouth with her hand with her hart Iudg 5.24 she smote off the head of Sisera when she had pierced and stricken through his temples Thus it was with Obadiah thus it went with Ebedmelech they shewed mercy to the Prophets God sheweth mercy vnto them they did good to others but they receiued more good to themselues And this was the prayer of Paul for Onesiphorus who no doubt receiued much mercy from God in the day of account as he refreshed the Apostle in the day of his want 2 Timothy 1.16.18 Fourthly seeing God accounteth the churches Vse 4 enemies his enemies then must our account be answerable to the account of God we must account his enemies to be our enemies Gods enemies by good right ought to be the Churches enemies Such then as we see to be open enemies to god to fight as it were hand in hād against him to hate true religion to scorn the profession of it to deride the professors of it we must account thē as our enemies we must hold no league no friendship no familiarity with them so far as they declare themselues to be such by their obstinacy This made the Prophet say to Iehoshaphat after he had made affinity with wicked Ahab 2 Chron 19.2 who had sold himself as a slaue to sin Shouldest thou helpe the vngodly and loue them that hate the Lord therfore is wrath come vpon thee from before the Lord. So Dauid saith testifying his affection Psal 139.21 Do not I hate them O Lord that hate thee c. teaching thereby that seeing he accounteth our enemies to be his we ought to account his enemies to be ours This made the wise Salomon to say Pro. 29.27 An vniust man is an abomination to the iust c. But it may be obiected Obiect that Christ Iesus willeth vs to loue our enemies Matth. 5.44 and to blesse them that hate vs. It is true Answ wee must loue our enemies but we are neuer commanded to loue the enemies of God Shall we loue them that do not loue the Lord did we not see before how that good king is reproued not only because he did helpe the vngodly but because he did loue them that did hate the Lord So then we must distinguish and make a difference betweene such as are our enemies and such as are Gods betweene such as hate our persons and such as hate true religion and the holy profession of it But how shall we know who are Gods enemies and who are ours and to bestow our hatred vpon a right subiect I answer as a good tree is knowne by his good fruit so an euill tree is knowne by his euill fruit It is the euill fruit which they bring forth which must be cause of this hatred Take that away and let the tree be graffed and bring forth better fruit we will loue both the tree and the fruit Sinne therfore must be the ground and foundation of all true hatred Secondly our hatred if it be aright must proceed from the loue of God and the zeale of his glory because we cannot loue him but we must hate whatsoeuer is against him Thirdly our hatred must not proceed from any priuate reuenge for that were to do euill for euill The cause must no way concerne our selues but onely the LORD A man may be enemy to our person and yet a friend to God such we are commanded to loue and we are forbidden to hate Lastly we must see them to be obstinate and setled in sinne as dogs and swine that trample holy things vnder their feet and are ready to rent them in peeces that bring them vnto them Vse 5 Fiftly from hence ariseth comfort to Gods people to consider that such as hurt or persecute the members of Christ doe hurt and persecute Christ himselfe wound him through their sides though now he be glorified in the highest heauens When Paul saide who art thou Lord the Lord answered I am Iesus whom thou persecutest Act. 9.5 And the Apostle saith I reioyce in my sufferings for you and fill vp that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for his bodies sake which is the Church Col. 1.24 So God the Father is said to be toucht with a feeling of the miseries of his people Esay 63.9 In all their afflictions he was afflicted the Angel of his presence saued them likewise the holy Ghost 1 Pet. 4.14 When you are reuiled the Spirit is euil spoken off on their part c. So then the holy and blessed Trinity haue as it were a fellow-feeling of our miseries and afflictions which serueth greatly for the comfort of all that are in trouble for the truths sake We suffer not alone for that were without comfort we haue God the Father to suffer with vs Christ Iesus our Sauiour to suffer with vs the holy Spirit blessed for euer to suffer with vs. Thus doth God comfort Abraham who hath the hearts of all in his owne hand that he will get him fauour in the eyes of many
quickned and the vital spirits begin to work all the rest of the members reioyce So it should be with vs when it may be said This my brother was dead and is aliue againe hee was lost and is found it is meete we should make merry and be glad Luke 15.32 When the sheepe that went astray is brought home into the sheepefold why should we not reioyce there is ioy in the presence of the Angels of God in heauen ouer one sinner that repenteth verse 7.10 When the hand of the Lord was with the Apostles so that a great number beleeued and turned vnto him they were glad and exhorted them all that with purpose of heart they should cleaue vnto the Lord Act. 11.23 and 13.48 When therefore we see the Church grow in grace and increase in number and florish in peace we cannot but reioyce and be glad This is a notable signe and infallible token that we are fellow members of that body and that the word of God hath gotten roote in our hearts This vse is taught by the Prophet Psal 47.6 7 8 9. Sing praises to God sing praises sing prayses vnto our king sing praises for God is the king of all the earth and reigneth ouer the heathen c. The faithfull were wont to giue him thankes for the encrease of their priuate houses much more then ought we to doe it when the house of GOD encreaseth and his sauing health is made known more and more But of this doctrine see more chap. 23.10 CHAP. XI Ver. 1. AND when the people complained it displeased the Lord and the Lord heard it and his anger was kindled c. HEere beginneth the second part of the booke 〈◊〉 sec●nd 〈◊〉 of the ●●●ke according to the diuision obserued before wherein we are to consider the iournies of the children of Israel according vnto their particular murmurings against God Of this chapter there are two parts which are two of their murmurings both of them fell out in their twelfth remouing as appeareth in the 33 chapter afterward where their seuerall stations are particularly distinguished The first is in the three first verses opening vnto vs their sinne their chastisement and the euent thereof The cause of their murmuring and the words of these murmurers are not expressed but may in part be gathered from the end of the former chapter where it appeareth they departed from Mount Sinai three daies iourney without resting or intermission with all their luggage and portage as it were with bag and baggage they had rested long at the foot of the Mountaine now therefore it is tedious and toilsome vnto them to goe so long together so that they begin to fret and rage to murmure and complaine against Moses or rather against God himselfe The iudgement followeth the sinne and ouertaketh the sinner for God is offended at it and sent a fire from heauen which consumed the vttermost part of the Campe and no doubt burnt vp many of them in the same God hath all creatures in his owne hand sometimes he drowneth with water sometimes hee consumeth with fire somtimes he infecteth with the aire and sometimes swalloweth vp in the eatth neuer leaueth sinne and rebellion vnpunished so long as there is any creature in the world to arme against the sinner Lastly we haue the euent and issue of all the people cryed to Moses whom they contemned before and he vnto God who was intreated to spare them and a monument both of their sinne and of Gods iudgement is described by the place which is named Taberah that is a burning vpon this occasion First of all let vs consider their murmuring This is a greeuous sinne or rather an heape of many sinnes compacted together as pride disdaine vnthankfulnesse infidelity impatience forgetfulnesse tempting of God and a violent insurrection ioyned with fretting and chasing against him and many such like corruptions The doctrine Doctrine from this example is this that it is the property of carnall men Carnall men are ready to murmure against God vpon euery occasion whensoeuer any thing falleth not out according to their corrupt desire to murmure against God as Prou. 19 3. This was the common behauiour of the discontented Israelites while they wandred in the wildernesse and sometimes they wished they had died in Egypt rather thē they would any way be crossed in their humours Exod. 16 and 17 3. This male-contentednesse died not with Reason 1 them for first euery one would haue what him listeth and regardeth not what God appointeth and approueth Ier. 44 16 17 and 18 verse 12. Secondly euery man would haue present helpe in trouble he cannot abide quietly to be one moment vnder the Crosse and if it be not by and by remoued he sheweth the corruption that is in him We are like to him that hauing receiued a wound will be healed presently or else he will not be healed at all Thirdly they want faith and hope to beleeue in God and to waite vpon him Now faith is the substance of things hoped for the euidence of things not seene Heb. 11 1. And if wee hope for that which we see not we do with patience waite for it Rom. 8 25. Fourthly they deuise and inuent to themselues false causes of their crosses and neuer enter into their owne hearts to consider the true cause as Deut. 1 27. Ye murmured in your tents and said Because the Lord hated vs hee hath brought vs foorth out of the Land of Egypt to deliuer vs into the hand of the Amorites to destroy vs. They should haue accused themselues and not God they should haue confessed their owne sinnes not haue alledged the hatred of God which was to make that the cause which was not the cause and not to make that to be the cause which indeed was the true cause The vses This serueth iustly to reproue all Vse 1 such as mutter and murmure when they haue not their owne will like waiward children that will neuer be quiet but whē their mouths are ful How many are there that mislike their places and callings and fret against God if he do not please them in all things If they bee touched with pouerty famine sicknes losses or any kinde of aduersity they are offended and discontented with the Almighty If God send out any contagious sicknesse or blasting or mildew or foule weather c. how do we take on and vex our selues We are like the Israelites we breake out into impatiency we neuer thinke vpon our owne deseruings nor consider we haue deserued far greater plagues We may say as Moses doth The Lord heareth the murmurings of the people Exod. 16.12 Or rather these are like that prophane beast in the booke of the kings when in extremity of famine 2 King 6.33 he faid Behold this euill commeth of the Lord shall I attend on the Lord any longer Some there are that smell rankly of the smoke of the Romish religion who will seeme to cast
and 3 6. 2 King 13 14. Neh. 2 5 Ester 5 4 8. 2 Sa. 24 3. 1 Sam. 25 24 c. Thus haue Gods children by the light of the word and the vngodly by the light of nature performed this duty And no maruell because superiours beare Gods image to inferiours are to them not by mans inuention or vsurpation but by the ordinance of God in Gods stead as Moses made Ruler and Gouernor was to Aaron Exod. 4 16. He shall be to thee in stead of a mouth and thou shalt be to him in stead of God Againe we haue the expresse law commandement of God binding the consciences of al Exod. 20 12. Psalm 82 6. Lastly they are s●t ouer inferiours not for their owne glory but for their good 1 Tim. 2 2. Rom. 13 4. He is the Minister of God to thee for good Vse 1 This principle offereth these vses first a reproofe of those that are so farre from yeelding them reuerence that they reiect their authority and cast off their yoke frō their necks they mutter at thē their commandements they reuile them and vse vnreuerent speaches to them and of them both before their faces and behind their backes which ought not to be Hence it is that Moses saith Exod. 22 28. Thou shalt not reuile the Gods nor curse the Ruler of thy people And Eccl. 10 20. Curse not the king no not in thy thought and curse not the rich in thy bed-chamber c. And the Apostle willeth Titus to exhort seruants to be obedient to their owne masters and to please them well in all things not answering againe Tit. 2 9. It falleth out for the most part that they haue least honour at their hands of whom they ought to haue greatest Fathers and masters haue many times more honour out of their owne doores then they haue within them of other mens seruants and children then they haue of their owne For as Christ saith A Prophet is not without honour but in his owne country among his owne kinne and in his owne house so is it for the most part with all parents and masters Mark 6 4. Secondly if this duty be to be performed vnto men much more must we hold it to bee due vnto God If reuerence and obedience be due to mortall men who haue the image of God vpon them and that darkly obscurely how much more may God iustly chalenge these duties who hath giuen power and authority vnto men Iohn 19 11. Hence it is that God saith by the Prophet If I bee a father where is mine honour and if I be a master where is my feare Mal. 1 6 8. If ye offer the lame and the sicke is it not euill Offer it now vnto thy Gouernour will he be pleased with thee or accept thy person Numb 12 verse 14 Heb. 12 verses 9 10. Lastly it belongeth to all superiours so to carry themselues that they may procure and deserue reuerence do not iustly bring contempt vpon themselues For this cause doth Paul teach Timothy to flye youthfull lusts 2 Tim. 2 22 and to beware that he giue not occasiō to make others despise his youth 1 Tim. 4 12. which he shall do if he be an example to the beleeuers in word in conuersation in charity in spirit in faith and in purity Forbid them Heere we see what Ioshua would haue Moses do he counselleth him to restraine them A young man young counsell The Doctrine from hence is Doctrine Young men are ordinarily rash in iudging of others that young men are commonly and ordinarily rash in iudging others yea more rash then elder men consequently more apt to iudge amisse and to giue euill counsell sentence of such things as are well done Such were Rehoboams green heads they gaue greene counsell and such as cost him the losse of the greatest part of his kingdome 1 Kings 12 verses 8 13 14. Grauity and sobriety are commended in elder men Titus 2 1 2. but young men follow the vanity of their young yeares Eccl. 11 9 10. The reasons are plaine First age yeares Reason 1 bring experience and ripenesse of iudgment and so wisedome Youth is as greene timber age as that which is seasoned Iob 32 7. I said Daies should speake and multitude of yeares should teach wisedome Againe their affections being hotter and stronger are more vnconstant and vnbrideled ready to runne into extremities as vntamed heiffers not vsed to the yoke Lastly they put farre from them the euill day they thinke themselues priuiledged by their age and make account they haue time enough hereafter to enter into better courses They liue for the most part as if they had made a couenant with death and with hell and are lesse carefull to be kept and guided within the compasse of Gods lawes Forasmuch as sentence is not executed speedily against an euill worke Eccl. 8 11. their hearts are fully set in them to do euill The vses First this teacheth vs not to rest Vse 1 in the iudgement nor to follow the counsell of yong men except they haue old mens gifts and graces in them For touching gifts it is true which Elihu testifieth Iob 32 9. Great men are not alwaies wise neither do the aged vnderstand iudgement Old men may be yong in gifts and young men may bee old in gifts Secondly let young men suffer their elders to speake before them especially in censuring things that are strange It is a point of wisedome for all especially for young men to suspect their owne iudgement and sentence concerning others their persons their gifts and their actions Thirdly it reproueth those that set vp in the Church promote to the office of teaching such as are young in yeares and gifts and not yet seasoned to build vp others but are light wanton rash not graue discreete and sober Adde vnto these such as aduance those that are planted newly conuerted to the truth of the Gospel before there be sufficient triall made of the soundnesse of their religion and the sincerity of their conuersation Paul teacheth Timothy that the Minister must not be a nouice or one newly come to the faith 1 Tim. 3 6. lest beeing lifted vp with pride he fall into the condemnation of the diuell It is a fault among vs that we many times giue too easie accesse to the Pulpit to such as beare themselues as conuerts among vs I meane such as haue beene fugitiues and forsaken our Church and returne home againe oftentimes worse then they went out and liue scandalously to the dishonour of God and the offence of many Such ought to bee thoroughly tried and proued let them liue in the place of common christians before they bee trusted with the place of Captaines and let them thereby purchase to themselues a good degree to farther promotion Lastly seeing rashnesse and vnaduisednesse are specially incident to youth let them learn to season their yeares with the word of God
are swept away together with one vniuersall Flood Gen. 7. The like wee might say of Sodome and Gomorrha and the cities about them which giuing themselues to fornication and going after strange flesh suffered the vengeance of eternal fire Iude ver 7. The like we may say of kings and Princes nobles iudges Magistrates old and yong bond and free 2 Sam. 12.10 11. 2. King 7.19 20. and 1.9 10. Luke 12.20 and 16.22 23. Psalm 82.6.7 and 49.2.10 1. Sam. 2.29.30 Luke 1.20 Eccle. 11.9 2 King 2.24 Reason 1 God chastiseth his children that they shold not be condemned hereafter 1 Cor. 11.30 32 when they runne astray he putteth as it were a bridle in their mouthes whereby they are curbed and kept in obedience Secondly hee is constrained to take this course least they should trust in themselues whereas they should trust in the liuing God 2 Cor. 1.8.9 We are hardly driuen out of our selues and to renounce all confidence in the flesh We are quickely induced to sacrifice vnto our net and to burne incense vnto our drag Hab. 1.16 Thirdly hee doth it to humble vs and to prooue vs Deut. 8.2 Reuel 2.10 and that hee may doe vs good in the latter end Deut. 8.16 2 Sam. 16.12 so that he aymeth euermore at our good Vse 1 Vses follow See from hence the cause why they keepe Gods word whiles other run on in euil Psal 119.6.7.70.71 It is good for them that they are afflicted for before they went astray and wandred from his commandements Doubtlesse if they had all things that the corrupt flesh desireth and lusteth after they would runne into all excesse of riot with other men for as they are no better then other by nature so their workes would be no better then the workes of others God seeing much drosse in them is driuen to cast them into the fining pot to purifie them that they may bee as pure and precious golde in his sight Vse 2 Secondly we must learne hereby to iustifie God and to condemne our selues For if sinne draw downe his iudgements vpon the most excellent that offend then doubtlesse wee are bound to confesse that in his corrections he is iust and mercifull Lam. 3.22 When he afflicteth a nation or particular soule with famine sword or pestilence as his quiuer is full of arrowes he correcteth indeed but the cause is in our selues for his iugements are wrought out by man himselfe and we must learne to search out the cause in our selues It is sinne onely that deserueth and draweth downe his iudgements We must therefore learne to iustifie God in all his wayes and workes yea if he should ouerthrow our nation and strike downe our brethren and sisters and bring vs vtterly to confusion because we prouoke him daily by our iniquities his compassions neuer faile and for that cause alone wee are not confounded Thirdly we learne that there is no respect Vse 3 of persons with God in punishing for none shall escape his hand He punisheth not the simple and letteth others escape no man can pleade any immunity or impunity by his high place by his honour riches possessions or any other prerogatiue whatsoeuer Rom. 2.6 for he will render to euery man according to his deedes He looketh not vpon the outward appearance but so many as haue sinned without law shall also perish without law and as many as haue sinned in the Law shall be iudged by the Law As God in the decree of his election respecteth no mans pe●●on nor in bestowing his graces of saluation which are the fruits of election as vocation faith Gal. 3.28 iustification sanctification and such like so in his corrections and chastisements hee doth not strike the poore and spare the rich winke at the noble and honourable and strike downe the vnnoble and baser sort but hee respecteth euery one as he findeth him and punisheth sinne wheresoeuer sinne reigneth that all should feare Fourthly conclude necessarily that the Vse 4 wicked cannot escape If he strike his friends he will not passe ouer his enemies If the gold must passe the furnace the drosse shall be reiected If the good corne must be ground in the mill before it can be bread for the vse of man the chaffe shall be burned vp with fire vnquenchable Prou. 11.31 1 Pet. 4.17 18. Behold the righteous shall be recompenced in the earth much more the wicked and the sinner and if the righteous scarcely be saued where shall the vngodly appeare It is well said of one that the tribulations and afflictions of good men doe not bring them behind the wicked but rather shew that the plagues and punishments of the wicked are yet behind for God reserueth wrath for them Nahum 1.2 and will take vengeance of his aduersaries Ierem 25.29 Luke 23.28.31 The death and passion of Christ hath taken away the vengeance curse of the afflictions of the godly as he hath taken away the sting of death and strength of the law though both death and the Law remaine so that whatsoeuer remaineth in the cup for vs to drinke is wholesome and medicinable The vngodly doe now laugh at vs and deride vs when they see vs beaten at our Fathers hand in the house or at our masters hand in his schoole so it was with Dauid they clapped their hands and made a great shout when he was vnder the rodde saying Aha where is now his God Psal 41.5 now he lyeth he shall rise vp no no more verse 8. Psal 69.12 but let vs waite a while before the time be long we shall see them scourged with whippes and cast in prison where they shall neuer get out They shall be put in the stockes as euill doers they shall be arraigned as guilty persons and receiue the sentence of condemnation as traitors against God woe vnto them there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth Vse 5 Lastly let vs learne to reforme our rash iudgement touching the suffering of the seruants of God We are ready to iudge them as plagued of God Psal 73.14 howbeit wee are not to iudge men to bee wicked and vngodly to be strangers from God and from his kingdome because we see sometimes the hand of God to be strangely vpon them for as much as they may belong vnto God albeit they suffer in that manner and measure Rather we ought to admire and wonder at Gods iudgements which are so iust that hee will not spare his owne people when they sin against him and it is rather an argument that they are the Lords because iudgement beginneth at his house and he will begin to plague the citie where his Name is called vpon When we see stones cut and hewed and squared should we therefore thinke and thereby conclude that those stones were not regarded or that they were good for nothing Wee should rather iudge that they are fitted to some speciall part of the building So if a man come into an orchard and find many trees cut and pruned he knoweth it
liuing God which made heauen and earth it had beene enough to perswade them to zeale and sincerity But this most diuellish doctrine was not hatched and broached in those daies these newters cunning polititians of the world were not then heard of they are of a later brood sprung vp in these last and worst times It is the commandement of God that we should not follow the multitude Exod. 23 2. But if it were enough to be feruent in that which we follow we might follow the multitude as well as others and the greatest par● which commonly is the worst part Lastly it is our duty to striue to enter at the Vse 4 narrow gate The multitude cannot make that which is euill to be good neither that which is good to be euill and therefore we may not forsake the trueth because the multitude forsaketh it A great number cannot make vnrighteousnesse righteousnesse and therefore they cannot make a false doctrine and false faith to be good Hence it is that Ioshua after a generall receiuing of the couenant of God and embracing the true religion of the Prophets and Elders which did professe the same doth solemnely protest to follow this rule that although al they which were a great multitude should goe after another religion and serue other god yet saith he As for me and mine house we wil serue the Lord Iosh 24.15 Obiect But it may be obiected Is that alwaies false which the multitude holdeth or that euer true which the fewest beleeue I answere No Answer For when the trueth is generally embraced if any priuate conuenticle start vp afterward with different doctrine from that true Catholicke doctrine commonly receiue it is a marke of a false Church not of the true It is not a multitude simply that can marke out the Church but a multitude teaching professing and holding the truth But this is a false conclusion Popish and sophisticall conclusions A few must not forsake the multitude which professe the truth Therefore a multitude is a marke of the trueth Or thus It is good in good things to follow a multitude Therefore it is simply good to follow the multitude This is no better then a plaine fallacy to draw that to bee simply true and in euery respect which is true onely in some respect Besides by the strength of this reason why may we not conclude a few also to be a mark of the Church For in the time of Christ and his Apostles when the whole land of Israel boasted of the Law and of the Temple of the Priesthood and of the sacrifices the fewest number were the best the greatest number the worst Ier. 18.18 Esay 8.12 16 c. Reuel 13.6 7 8. The true Prophets were in a maner generally resisted they were reputed as monsters among the people which had made a conspiracy against God When Antichrist should reigne and make war with the Saints and should ouercome and power should bee giuen him ouer euery tribe tongue and nation then a few were the true Church of Christ which keepe the testimony of Iesus that are written in the booke of the Lambe slaine from the beginning of the world and all other multitudes were schismaticall hereticall which rose vp with different doctrine from the Apostles Thus we see that neither few or many are simply the Church not few because they are few neither many because they are many but if a few hold the faith of Christ those few are the true Church and not the many that are against them on the other side if many dispersed throughout the world beleeue aright those many are the true Church must be followed the rest which are few declining from them and departing from the truth are a false Church and we must decline depart from them and ioyne our selues to the former multitude And as it is in matters of faith so is it in matter of life and practise When we see many walke in euill wayes that leade to destruction follow them not ioyne not with them neither let vs addict our selues to them but by all means keepe our selues from them Let vs not do as the most do when they do euill but as the fewest do when they do good Let no man be emboldned or encouraged vnto euill when he seeth the multitude that run that way neither let any bee terrified or hindred from godlinesse and embracing true religion by the fewnesse of the professors thereof If we walke in the right way it shall leade vs to life Obseruations to be marked touching the following of the multitude albeit wee haue none to goe with vs. Some account it a sufficient excuse to say I do but as others do I shall doe no worse then others I shall escape as well as others An euill the more generally it is embraced the worse it is to be accounted and the more it ought to be resisted and preuented The moe that go to condemnation the greater is the horror of the condemned the moe the more miserable shal their condition bee It shall exempt no man from punishment though he pretend hee was moued and enticed by others The multitude stirring vp Saul to spare Agag and the fatter Cattle could not preserue him or priuiledge him from the wrath of God albeit hee alledged it as a buckler for his defence 1 Sam. 15 21. If all the world taking example one from another should follow an euill and wicked way the faithfull are bound to maintaine the right and truth both in life and in Doctrine Noah was a preacher of righteousnesse when all flesh was corrupted and Lot kept him vpright in Sodom and reprooued their vncleannesse So did Paul in Athens Actes 17 16. his spirit was stirred in him when he saw the City fully giuen to idolatry 30 And Caleb stilled the people before Moses and saide Let vs go vp at once and possesse it for we are well able to ouercome it The former euill report brought vp of the Land is illustrated by the contrary testimony of Caleb hee resisteth both them and their report and his faithfulnesse is set against the vnfaithfulnesse of the other tenne He sheweth that the land might be possessed and stirreth vp the people to the atchieuement of it he assureth them of victory and good successe if they builded vpon the vnmoueable rocke of Gods power Now albeit Caleb alone be named Yet Ioshua also is vnderstood as chap. 14 6. who ioyned not with them but because he was the seruant of Moses Why Ioshua holdeth his peace hee would not stirre vp the rage of the people against Moses and himselfe but hee held his peace vntill a fitter season were offered in respect of God of Moses of himselfe of the people of the cause A word spoken in season is as apples of Gold with pictures of Siluer saith Salomon Pro. 25.11 In this example Caleb speaketh to the praise of God in the middest of the congregation honoureth God before
They put the people in minde of the goodnesse of the land and of the loue of God toward them and that the enemies should be bread for them that is they should be as easily consumed as a peece of bread is swallowed as if they should say Wee seemed Grashoppers vnto them but we say vnto you that they shall bee bread for vs we shall vtterly destroy them To conclude they will them not to feare the people of the Land because God was departed from them but hee was amongst his owne people Neuerthelesse they would not heare them they did sing a song to an heauie heart Prou. 25 verse 20. nay to an hard heart they had brazen foreheads and were ashamed of nothing and therefore for all the care of them and the loue shewed vnto them they went about to stone them to death had not God protected them that stoode in his cause Obserue first of all in that Caleb and Ioshuah rent their cloathes Doctrine The faithfull are greeued for the sinnes of others and fel downe before the Lord a gesture vsuall in these times when they heard the blasphemous words of these hypocrites that the faithful are much grieued euen for the sinnes and rebellions of others This hath alwayes bene the holy affection of Gods seruants they haue not onely mourned and lamented for their owne sinnes but they haue proceeded farther to take to heart the sinnes of other men as Lot 2 Pet. 2 7. and Dauid Psal 119 136. They that escaped out of the common destruction are described by this note they mourned and cried out for the abhominations that were committed in the land Ezek. 9 4. Christ our Sauiour wept for Ierusalem Luk. 19 41 42. Reason 1 The reasons First they know that Gods anger is prouoked for sinne and his curse falleth vpon the head of the sinner Ioshua had cause to mourne when he saw that Israel could not stand before their enemies Ioshua 7 8. For Achan had sinned against the Lord and the hoast could not prosper so long as hee remained among them No maruell therefore if they be greeued whensoeuer they behold the wrath and iudgements of God procured Secondly if we know their iniquities and Reason 2 do not mourne for them they become ours and we do thereby make them our own Thus we are made partakers of other mens sinnes If we mourne for them they are theirs not ours if we do not mourne they are both theirs and ours Hence it is that the Corinthians are reprooued that they sorrowed not for the incestuous person that was among them yea thēselues were defiled by his sinne and became as one polluted lumpe with him as the leauen leaueneth three peckes of meale into which it is put And we see in the prophet Ezekiel 9 5. they are smitten that mourned not for the abhominations committed as well as they that did commit them Thirdly hereby much good and many benefites Reason 3 come vnto our selues Such are pronounced blessed by the mouth of Christ Mat. 5 4. that mourn whether it be for themselues or for others or both for they shall bee comforted When the heauens water the earth there followeth a fruitfull increase but when the earth watereth the heauens there shal follow a more plentifull haruest of all heauenly spirituall comfort If any aske when the heauens are watered by the earth Obiection forasmuch as this may seeme to be out of course and contrary to the nature of them I answer whensoeuer a sinner poureth out the teares of his penitent soule and broken heart into the bosome of God Answer then the earth may bee saide to water the heauens For the teares of the godly fall not to the ground Cooper vpon Psal 119. they ascend vpward they do not descend downward I vnderstand it of the fruite and benefite of them the Lord gathereth them when we shed them as precious pearles and putteth them in his bottle of remembrance Euery drop that falleth from a penitent soul is as a precious pearle The teares 〈◊〉 the g●the● precious pearles nay more worth then many Iewels of the world It shall little auaile vs to haue many pearles and Iewels hanging about vs and to want those that now we speak of These do not die and perish but are sowne as good seede in the earth the fruite whereof is very comfortable because they that sowe in teares shal reape in ioy Psal 126 5. Learne from hence the difference betweene Vse 1 the godly and vngodly The godly mourn for the sinnes of others as if they were their own whereas the vngodly make a mock of sin and can laugh hartily at it as if it were a matter of merriment and of pastime Prou. 14 9. Heere then is a note to know who are Gods Children and who are not When we cannot reforme and amend euill yet if God haue giuen vs hearts to mourne for it it is an happy thing for vs a great blessing and a good signe that we belong vnto him Lot dwelt among the Sodomites they were grieuous sinners against the Lord the cry of them was come vp to heauen he could do no good among them yet he was so farre from ioyning with them that hee vexed his soule for them If we do not follow his example in vaine we boast our selues to be the seruants of God This made Dauid say the zeale of thine house hath consumed me the reproaches of them that reproached thee are falne vpon me Ps 69 9 10. And the Israelites carried into captiuity wept when they heard the insultings and blasphemies of the wicked Psal 137 6. The godly must not say I will walke in the way of the multitude I wil ioyne with them and that it is in vaine to striue against them Secondly see the state of the faithful in this Vse 2 life somewhat there is alwaies to humble and afflict them in themselues or in others In this life 〈◊〉 and g●●efe 〈◊〉 mingled to●●ther The Prophet Dauid testifieth oftentimes his ioy of heart which God gaue him neuerthelesse this is not found without greefe and sorrow We haue no ioy without greefe in this world but they are tempered and mingled together bitter and sweete one with another lest in ioy we should be two ioyfull in sorrow we should be too sorrowfull the one seruing to allay the other and the one making the other profita-Howbeit after this life when God shall separate the sheep from the goats After this 〈◊〉 ioy and g● are seuere● these affections also shall bee separated the godly shall haue ioy without greefe the vngodly shal haue greef without ioy To haue ioy without any trouble is not to be looked for vpon the earth it is the condition of them that are glorified and perfected in heauen On the other side to haue greefe and anguish without ioy and comfort is the miserable condition of them that lye damned and tormented in hell where is weeping and gnashing
foule or dung so filthy as we are through corruption Iob 14 verse 4 and 25 verse 4. Esay 64 6. Titus 1 15. There is no sent or sauour no carcasse so corrupt and ready to infect as that which proceedeth from our selues What it is that doeth chiefly infect wherby we defile our selues and one another This Christ teacheth Math. 15 verse 18. Those things which proceed out of the mouth come foorth from the heart and they defile the man Keepe out sinne from the heart and the plague shall neuer defile the man euery one therefore must labour to cleanse the heart Thirdly seeing it is caused by sinne wee must learne to search and finde out the true Vse 3 cause of the plague The enemies of Gods word will make the Gospel the cause of the pestilence and of all other calamities So did Ahab Iehoram make the Prophets the principall procurers of the famine which fell out in their daies 1 Kings 18 17. 2 Kings 6 31. Thus dealt the heathen with the christians that liued vnder the heathen and persecuting Emperours when any famine or pestilence or ouerthrow befell among them they imputed all to Christians and cryed out to haue them persecuted and punished as appeareth at large in the Apology of Tertullian These are blasphemous mockers and deriders of the holy faith of Christ which open their mouthes against heauen The chiefe cause of the plague is the contempt of the word Ier. chapter 29 17 19. Lastly euery one of vs must learne how to behaue our selues in the troublesome times of Vse 4 this heauy iudgement We must haue a tender feeling of their distressed condition that lye vnder this greeuous hand of GOD. The Church is compared to a body wherof Christ is the head Eph. 4 ver 16 and the faithfull are members Romanes 12 4. 1 Corinthians 12 12. They make but one body though they be many different members and are all vnder one head and therefore are to helpe one another to beare one anothers burden and so fulfill the law of Christ Galathians 6 2 1 Corinthians 12 verse 24. Let vs consider the seuerall duties belonging to seuerall persons in the day of visitation The duty of Magistrates is then especially to see religion established The duty o● Magistra●●● time of th● plague euill doers cut off from the City of God and all disorders remoued Psal 101 8. They must humble themselues and cause the people to humble themselues They must appoint fasting and praier that thereby they may moue the Lord to call backe his iudgement We haue a notable example of this in the King of Nineue Ionas 3 6● when he feared a generall iudgement to come vpon himselfe and his people he rose vp from his throne and laide away his robe from him he couered himselfe with sackcloth and sate in ashes yea he proclaimed that neither man nor beast herde nor flocke should taste any thing and that they should cry mightily to GOD saying Who can tell if God will returne and repent and turne away from his fierce anger that we perish not Ion. 3 6 7 8 9. Here is a good president for Kings Princes what by their owne example publike decrees they ought to do that there may be a common humiliation of all estates 〈◊〉 dutie of ●●●●sters in 〈◊〉 of the ●e It is the duty of the Ministers to preach the worde most earnestly both the Law and the Gospell in season and out of season to perswade to repentance to comfort the feeble-minded out of Gods word to stirre vppe the poore to patience the rich to liberality and all men to compassion and commiseration It belongeth vnto them as it were to stand in the gappe they must aboue others pray earnestly to God Amos 7. verse 25. knowing that the prayer of a iust man auaileth much if it be feruent Iames 5 16 17. So was it with Moses and Aaron when the plague was begunne he willed Aaron to take a Censer who ranne into the middest of the Congregation and stoode betweene the liuing and the dead offering Incense and making attonement for the sinnes of the people Numbers 16. verse 48. It is the duty of all parents to teach and instruct their children from whence 〈◊〉 dutie of ●●●●nts in 〈◊〉 of the ●e for what causes God sendeth the pestilence and other calamites Deut. 6.7 They must goe before them in a good example of life Genesis chap. 18 19. and if they should see all other carelesse and negligent in this duty yet must they say with Ioshua chap. 24. verse 15. As for mee and mine house we will serue the Lord. It belongeth vnto them to call their families vnto priuate humiliation as Ester did chap. 14. verse 16. and euery day they should offer vp sacrifice for their seruants and children after the example of holy Iob chap. 1. verse 5. and pray for their safety and welfare and euerie day giue thankes for their most mercifull deliuerance while in the meane season so many fall on their right hand and on their left It is the dutie of rich men in time of contagion 〈◊〉 dutie of 〈◊〉 men in 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 to haue as at al other times so then especially a diligent care of the poore because then the greatest occasion is offered to doe good We must not shut them vppe in their houses and then shut vp our compassion from them as it were in a close prison without releefe It is the commendation of the Christian Church after the ascension of Christ that they had all things common and no man said that ought of the things which hee possessed was his owne neither was there any among them that lacked Acts 4 32 34. If they did this in the neede of the Church how much more ought we to prouide for those that cannot prouide for themselues He is not worthy to beare the name of a Christian that at such times would withhold things necessarie from those that are withholden from the companie of others Woe vnto those that would adde so great affliction to those that are deepely afflicted already The foure Lepers that were put out of the city according to the law dwelt apart by themselues at the entering in of the gate for feare of infection were notwithstanding prouided for in the streight siege of Samaria so long as there was any thing in the city they wanted not but were prouided for 2 Kings 7 4. So it ought to be among vs. It is the dutie of the poore needy to arme themselues with patience The dutie of the poore and needy in time of the plague as a shield buckler in time of trouble knowing that nothing falleth out without the prouidence appointment of God He will not lay more vpon vs then he will enable vs to beare but with the tentation will make an happy issue 1 Cor. 10 13. hee will comfort vs in our tribulation 2. Cor.
Luke 13.6 7 8 9. 2 Chro. 36.15 We haue all experience of this point Reason 1 The reasons first he knoweth our weakenesse our corruption and inclination to euill he knoweth whereof we are made he remembreth that we are but dust Esay 57.16 Psalm 103.14 yea as a wind that passeth away and commeth not againe Psal 78.38.39 no better then vanity yea lighter altogether then vanity Psal 62.9 Secondly his nature is to be mercifull full of compassion 2 Chron. 36.15 Thirdly the sinnes of the wicked are not yet full they haue not yet filled vp the measure of them Gen. 15.16 Lastly he is not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance and therefore he is not slacke concerning his promise but is long suffering to vs ward 2. Pet. 3.9 Obiection Before wee come to the vses of this doctrine we must remoue a few obiections that seeme to make against this point And first how can God bee said to be very patient and to suffer long seeing his iudgements are often said to come suddenly speedily as a whirlewind and a tempest and when they shall say peace and safety his comming shall be as the comming of a theefe in the night or as trauell vpon a woman with child 1 Thess 5.2.3 Answer I answer to be long before he come and to be swift when once he commeth are not opposite or contrary the one to the other He waiteth a long time but when the dayes of his patience are expired then suddenly destruction commeth He giueth warning after warning and will doe nothing but hee reuealeth the same to his seruants the Prophets Amos 3.7 Dan. 9.5.6 but when his patience is abused and contemned then he commeth swiftly and stayeth not The Apostle Peter speaking of the second comming of Christ to iudgment ioyneth both these together and sheweth how and wherefore he is both long in comming and yet swift in comming hee forbeareth because he is patient and hee commeth suddenly in his glory because he is iust 2 Pet. 3.9 10. first hee saith that God is long suffering not willing that any should perish then he addeth the day of the Lord will come as a theefe in the night Thus we see how he suffereth patiently and yet withall how he cometh suddenly Secondly Obiect the question may be asked whether the Ministers should forbeare or abstaine from threatning and denouncing of Gods iudgements against the vngodly seeing God is gentle and mercifull slow to anger and of great kindnesse whereby they shall terrifie men without cause and make themselues lyars I answer Answer it is true that Ionah the Prophet was discouraged vpon this ground and consideration from threatning destruction against Nineueh Though he were sent against the citie with heauy tidings yet he consulted with flesh and blood fled to Tarshish from the presence of the Lord Ion. 1.3 because hee knew that God was a gracious God and mercifull repenting him of the euil chap. 4.2 But this was his infirmity and therefore he is reprooued ver 10.11 Wherefore it belongeth to all faithfull Ministers of God as a part of their function howsoeuer the iudgements of God be differred and their Sermons derided to open their mouthes boldly and to reprooue sinne earnestly that they may thereby deliuer their owne soules and saue the people that heare them 2 Tim. 4.2 Thirdly it may be asked Obiect whether it be lawfull for the godly to craue of God to be patient and long-suffering to beare with the vngodly and vessels of wrath especially considering the praier of Ieremy chap. 15.15 Lord remember me and visite mee and reuenge mee of my persecuters c. The prayer of Moses and of Ieremy seeme to be contrary Answer Answer The prayer of Ieremy is speciall and extraordinary and containeth no generall rule and direction for the Church He spake this as a Prophet not as a priuate man for hee foretold to his persecuters the vengeance and wrath of God certainely to fall vpon them the generall rule belonging vnto all is set downe by Christ Matth. 5 44. To pray for our enemies and them that hate vs. Lastly it may be demaunded Obiect whether the publishing and preaching of the doctrine of Gods patience and forbearing be not dangerous and hurtfull as seeming to tend to leade men into sinne and minister occasion of hardening the heart and delaying of repentance I answer ●ct from Gods delaying of his iudgements wee may not conclude the delaying of our repentance True it is the vngodly abuse this doctrine to licentiousnesse Rom. 2.4.5 as they do also other doctrines and the Scriptures themselues to their owne perdition the prouidence of God to idlenesse the predestination of God to wickednesse the mercy of God to prophanenesse the grace of God to wantonnesse iustification by faith to carelesnesse of good workes yea Christ himselfe to be a stumbling blocke and a stone of offence Notwithstanding we must vse the doctrine of Gods patience to our comfort and to bring vs thereby to repentance Vse 1 Now we come to the vses of this doctrine which are many seruing for instruction reprehension consolation and exhortation First of all it serueth for our knowledge and instruction and teacheth vs what a good God wee serue and worship such a one as willeth not and wisheth not the death of a sinner such a one as is gentle and gracious mercifull and pitifull Psal 145.8 9. Ezek. 18.23 and 33.11 Againe this teacheth vs what is the cause that God spareth so long both his and the Churches enemies to wit because he is patient Thus doth the Prophet tell the Israelites the cause why the Lord had spared the Assyrians so long Nah. 1.3 We see how prophane many are blasphemers of Gods Name prophaners of his Sabboth despisers of the word haters of good men iniquity aboundeth euery where We might wonder that such liue vpon the face of the earth and wherefore they are spared but that he is a God of patience and long suffring or they could not continue Is not the earth filled with cruelty oppression as it was with the old world that was destroyed with an vniuersall Flood Doth not pride fulnesse of bread aboundance of idlenesse and contempt of the poore abound as in Sodome and Gomorrha which was destroyed with fire and brimstone from heauen Ezek. 16.49 So Gen. 19.24 How then could our cities and houses stand and continue if GOD were not very patient Vse 2 Secondly it serueth for reprehension For it conuinceth those that scoffe at his threatenings because God a long time descrieth his iudgements against the vngodly Hence it is that they iudge them perswade themselues of them to be no better then Scar-crowes and therefore to bee vaine and not to bee feared Such persons doth the Apostle Peter describe that mocke at the second comming of Christ which shal come as a snare vpon all them that dwell vpon the face of the whole earth Luke 21.35 2
them with speed to their graues But all these iudgments before rehearsed belong only to the body do not stretch to the soule and conscience neuerthelesse the Lord ceasseth not to repay vs euen in this kinde also according to our sinne Hence it is that he threatneth to send strong delusions vpon men to beleeue lies which will not receiue and beleeue the truth 2 Thess 2 11. and they which will not beleeue wholesome doctrine but hauing itching eares get them an heap of teachers shall turne their eares from the truth and be turned vnto fables and beleeue lies 2 Tim. 4 3 4. Secondly whensoeuer we remaine vnder any Vse 2 iudgement of Gods hand whatsoeuer it be let vs labour for spirituall wisedome that we may be able to see and discerne what the sinne is which is the cause thereof For by the manner of the iudgement we may oftentimes finde out the manner of our sinne And doubtlesse these benefits will come thereof we shal be able to iustifie God and also to iudge our selues and thereby we shall escape farther punishments and plagues that God purposed to bring vpon vs. This way we shall make the punishment profitable vnto vs if we take it and lay it vnto the sinne as it were a salue vpō the sore This will bring vs to remember many sinnes and to repent truely of them which otherwise we should not thinke vpon It will worke in vs a care to iudge our selues that we be not iudged of the Lord 1 Cor. 11 31 22. This is no small benefit and comfort and therefore we should entertaine a ioynt-meditatiō both touching the sinnes that we haue committed and touching punishments that wee haue suffered that so we may to our farther good compare the one with the other Lastly as God dealeth with men in regard Vse 3 of their sinnes so he dealeth oftentimes with his childrē in good things for good things He will not onely reward our good works euen to a cup of cold water giuen to a disciple in the name of a disciple Mat. 10.42 but hee will reward according to our deeds blessing with the same blessing and mercy with the same mercy 2 Tim 1.18 Onesiphorus shewed me●cy vnto Paul he prayeth to God That he may find mercy of the Lord in that day Hee that is mercifull and liberall to the poore hath a promise that he shall neuer want Christ our Sauiour describing what is true blessednesse wherin it consisteth saith among other things Mat. 5 4. Blessed are the mercifull for they shall obtaine mercy True it is God is able to reward such many other wayes but he promiseth and performeth this rather then any other to strengthen our faith in his word and to teach vs to acknowledge and confesse his own in that worke And heereby haue all such as are any way vnder the gouernment of others a notable encouragement in well doing that God will returne them a like measure of blessing according to that themselues haue done If we be truely seruiceable and conscionable in our duties toward those whom God hath set ouer vs we shall by a speciall blessing of God find in time to come those that shall be vnder vs faithfull also toward vs. He that will rule well must first learne to obey wel if we be not obedient to others for conscience sake let vs neuer thinke to finde others obedient to vs. Hast thou bin a dutifull childe to thy parents and obeyed them in the Lord Thou maiest well hope and expect the same at the hands of thy owne children hereafter Or hast thou beene a faithfull seruant to thy master according to the flesh seruing him with feare trembling in singlenesse of thy heart Thou maiest well look for the like seruice at the hands of others It is the common rule of christianity and that which the heathen themselues were not ignorant off Whatsoeuer ye would that men should doe vnto you do you euen so to them for this is the law and the Prophets Mat. 7 12. On the other side they that are stubborne and disobedient children euill and vnfaithful seruants may iustly feare to haue the same measure measured vnto them againe They that are now yong men liue vnder the roofe and gouernement of their parents if they deale falsely and deceitfully with them how can they but thinke that God will make them reape a plentifull haruest of such darnell as themselues haue sowen scattered abroad They that are now children of their fathers mothers may in time to come themselues be fathers mothers of their children so haue others stand in the same place to them that themselues now stand to their parents If they mocke and scoffe at them for their infirmities as Ham Canaan did Gen. 9 22. Or contemne their wholesome counsels and holy admonitions ● 2 25. as the sons of Eli did Or if they beguile them or closely conuay away their money or any of their goods from them as Micah did from his mother ●7 ● 2. as many make it a slight and slender matter to steale from their parents as if all were their owne they can lay fingers vpon euen while they bee aliue and others giue liberty to take and embezell from them if it be but a little and no great sums Or if they think they liue too long that they may enioy their liuing as Esau did ●7 41 let them know that there is a iust God in heauen that will another day withhold his grace from their posterity that they shall finde their owne children ready to despise them and set them at nought to reiect their adm●nitions threatnings to circumuent them purloine from them yea to gape for their death that they may haue their goods And when this cometh to passe then let them consider their owne sin as the cause of their childrens sinne and that their children do forget them to be their parents because themselues neuer remembred that they were children The like we may say of seruants they that are now seruants of their masters may also hereafter come to be masters of their seruants If then you shall deale wickedly with them in word or in deed you shall make a streight yet a iust equal law against your selues The Apostle giueth an excellent precept vnto such Tit. 2 9 10. Exhort seruants to be obedient to their owne masters and to please them well in all things not answering againe not purloining but shewing all good fidelity that they may adorne the doctrine of God our Sauiour in all things Let such therefore looke to themselues that they bee not paide home in their kinde If they learne to giue stubborne and froward answers and to despise them that are ouer thē as Agar did Sarah Gen. 16 4. Or if they returne them sleeuelesse answers when they call them to an account of their doings as Gehazi did to Elisha who when he asked him whither he went or where
Sabbath and Sacraments If a man should doe nothing but practise treason and rebellion against the King despising his word and contemning his Proclamations in what a fearefull condition would we account him to be And when the King himselfe should appoint a day wherein he would haue his owne person specially attended and wholly waited vpon if his houshold seruants should refuse to giue him any attendance but waite worse vpon him that day then any other and giue themselues wholly to attend vpon their owne pleasures would he not thinke himselfe notably abused and discharge such of his seruice and were they not sure to run into his displeasure and to procure iudgement vpon themselues Notwithstanding this is the state of many among vs. God hath commanded vs to reuerence his Name his Sanctuary his Sabbath his Word his Ministery if then we shall dare to sweare blaspheme openly to reiect the word of God and to abuse the Sabbath by following after our pleasures and profits our sports and recreations and thereby practise after a sort against the person of GOD himselfe do they not prouoke me to my face saith the Lord and shall they go vnpunished No certainely they shall not his iudgements shall ouertake them for these things God hath ordained and enacted as by a solemne Proclamation that all sorts that professe themselues his seruants should waite vpon him on the Sabbath he is then determined to set foorth the greatnesse of his glorious Name and the riches of his house and the might of his power and the honour of his Maiesty it is his will and pleasure that men women children should assemble together before him to giue him attendance shall we answer with Korah and his company in the next chapter We will not come vp Numb 16 14. And albeit we be not so impudent and shamelesse to say so yet it is little better because we do not appeare before him Nay we serue our selues by walking in our owne waies and many serue Satan the enemy of God by following his wayes with greedinesse If wee giue vp our selues to our pleasures and profits we serue our selues when we giue vp our selues to our sinnes and delight in drunkennesse and such like wickednesse vpon that day we serue the diuell And in truth let any man marke it he shall see that God is no day worse serued of the common sort then vpon his owne holy day so that when he requireth all our seruice he can get little or none at all at our hands Vse 4 Lastly let no man flatter himselfe in performance of duties vnto men and thinke himselfe in good case because he liueth vnblameably in the eyes of the world We must learne to deny not onely worldly lustes but all vngodlinesse and we must liue not onely soberly righteously but also godly in this present world Titus 2 12. Christ gaue himselfe for this purpose to purge vs from al iniquity and to purifie vs to be a peculiar people vnto himselfe zealous of all good workes And indeed the sinnes of the first Table are the greatest most hainous sinnes and deserue the greatest plagues of God and most fearefull condemnation he will reward with euerlasting fire not onely such as know not their duties to men but such as know not God neither obey the Gospel of Iesus Christ 2 Thess 1 8. And this is noted as a maine cause of the destruction of the olde world to wit disobedience to the word 1 Pet. 3 20. When the Israelitish womans sonne whose father was an Egyptian blasphemed the Name of the Lord and as it were thrust him through with horrible curses Leuit. 24 11. he is commanded to be put to death and stoned verse 16 23. These sinnes are euery where little thought vpon and supposed to be either no sinnes at all or very little ones But mans iudgement is corrupt in the matters of God How the breaches of the first Table are greater then the breaches of the second except we looke vpon sinne with the light of the Scripture and if we shall paralell the sinnes of the first Table with the sinnes of the second in equall degree the greatest of the one with the grossest of the other both done in knowledge alike and ignorance with ignorance comparing deeds with deeds words with words thoughts with thoghts the breaches of the law beeing thus considered are farre greater against the first then against the second Table because they are cōmitted immediately against the person of the great God as rebellion against the person of a Prince is greater thē the insurrection against another the murthering of a Prince more thē of many others 2 Sam. 18 3. See then from hence the wofull abuse of our sinfull times prophane people Such as would seeme to make conscience of stealing of whoring of robbing and false witnessing in iudgement and hold them vnworthy to liue vpon the earth that commit these things marke their waies in matters that concerne the most high God possessour of heauen and earth and you shall euidently perceiue they thinke it no euill or enormity to be ignorant of GOD and his word to maintaine superstition and set vp humane traditions to abuse his Name by cursed oathes to prophane his Sabbath by cursed or corrupt workes to despise his Word and to refuse his Sacraments These are so ordinarily so openly so impudently committed with bold nay with brazen faces and defended also by those that do them as if we would despite God to his face and thrust him out of his kingdome and from the gouernement of the world I will tell you what I haue obserued by the common course of the world that moe perish through ignorance and prophanenesse then do by all the deeds of vnrighteousnesse Satan preuaileth more among the people by bringing them to a prophane life and keeping them in sottishnesse and blindnesse touching the will of God then by murther whoredome and theft laid together I know I speak this to many that haue most wretched and swinish hearts but no eares to heare and therefore regard their owne pleasures more then they doe their saluation These are the dangerous daies spoken off by the Apostle 2. Tim. 3 1 4 5. God in his mercy amend them if not let them that be ignorant be ignorant still 1 Cor. 14 38. and he that is filthy let him be filthy still Reuel 22 11. that so they may fill vp the measure of their sinnes Math. 23 32. 36 And all the Congregation brought him without the Camp and stoned him with stones and he died as the Lord commanded Moses It may seeme strange at the first that they should consult with God what to do with this prophane person seeing the Law had appointed death for him that transgressed this commandement Exod. 31 14. and 35 2. why then did they enquire or wherefore did they put him in minde to know what should bee done vnto him Some answer that
the earth but this ought especially to be considered on this day Wee must dispatch all worldly businesses before that they do no way disturbe vs and distract vs. And when the day of the Lord is come wee must assemble together that so there may be an holy conuocation Leuit. 23 verse 3. It was the custome of the people to come together at such times Luke chap. 4. verse 16. Paul sheweth that at Antioch Hee found the whole City assembled vpon the Sabbath day Acts 13 43 44. This assembly is called Gods army Psalme 110 3. It was counted an happy thing to dwell in the Lords house Psal 27 4. and 84 4. Then ought the word to bee both read and preached so was it in the time of the law Acts 15 21. And both of them did Christ himselfe performe ordinarily Luke 4. ver 17 20. It is a part of the Ministers sanctifying of the Sabbath by doing the same The idle ministery is a great cause of prophaning the Lords day both in themselues and in others It is the duty of the people to heare the word with all reuerence and attention to marke and lay vppe in their hearts what they haue heard to the end they might put it in practise And when wee are departed we should spend the rest of the day in priuate duties as Prayer Reading Meditation and Conference things not greatly regarded of the greatest sort We are soone weary of the best things and quickely loathe that we should chiefely loue The cause why we profit not by the publike Ministery is the want of the performance of these duties priuately 38 Speake vnto the children of Israel and bidde them that they make them fringes in the borders of their garments throughout their generations and that they put vpon the fringe of the borders a Ribband of blew 39 And it shall be vnto you for a fringe that ye may looke vpon it and remember all the Commandements of the Lord and do them and that ye seeke not after your owne heart and your own eies after which ye vse to go a whoring 40 That ye may remember c. This is the law of making Fringes vpon the foure quarters of their vesture whereby they couered themselues that they might looke continually vpon them and remember all the commandements of the Lord and doe them Of this reade Deut. 22 12. These Fringes and Ribands serued them for a monument that they might consider they were a people consecrated vnto God not as Infidels to walke after their owne fancies For vpon these were written some parcell of the Law This was also the cause that the Iewes were commanded to haue the Law written vpon the postes of their doores and likewise that they should beare it about them euermore decke themselues with it that it should be as a ring vpon their fingers as a bracelet vpon their hand as a frontlet before their eyes that is alwayes in sight and remembrance To this end also it must bee written vpon the frontiers of the Land vpon the gates of the Citie and vpon the postes of euery mans priuate house Deut. 6 8 9 that they might haue euery day euery way occasion giuen vnto them to talke and conferre of the word of God sitting walking and lying at home or else abroad This vsage was afterwards abused by the pride and hypocrisie of the Pharisies as Christ chargeth them Matth. 23 5. who because they would bee thought to haue a more speciall holinesse then the common sort had made long gardes and sentences of Scripture written vpon them that might bee seene a farre off But for our selues we must consider that though this ceremony bee no longer in vse and that these Fringes and Laces are shadowes which ended at the comming of Christ yet an instruction remaineth to vs to exercise our selues in his law day and night Psalme 1 2. Iosephus reporteth of the Iewes that they knew the Scriptures as well as their owne names whereas many among vs scarse know the names of the Scriptures Wee learne from hence That all sorts both yong and old of what condition soeuer ●ne are enioyned to know the doctrine of the Scriptures 〈◊〉 must ●ow● the ●ces and the wil of God reuealed in them Deut. 6 6 7. Ioh. Iohn 5 39. Coloss 3 16. 2 Tim. 3 15. Psal 119 9. 〈◊〉 1. The Reasons First because God hath appointed such as are gouernors ouer others to be teachers of them that belong vnto their charge Such as are fathers and masters of Families are bound to instruct their children and seruants therefore none ought to be without knowledge Ephes 6 4. Gen. 18 19. But how shall they be able to do this except they haue knowledge whereby they may bee able to performe this duty Secondly ignorance is the cause of all error because the naturall man perceiueth not the things that are of God and the wisedome of God is foolishnesse to man So then being of our selues blinde and wanting the light of the word we must needs goe astray Hence it is that Christ saith vnto the Sadduces Ye erre not knowing the Scriptures Math. 22 29. Thirdly the want of knowledge is the cause of sundry fearfull iudgements spirituall and temporall Hosea 4 6. inward and outward Esay 1 3 7. So then as ignorance is the cause of sinne so it is the cause of iudgement the reward of sinne If wee care not to know him but neglect and contemne the meanes of knowledge no maruell if we be punished Vse 1 This reprooueth the church of Rome of an horrible iniury offered to the people of God They teach that ignorance is the mother of deuotion and keepe the Scriptures in the Latine tongue as it were vnder locke and key And albeit they haue translated them or the greatest part of them into English yet they set out sharpe edicts ratified vnder an horrible curse that no Lay man as they speake shall presume to reade them vnlesse they be specially licensed by their inquisitors and confessors directly contrary to the end of the Scriptures which were written that we should beleeue and by beleeuing haue eternall life Iohn chapt 20. verses 30 31. They beate downe ignorance and teach that all ought to know the Lord from the highest to the lowest Ieremy 31 30. and that God will poure out his Spirit vpon all flesh Ioel chap. 2. ver 28. Wheresoeuer he vouchsafeth great means hee requireth a great measure of knowledge This discouereth the byshop of Rome to bee no better and indeede no other then Antichrist making lawes contrary to Gods lawes and yet binding the consciences of men vnto them But it will be saide that the vnlearned and vnstable peruert them 2 Pet. 3. and therefore it is dangerous to reade them I answer bee it that some do so shall all therefore be forbidden the free vse of them All things euen the best are abused meate drinke apparrell the Sacraments Christ himselfe and
poore cripple remained for the space of thirty eight yeares in wofull taking because he had no mā when the water was troubled by descending of the Angel to put him into the poole Iohn 5 5 6. so is it with those that cannot come to the water of life brought by the Angels of the Churches they cannot bee cured of their diseases They are in a most pittifull case that want bread to sustaine life they must needs in short time famish because they haue no food Amos 8.11 It is often to bee considered of vs what the Prophet Hosea teacheth chap. 9 6. The daies of visitation are come the daies of recompence are come Israel shall know it And why so the answer is The Prophet is a foole the spirituall man is mad It is very vncomfortable to bee in a wide house in a darke night where is no light at all and yet much worke to be done and no meanes to giue direction such is their condition that want Teachers who are the light of the house and the salt of the earth without which we rot and putrifie in sinne like flesh vnsalted and vnseasoned Fourthly woe to the foolish Prophets that Vse 4 prophesie out of their owne hearts follow their owne spirit and haue seene nothing Ezek 13 4 5. These cannot assure themselues to be the Lords watchmen These Prophets are like the foxes in the Desert they haue not gone vp into the gappes neither made vp the hedge for the house of Israel to stand in the battell in the day of the Lord. Where the Prophet setteth downe sundry true notes of false teachers how we should know them First they teach themselues and not the truth of God they are wise out of their owne wits not out of Gods word they are ready to speake for thēselues not in the cause of God The true Pastours bring the word of GOD that sent them Iohn 7 16 17 18. 2 Pet. 1 21 22. Such then as broach new doctrine which they neuer learned out of the word nor receiued from God are without question false teachers Secondly they are like hungry foxes that lie in waite for their prey giuen to couetousnesse and seeking after their owne gaine they will transgresse for a peece of bread These intend nothing but filthy lucre loue the wages of iniquity as Balaam did 2 Pet. 2 3 13 14 15. Iude ver 12 16. Such a one was Iudas Thirdly they neuer go vp to the breach nor make vp the hedge for the City or Vineyard of God they care not though the enemy spoile the one and root vp the other they neuer make intercession for the people they rebuke not they exhort not they threaten not rather they proclaim peace promise liberty for euery one to do what he list 1 Pet. 2 19. Vse 5 Lastly the people must performe to their Ministers such duties as are answerable vnto their care First they must make good vse of the Ministery desiring truly to be gathered to the Church by the effectuall working thereof Acts 2 37 38 47 16 30. We haue shewed before chap. 3 that the most florishing commonwelths are nothing except this be among them Secondly it behoueth vs to reioyce in seeing or hearing of any approoued man and faithfull Teacher brought into the Ministery of the word and the seruice of the Church by an ordinary and lawfull calling Lu. 1 14 15. 16 17. on the other side to be greeued whē such are taken out of the Church and the vse of them denied Acts 20 37 38. or such kept out that haue worthy gifts desire to be imploied But we see commonly men are glad to see such brought into the Church as will speake of wine and strong drinke Mic. 2 11. such as will vse them well in tithes such as will not trouble them long in teaching such as will feast them often at his table Lastly they must expresse their hearty loue to their Ministers againe recompencing loue for loue and labouring to do them good whom they see to be so needfull for thē euen as necessary as the Physition in time of sicknesse as the Captaine in time of war as the reapers in time of haruest Woe therefore shall bee to those that account them worthlesse needlesse fruitlesse Ver. 47 48. He put on incense and made an attonement for the people and stood betweene the liuing and the dead c. Obserue againe another point that Moses and Aaron aduentured their owne liues in the time of this plague for the good of the people they made supplication for them because they were the people of God the posterity of faithfull Abraham and were committed to their charge ouersight and because the enemies both the Egyptians and the Canaanites should not blaspheme the Name of God and triumph in their destruction Hence it is that Aaron as he was appointed and commanded ●trine did put incense in his censer force of 〈◊〉 is ex●ng g●eat and made an attonement for the people Wee learne hereby that the force efficacy and necessity of praier to God is very great to obtaine any blessing or to remoue any iudgmēt 1 Chron. 21 17. Phil. 1 4. 1 Thess 5 17. Thus did Moses often preuaile Exod. 17 and 32. Luke 21 ver 36. Ioash acknowledged that the praiers of Elisha an holy Prophet of god stood his kingdome in more stead then all the horses and chariots of Israel could do 2 King 13 14. The reasons First it is a fruite of faith and a testimony Reason 1 to our owne hearts that we do beleeue It is the praier of faith that saueth Iames 5 ver 15. But where there is no calling vpon the Name of God by praier there can be no faith in God at all These cannot preuaile with God nor obtaine any thing at his hands Secondly whatsoeuer we receiue frō God Reason 2 we must receiue it by praier For what is it that praier cannot obtaine whatsoeuer wee aske we receiue Math. 7.7 Our wants therefore beeing great the necessity of this duty must needs be great also Thirdly it is a part of our spirituall armour Reason 3 or at least that which giueth vs strength to vse the armour appointed to euery Christian Eph. 6 16. without which all the rest wil serue vs in little stead First this reprooueth such as thinke it to Vse 1 be needlesse to be performed to God because he knoweth whereof we haue need and need not to be put in minde thereof It had beene a very needlesse thing for Moses and Aaron to bee so earnest for the people to runne in with all haste and to stand betweene the liuing and the dead if praier had beene needlesse or bootelesse It is true hee knoweth whereof we are made and it is true he needeth no remembrancer or informer to put him in minde of what hee hath forgotten howbeit this ought rather to stirre vs vp to praier as we see Math. 6 verses
then Christ is not yet risen from the dead ver 13 15 16. but he is already risen and death shall haue no more dominion ouer him Rom. 6.9 and if the head be risen then the members shall rise also The head cannot be without the members and how can that head be said to haue life in it if all the members should lie couered in the dust and neuer be vnited to the head neither one to another The second reason Againe if no resurrection then of all men the beleeuers were most miserable vers 19. Here they are vexed with sundry enemies Satan the world and the flesh Lazarus heere wanteth and suffereth hunger while the rich glutton is clothed with purple and fareth deliciously euery day Luk. 16.19 The godly weepe and lament while the vngodly reioyce and be glad Ioh. 16.20 At this stone the godly haue often stumbled Psal 73.2 3. Ier. 12.1 2. and from hence the reprobate take occasion to harden their hearts in wickednesse because they thinke there is no God will reward them that seeke after him Mal. 3.14 but they are greatly deceiued Psal 58.11 For woe were it to all Gods seruants if there were no resurrection eternall life But they are not the most miserable because they are pronounced blessed by the mouth of Christ Matth. 5.4 6 10 11. Luk. 16.25 2 Thess 1.5 6 c. The third reason Thirdly if there should be no resurrection of the godly from death to life then the first Adam should be more mighty and powerful then the second so that the second Adam should be impotent and weake if hee should not be able to deliuer them from the iawes of death Adam and Christ are compared vnto two trees Adam and Christ com●red and both of them communicate to Vse 4 their boughes and branches such things as they haue of their owne Adam was as an euill and rotten tree and therefore communicateth so men these properties and no better Christ is the good tree and full of sap and life and he infuseth into his members goodnesse and life and no worse then these It is not possible that an euill tree should bring foorth good fruite or a good tree euill fruit Mat. 7.17 Fourthly The fourth reason all our enemies and the enemies of Christ are to be taken cleane away made subiect to Christ and to vs ver 25 26. All shall be put vnder his feete Psa 8. and he must raigne vntill all his enemies be made his footestoole Psal 110.1 The last enemie of the head and members is death this shall be quite abolished at the last day and not before True it is that Christ himselfe can die no more Rom. 6.9 Heb. 7.25 yet hee accounteth it his enemie because it is an enemie to his children How death is Christs enemy and how ours and he accounteth that as done to himselfe which is done to any of his members Act. 9. And it is our enemie because it daily cutteth off part of our life and seeketh to take hold of it it weareth and wasteth our dayes by his messengers or harbengers to wit troubles and calamities sickenesses sores and aches it bringeth sundry paines and dolours it separateth the dearest and neerest friendes that euer were the body and the soule it leadeth the body captiue and clappeth it vp in a loathsome prison full of wormes and filthinesse and rottennesse it destroyeth that Tabernacle which was at the first a most glorious creature and as farre as lyeth in it it would depriue the body of eternall life and keepe it in ignominy for euer vnder the earth so that it is a most spitefull malicious enemy raging vpon vs without any mercy or compassion Fiftly The fift reason If there were no resurrection to what end and purpose are any baptized for dead if the dead rise not at all Verse 23. why are they then baptized for the dead This place is darke and commonly vnderstood of the Sacrament of Baptisme but then it will not necessarily proue the point for w e it is brought and it is brought to proue the resurrection Wherefore to make the Apostles reason good we must vnderstand it either of the washing and cleansing of the bodies of the deceassed as the word baptisme often signifieth Mar. 7.4 He. 9.10 for this was a common custome among the people of God that first they washed the dead bodies and then annointed them Act. 9.37 yea among the heathen themselues which was a certaine testimony to the liuing of the resurrection of the bodies of the dead To this purpose doth Seruius alledge an old verse of the Poet Ennius Tarquinij corpus bona foemina lauit vnxit Serui. in Aeneid lib. 6. That is A certain deuout woman washed and annointed the body of Tarquinius The like doth Pliny auouch in one place of his naturall histories Pliny as the same Seruius testifieth and expresseth the cause that thereby they might make tryall whether the vitall spirits yet remained in the body or not And Virgil Virgil. Ac●●● lib. 6. declaring how the Trojanes solemnized the funeral of Misenus hath these words Pars calidos latices ahena vndantia flammis Expediunt corpusque lauant frigentis vngunt That is Some brought the waters warm with heat and cauldrons eke appoint The body cold they wash and then with ointments it annoint These witnesses doe sufficiently prooue that the Gentiles did ordinarily vse to wash their dead and then to annoint them and this was a very ancient practise among them Or else we may vnderstand the place of the death and afflictions of the Saints of GOD which they suffer for righteousnesse sake in which they are ouerwhelmed as the body is plunged in the waters and thus the word is taken Luk. 12.50 Matth. 20.22 23. where our Sauiour calleth them backe from their ambitious thoughts of superiority ouer their fellowes and warneth them to prepare themselues for troubles yea for death it selfe This is the cup that all must drinke off 2 Tim. 3.13 Act. 14.22 Baptisme properly signifieth a dipping or plunging into the water and the crosse is a certaine plunging into calamities Thus then the reason is framed If there be no resurrection then should they doe foolishly that would seale vp the trueth of the Gospel with their blood and lay downe their liues for the testimony of God but such as resist vnto blood and suffer persecution for the words sake are not foolish Life is precious and deare vnto them as well as vnto others they would not therefore be so lauish and prodigal of it as to lay it downe except they looked for a better life which the Apostle farther amplifieth by his owne example Matth. 10.39 33. 2 Tim. 2.12 and 4.7.8 1 Cor. 15.30 31. Act. 5.41 16.25 Ioh. 21.19 ●he sixt rea●n Lastly the Apostle reasoneth thus If there be no resurrection of the flesh then the Epicures and Libertines taught well that
and goe for currant in that calling wherein men are put in trust not with siluer and gold but with a greater treasure to wit mens soules Woe then to those that are ready to take but not to giue to swallow what they can but will distribute nothing they may be truely charged to liue by the sweate of other mens browes and to doe no duty for it If any man goe about to take from them any part of their liuing they cry out of sacriledge if they haue not their tithes paid to them without any subtraction or diminution if any claime any customes or prescriptions they exclaime by and by of theft and robbing of the Church when in the meane season they are the greatest theeues and robbers themselues and wrong the Church by their owne beastly customes and transgresse the Law of God by their own traditions For they can bee content to rob the people and to keepe them from those things that are farre more precious which are due to them by the Law of God and man whereby it commeth to passe that the sinne of the Minister turneth to be a great plague to the people It is noted of Chrysostome when they sought to bring him into the Ministery that he began to excuse himselfe and to break forth into these words What grieuous sin hath this people committed that it pleaseth God to set ouer them such an vnworthy Minister but he spake this not for any insufficiency but partly out of his owne humility and partly from a feeling of the waightines of that high calling but we may speake it out of experience and say What greeuous sinne haue sundry congregations committed in this land that it hath pleased God in iustice to set ouer them dumbe and carelesse Ministers that sweepe away the benefit but neuer performe any duty and therefore whosoeuer they are that lye vnder any such heauy burden they haue no cause to reioyce but rather to greeue and to groane vnder it as a fearefull iudgement sent of God vpon them for their contempt of his word and for their other sinnes which they haue committed against him For wheresoeuer any such are setled as it is a great sinne in them so it is certainely a great plague to the people and therefore are to sigh and lament for it I know these men pretend sundry reasons but all their reasons are suggested from their owne profit and therefore it is no maruell that Moses teacheth Deut. 16.19 that a gift doth blind the eyes of the wise and peruerteth the wordes of the righteous For many of these are of great sufficiency yet it may not seeme strange vnto vs if they be blinde in their owne causes and cannot see in matters that should hinder their owne profit They Obiect 1 tell vs that they teach the Church elsewhere or benefit it by writing though they teach not where they liue and haue taken the charge vpon them I answer Answ first for their writing that is not generally commanded nor so necessary to be performed as the preaching of the word and therefore though all the Apostles did continue in preaching yet all of them did not set foorth somewhat in writing Besides these men ought to teach where they tithe it and it is required of them to shew their learning where they haue their liuing Liuings no question at the first were giuen in regard of personall paines where the profit is reaped and receiued Is it likely that men would bee so liberally minded to part from part of their owne goods for nothing A seruant hired by one man may not goe to another and exact the wages of both hee must doe his worke where he receiueth his wages and where hee doth no worke hee cannot iustly challenge any wages Againe when hee is hyred of one hee may not leaue his businesse and runne to another Obiect 2 Againe some say they are Ministers of the Church of England not of this or that church and therefore so that they preach it skilleth not where they preach I answer ●wer this is a silly shift and no better then to receiue an almes of one and to giue thankes to another or to labour at Tarshish when thou art sent to Niniueh Besides why more a Minister of Enland then of Scotland Ireland France Germany and the like And let such men looke vpon their commission which is giuen vnto them to preach For albeit in their letters of orders they bee authorized in generall to preach yet in their institution and induction they haue a particular charge assigned vnto them to preach in such or such a place Againe who can enter vpon any other mans charge without the license and allowance of the incumbent Can any Minister be said properly to be a Minister of England when he is not allowed to doe any Ministeriall act without his consent that is Minister of the place and if he doe hee is punishable by the Lawes Obiect 3 of the land But they will obiect yet further vnto vs that they haue their charge from men and that distinction of Parishes is not of God or of Diuine institution I answer ●●sw all Ministers ought to haue speciall flockes by the Law of God and man for otherwise what difference betweene the calling of the Apostles and the calling of Pastours and teachers Haue we Apostles in our dayes to take care indifferently and indifinitely of all Churches True it is the Church maketh Parishes greater or lesser wider or narrower to haue moe or fewer hearers assembled together but God himselfe limitteth congregations and diuideth people from people appointeth them to be such as one Minister at once may teach them otherwise wee should make him the God of confusion and not of order whereas he is the author of order Cor. 14.33 not of confusion I would know therefore of these Ministers of the largest extent that challenge themselues to haue a larger calling then either Byshop or Archbyshop for whereas they exercise authority ouer a Diocesse or a Prouince and out of them claime no iurisdiction these claime to be Ministers ouer an whole countrey or kingdome I say I would know of them whether their calling be Apostolicall or Pastorall if it bee Apostolicall then they are sent into all the world to teach all Nations Matth. 28.19 if it be Pastorall then they are confined to one place The same watchman cannot watch in diuers places the same shepheard cannot attend diuers flocks the same steward cannot rule and prouide for two or three families distinct and distant one from another No man that is wise will entertaine such a watchman such a shepheard such a steward as hath beene Obiect 4 already entertained Lastly they will plead for themselues that they preach by substitutes so that though they haue taken vpon them the care and the cure yet they haue their Curates and though they be charged with the people yet they are discharged by their deputies I answer
punishment lying euen at the doore Because ye sanctified not my Name before the children of Israel yee shall not bring this congregation into the land which I haue giuen them Hee doth not onely accuse and conuince them of sinne but amplifieth it by the effect that thereby hee was robbed of his glory and so excludeth them out of the land of promise We learne from hence that God chastiseth his owne children sinning against him ●trine chasti ●is owne ●on When his children forsake his lawes and walke not in his iudgements although he take not his louing kindnesse from them neither falsifie his trueth yet he will visit their transgressions with the rod and their iniquities with strokes This we see throughly strengthened thoroughout the whole booke of the Iudges as chap. 4.1.2 When the people of Israel proceeded to doe euill in the sight of the Lord hee sold them into the hand of Iabin king of Canaan c. So when Ionah disobeyed the voyce of the Lord calling him to preach to Nineueh that great Citie and to cry against it for their wickednesse hee was cast into the Sea as an vnprofitable burthen of the ship ● 2 3 15 and swallowed of a Whale so that albeit he fled from the presence of the Lord yet his hand followed after him and ouertooke him When Dauid had trespassed in the matter of Vriah by adultery and murther though he were a man after Gods owne heart yet the Lord raised euill against him out of his house ●m 12.9 the sword of the enemy was shaken against him and his own wiues were defiled in the sight of the Sun ●b 12.10 When Miriam the sister of Moses withstood him in the pride of her heart through ambition and vaineglory albeit he accused her not but in meekenesse of spirit put vp the wrong being lowly in his owne eyes yet shee was striken with leprosie by the hand of God and shut for a season out of the hoast The like we might say of Salomon Asa Iehoshaphat Iosiah Hezekiah and many others all which seale vp this trueth to our hearts that GOD spareth not his owne people when they sinne against him Reason 1 The Reasons of this iust dealing of God are first to cleare his iudgement and iustice that we should know him to bee no respecter of persons but to hate sinne whensoeuer wheresoeuer and in whomsoeuer he findeth it He is not a God that loueth wickednesse neither shall euill dwell with him for he hateth all them that worke iniquity This the Prophet Dauid acknowledgeth 51.4 Against thee against thee onely haue I sinned and done euill in thy sight that thou maiest be iust when thou speakest and pure when thou iudgest If then we breake his statutes and keepe not his commandements when he searcheth with lights and findeth out our sinnes we must giue glory to God and make confession vnto him wee must pronounce righteousnesse to belong vnto him and vnto our selues open shame yea if he should destroy vs we must acknowledge him to be holy in all his waies and iust in all his workes who giueth vs to eate the fruite of our owne labours As then he is iust and righteous so he must punish sinne in whomsoeuer he taketh it and as he denounceth sore iudgements and greeuous plagues of great continuance and long durance so he executeth thē to manifest the truth of his owne word and maketh good his owne threatnings gone out of his owne mouth Againe God chastiseth his owne children Reason 2 lest they sinning with the men of this world whose portion is in this life should be condemned with the world For as in punishing of vs he respecteth his own iustice so he doth it in respect of our owne good and the great profite which thereby is brought vnto vs. If we should alwaies enioy health wealth liberty peace plenty and other good blessings of God according to our hearts desire we would waxe fat and spurne with the heele Deut. 32.15 forsaking God that made vs refusing the strong God of our saluation ioyning hand in hand with wicked men reserued to destruction Wherefore affliction is as the messenger of God to call vs backe from sinne to weane vs from the world to kindle in vs a desire of the world to come This the Apostle aimeth at 1 Cor. 11 31 32. If we would iudge our selues wee should not be iudged but when we are iudged wee are chastened of the Lord because we should not bee condemned with the world The vses of this Doctrine are many First Vse 1 consider with me the cause why they keep the word and turne vnto him with all their harts why they run not on in euill as the horse rusheth into the battell as the vngodly do the reason is God calleth them backe by his hand his afflictions are remembrances vnto them and his corrections are their instructions This the Prophet Dauid found true in his owne comfortable experience Psal 119 67 71. Before I was afflicted I went astray but now I keepe thy word It is good for me that I haue beene afflicted that I may learne thy statutes The Children of Israel liuing vnder the Iudges and sinning against God making a couenant with the inhabitants of the land Iudg. 2. and 4. Deu. 4.29.30 taking their daughters to be their wiues giuing their daughters to their sonnes seruing their idols forgetting the true God and doing worse then their fathers the Lord sold them into the hand of their enemies whom they serued then they lift vp their voyces and wept then they called and cryed vnto the Lord in their afflictions and he deliuered them out of their distresse The same we see in Manasseh who for his euils that he commited like the abominations of the heathen was carryed away captiue put in fetters 2 Chro. 33.2 11 12 13. and bound in chaines and when he was in tribulation hee prayed to the Lord his God and humbled himselfe greatly before the God of his father and prayed vnto him and God was intreated of him and heard his praier and brought him againe to Ierusalem into his kingdome Then Manasseh knew that the Lord was God But of this we shall speake more in the chapter following Vse 2 Secondly confesse from hence that great is the wrath and anger of God for sinne seeing he punisheth it so sharpely and seuerely in his children whom he hath engrauen as a Signet in the palme of his hand and whom he tendreth as the apple of his eye Marke how hee hath many times schooled his owne seruants offending When Miriam murmured against Moses and made other to murmure shee was striken by the hand of God with leprosie and albeit Moses made supplication for her yet the Lord answered Numb 12.10 13 14. If her father had spit in her face should she not haue beene ashamed seuen dayes Let her be shut out of the hoast seuen dayes and after she shall be
cannot prosper but shall bee confounded This the Prophet Hosea testifyeth chap. 8.8 9. Israel is deuoured now shal they be amongst the Gentiles as a vessel wherein is no pleasure for they are gone but to Ashur they are as a wilde Asse alone by himselfe Ephraim hath hired louers The Vses are in the last place to be obserued Vse 1 First this teacheth that the idol is vaine yea vanity it selfe Howsoeuer the idolater be enamored of it and greatly dote vpon it yet it shall be a broken reed which in sted of staying him that leaneth vpon it breaketh in his hand and the shiuers thereof serue to wound him that leaneth thereon For if it could deliuer any it should saue them th●t haue their hope and confidence in it But such are deceiued and deluded to their destruction This the Prophet Ier. 3 23 24. 10 15. witnesseth at large in sundry places Truly the hope of the hils is but vaine nor the multitude of mountaines but in the Lord our God is the health of Israel for confusion hath deuoured our fathers labor c. Hereunto commeth that saying Esay 44 9 10. All they that make an image are vanity and their delectable things shall nothing profit and they are their owne witnesses that they see not nor knowe therefore they shall be confounded who haue made a god or molten an Image that is profitable for nothing They are not therefore lay-mens books neither haue any profitable vse but an abhominable abuse 〈◊〉 2 18 19 being vanity and the worke of errors in the time of their visitation they shall perish The Assyrians were famous or rather infamous for Idols and great boasters of thē yet the Prophet sheweth they should come to confusion hereupon the vse is inferred what profiteth the Image For the maker thereof hath made it an Image and a teacher of lyes though he that made it trust therein when he maketh dumb Idols woe vnto him that saith to the wood Awake and to the dumb stone Arise vp it shall teach thee behold it is laid ouer with gold and siluer and yet there is no breath in it Thus the vanity of Idols is set out by the destruction of the Idolaters Vse 2 Secondly let them labour to see their own blindnesse It is a great iudgment of God vpon thousands and ten thousands in the world that worship the workes of mens hands and yet thinke themselues wise We see also the preposterous and disordred desire of the children to follow the idolatrous waies of their parents whereupon it commeth to passe that they excuse their sinne by the example of their parents and because they were borne in it they are resolute to die in it neuer examining how their religion standeth with consent of the Scriptures Thus we see that all idolaters are blind and because they say they see therefore their sin remaineth 〈◊〉 9 41. This the Prophet teacheth Esay 42 17 18 19. They shall bee turned backe they shall bee greatly ashamed that trust in grauen Images and say to the molten Images Yee are our gods Heare ye deafe and ye blinde regard that ye may see Who is blinde but my seruant or deafe as the messenger that I sent Who is blinde as the perfect and blinde as the Lords seruant If therefore we would not grope in ignorance as the blindeman that g●opeth in the darke let vs flye Idolatry and keepe our selues from Idols Lastly let vs blesse and praise the name of Vse 3 God whē he deliuereth his people from idolatry to serue him purely and sincerely Let vs euer be mindfull of his mercy and walke as a thankfull people redeemed out of so great a thraldome This sacrifice of praise we see required in the Prophet for hauing set downe the folly vanity of Idolaters who cut down a Tree warme themselues with part thereof roast their meate with another and with a third part make a god and worship it make it an Idoll and bow vnto it pray vnto it and say Deliuer me for thou art my God he acknowledgeth Gods great mercy in forgiuing these sins of the people Esay 44 21 22 23 Thou art my seruant O Israel forget me not I haue put away thy transgressions like a cloud and thy sinne as a mist c. Behold the beastlinesse and brutishnesse of these god-makers not much vnlike the Romish idolaters who knead their dough of one part they make bread and a god of the other If this be the dot●ge of idolaters wee haue great cause offered vnto vs to magnifie the mercy of God toward vs that hath freed vs from such diuellish deuices of the false worship of God He hath restored to vs the true worship of God according to his holy word he hath rooted out the Idols that were set vp to be adored he hath giuen vs the Scriptures in our mother tongue hee hath fre●d vs from the burthen and bondage of the Popes Decrees and Decretals he hath pulled downe the great idoll of the Masse and hath abolished the manifold heresies and corruptions of false Doctrine What shall we now render to the Lord for all these tokens and testimonies of his loue toward vs but take vp the cup of saluation and praise with tongue and heart the name of God acknowledging his only goodnesse in deliuering vs from the bondage of Idolatry and labouring to bring forth the fruites of his Gospel to his glory and our own comfort in Christ Iesus 32 And Moses sent to search out Iaazer and they tooke the Townes belonging thereto and rooted out the Amorites that were there 33 And they turned and went vp the way toward Bashan and Og the King of Bashan came out against them hee and all his people to fight at Edrei 34 Then the Lord said vnto Moses Feare him not for I haue deliuered him into thine hand and all his people and his Land thou shalt doe vnto him as thou didst vnto Sihon the King of the Amorites which dwelt at Heshbon 35 They smote him therefore and his Sonnes and all his people euen vntill there was none left him so they inherited his Land Hitherto we haue spoken of the first Enemy ouercome by the Israelites to wit Sihon King of the Amorites the second enemie which they subdued is Og the King of Bashan an enemy more mighty and terrible then the former For he was one of the race and posteritie of the gyants at whose sight the scoutes and espials sent out to serch the land were afraid and despaired of inhabiting and inheriting of the land and weakned the hearts hands of the people as appeareth in the 13. chapter of this booke Wee came into the Land whither thou hast sent vs and surely it floweth with milke and hony neuerthelesse the people be strong that dwell in the Land and the Cities are walled exceeding great and moreouer we saw the sonnes of Anak there And more plainly and particularly Moses describeth this King
withall For he endured as he that saw him which is inuisible Some were racked Heb 1● tempted tormented burned stoned would not be deliuered A wicked man is a very dastard and coward He feareth euery creature which is a great iudgment vpon him that will not feare God The darknesse of the night the solitarinesse of the place the falling of a leafe the crawling of a worme the flashing of the lightning the cracking of the thunder the guilt of conscience doth terrifie them But the godly are endued with true fortitude magnanimity of minde springing from the grace of faith and are bold as a Lyon Prou. 28 1 they are resolued of Gods presence with them and of his prouidence ouer them being ready to say with Dauid The Lord is my light and my saluation of whom shall I bee afraid The Lord is the strength of my life whom then shall I feare Though an hoast pitched against mee mine heart should not be afraid Psal 27 1 2 3. This made the Apostle when he heard that bands and afflictions abode for him in euery Citty to say What do you weeping and breaking mine heart For I am ready not to be bound onely but also to die at Ierusalem for the Name of the Lord Iesus Acts 21 13. The faithfull indeed walke thorough ma●y tentations on the right hand and on the left and enter into many combates yet they sh●nne not the brunt of the battell nor feare to loke the enemy in the face nor shrink backe from the push of the P●ke because they haue put on the whole armour of God and haue their hearts setled and their heads co●ered in the day of triall Therefore the Apostle exho●teth that we should be strong in the Lord and put on the whole armour of God that we may be able to stand against the assaults of the diuell to resist in the euill day Eph. 6 11 12 13. It is not enough for vs to prouide armour and to haue it lying by vs as we see men in ●heir houses haue Pikes and Halberts Corslets and Muskets hanging by the wals waxing rusty through want of vse but we must put them on and buckle them about vs wee must alwayes haue our loynes girt ●●e 1● 35 our lights burning hauing on the brest-plate of righteousnesse taking the shield of faith and drawing out the sword of the Spirit which is the word of God Neither is it sufficient to defend vs to put on armour but we must put on the whole armour of God We must be armed from top to toe and leaue no part vnarmed and vnguarded lest the enemy espye his aduantage and worke our destruction We must be armed within and without before vs and behind vs in soule and in body in tongue and eare in head and heart For if Satan who as a roaring Lyon seeketh whom he may deuoure finde vs in any part or member naked vndefended we lye open to him to surprize vs at his pleasure and to bring vpon v● swift damnation Dauid was armed with the armour of God being a man after Gods owne heart bu● because whē he saw the beauty of Bathsheba 〈◊〉 11 1 he made not a couenant with his eyes not to lust Satan ensnared him to commit folly At another time leauing his eares vnarmed and setting them open to the false information and accusation of Z●●ba 〈◊〉 1● 3 he was drawne away to peruert iustice and to betray the cause of the innocent and to condemne the iust without hearing So four eare be at any time vnarmed it is ready to heare and receiue and beleeues slanders false tales against our brethren If the Helmet of saluation do not couer our head if the toong be not fenced the diuell will set th● on work to deuise euil slanders and to publish them to the disgrace and discredite one of another Ionah was a man of God and a Preacher of repentance to the Niniuites yet because he left his tongue vnarmed and did not set a watch before his mouth he brake out into an open and insolent contempt of God saying I doe well to be angry vnto the death chap. 4.9 Seeing therefore we are compassed about with such an army of enemies that watch all occasions and seeke all opportunities against vs they are greatly deceiued that make the life of a christian to be an easie and ydle profession take the Gospel to bee a profession of liberty as the enemies of the grace of God obiect against vs for it may cost vs dearly euen the resisting vnto blood and the forsaking of all earthly commodities that the wo●ld holdeth in greatest price Let vs therefore as wise builders Luke 14 28 sit downe and cast our accounts before hand what our worke may cost vs. For such onely as continue to the end shall be saued Secondly let vs goe boldly forward in the Vse 2 duties of our calling The Church of God is not alwayes in one state Sometimes it liueth in quiet and peaceable times when the Gospel is publikely preached professed taught receiued with liberty of meeting together with freedome of conscience without opposition or gain saying as by the blessing of God it is among vs. Sometimes the truth of God is resisted the professours are persecuted the Gospel is suppressed and oppressed by the rage of the enemy the faithfull are slaine and put to death with all kinde of cruelty Notwithstanding let vs not feare their feare 1 Pet. 3.14 15 neyther be troubled but sanctifie the Lord in our hearts be ready alwayes to giue an answer to euery man of the hope that is in vs with al meeknesse and reuerence So then the godly should not feare the threatnings of the vngodly nor so be troubled as therby to abstain from such necessary duties as their callings do leade and direct them vnto but on the contrary make the Lord theyr feare and theyr dread and make a bold confession of the precious faith they conceiue as those that labour to maintaine a good cause with a good conscience Let vs all goe forward with courage and constancy in our callings let vs performe with diligence the duties laid vpon vs and albeit crosses do crosse vs in the way and many dangers meete vs wee must not shrinke backe but stand fast and goe forward in our profession This should be in all Magistrates that are as the Gods of the earth and the Ministers of iustice they must bee men of courage to performe the duties of theyr calling Exodus chapter 18 verse 13 they must bee endued with the spirit of power and of godly boldnesse to goe through with euery good worke with a constant resolution and not stand in feare of any man considering that the cause is the Lords which they handle They must call and compell others to walke in their duties that so the sword of the Magistrate may be ioyned with the word of the Minister This
First seeing wee can neither see nor heare nor vse the meanes open before vs except God open our eyes let vs pray to God to guide vs in the right vse of our senses as he hath giuen the senses themselues Let vs vse al the meanes that God hath put into our hands alwayes with prayer to God to blesse them to vs and our comfort Especially when we come to heare his Word let vs craue of him to open our hearts as he did the heart of Lydia Acts 16 14. that shee attended vnto the things which Paul spake so hee that hath eares to heare shall heare For by nature wee haue vncircumcised hearts and eares and through our corruption wee are as closed vessels vnfit to receiue the wholsome liquor and pure waters of the Word of God which is oftentimes preached to the condemnation of those that heare it Therefore the Lord speaketh by the Prophet Yee shall heare indeed Esai 6 9 10 11. but ye shall not vnderstand yee shall plainely see and not perceiue make the heart of this people fat make their eares heauy and shut their eyes lest they s●e with their eyes heare with their eares and vnderstand with their hearts and conuert and he heale them euen vntill their cities bee without Inhabitants their houses without possessours their fields without tillers of them He doth not alway take away his Word for the sinnes of men but causeth it to be preached to their condemnation that will not obey it nor expresse the power of it in their conuersations And surely if we would know the cause of the ignorance contempt of the Word of the want of profiting and regarding of the preaching of the Gospel which is the high ordinance of God in his heauenly wisedome sanctified for the saluation of his Elect wee shall finde this to be the chiefest we rest and trust in our selues we thinke it sufficient to bring our naturall eyes and carnal eares with vs whereas we should earnestly desire of God the true vse and comfortable fruite of them otherwise we may see and heare to our further condemnation This we see in the same sort practised by the Prophet Elisha when he was compassed with his enemies hee prayeth God to open the eyes of his seruant 2 Kings 6 17 18 19. to see the helpe that God had sent him he prayed likewise to God touching his enemies first to strike them with blindnes that they might run into danger then to open their eyes to see themselues in danger Let vs also continually giue him thankes so often as wee finde his hand to be with vs and feele him with his gifts to bestow vpon vs the vse of his gifts whether naturall or spirituall to blesse our senses to direct our iudgements to sanctifie our vnderstandings to soften our hearts and to circumcise our eares Now if we must be faine to beg of God the proper functions and right vses of our outward senses which we haue by nature as if we had them not and render praise vnto God for them how much more are wee to aske of God a pure and cleane heart an humble and contrite spirit the gift of repentance and the grace of regeneration which we haue not by nature but are contrary to nature For the Apostle teacheth truely that the wisedome of the flesh is enmity against God Rom. 8 7. because it is not subiect to the Law of God neither indeed can be And again 1. Cor. 2 14. The natural man perceiueth not the things of the spirit of God for they are foolishnes vnto him neither can he know them because they are spiritually discerned It is God that must reueale vnto vs by his Spirit the mysteries of his kingdome Cor. 2 6 7 1. which none of the Princes of this world haue knowne the spirit searcheth all things euen the deepe things of God This we see noted vnto vs in the communication and conference of Christ with the two disciples that went to Emmaus hee drew neere to them to heare their reasoning together of the things that happened at Ierusalem touching the passion of Christ Luke 24.16 ●1 but their eyes were holden that they could not know him His body indeed was not in●isible the change was not in him but in their eyes which after a sort were dimm'd holden backe that they should not discerne him for a season afterward their eyes were opened Iohn 20 15. that they knew him as likewise Mary Magdalen albeit shee were neither blinde nor deafe yet discerned him neither by seeing nor hearing of bim Wherefore wee haue not an absolute power ouer our senses it is God that giueth the eye that must open it much lesse haue we power ouer our vnderstanding will iudgment memory affections least of all concerning heauenly things in which wee are wholly blind as we haue already declared so that it behooueth all of vs to acknowledge all these to be in the power disposition of God either to diminish or restraine them or vtterly to bereaue vs of them take them away from vs at his pleasure that is the giuer consequently wee are alwayes to entreate him to giue vs grace and power that wee may carefully vse them as we ought to the glory of his Name the profite of our brethren and the comfort of our soules and bodies Vse 2 Secondly let vs take heed how wee abuse them to our owne hurt that haue receiued thē to the dishonor of God that gaue them frō whō euery good giuing euery perfect gift proceedeth If we see not but at the pleasure of God who is able to strike vs with blindnes mists that wee shall grope in darknes seeke som to leade vs by the hand or if we haue our eyes open we shall discerne distinguish nothing but haue the outward inward senses dazled vntil he take away the scales from our eyes that couer them The Apostle Peter complaineth in his time of corrupt men led with sensuality 2 Pet. 2.14 hauing eyes full of adultery that can not cease to sin We must beware how we turne our sight to a contrary end then for which God hath lent it vnto vs but rather with Iob We should make a couenant with our eyes Iob. 31.1 that they wander not after folly and pray with the Prophet Dauid Psal 119. Psal 119.37 Turne away mine eyes from regarding va●ity that they be not carried away after couetous affections If we haue eares by nature yet heare at the pleasure of God how shall we thē giue ouer our eares hearing to harken to hateful slanders leud surmises euil backbitings flying tales false accusations hurtfull reproches Luke 1 22. G●n 32 1. Act 1● 11 Lu●e 13 11. raised and forged to the hurt of our brethren Hee is able to try and touch vs with dumbnesse as he did Zachary with lamenesse as he did Iacob with
compelled to giue testimony and witnesse to the truth of God the Lord as it were wringeth and wresteth it out of the mouths of those that be ignorant of him as we see how Balaam in this and the chapter following vttereth excellent and heauenly things albeit against his will of God of the enemies of God of the Church prospering and flourishing thorough his fauour yet he was lewd in life and prophane in heart louing neyther God nor his truth This we see in the Sorcerers in Egypt when they saw and felt the plague of Lice but could not with their enchantments bring foorth the like they confessed This is the finger of God Exod. 8 19. This appeareth farther in the history of Gideon when one of his enemies had told a dreame to his neighbour which hee had dreamed his fellow answered and saide This is nothing else saue the sword of Gideon the sonne of Ioash a man of Israel for into his hand hath God deliuered Midian and all the Hoast Iudg. 7 14. This likewise we see in the Centurion and souldiers that were with him watching Iesus Math. 27 54 when they saw the renting of the veyle the trembling of the earth the opening of the graues the cleauing of the stones and arising of the dead bodies they feared greatly saying Truely this was the Sonne of God Hereunto cometh the confession of Caiaphas an enemy to Christ and to the doctrine of saluation which he persecuted for hee vttered a Prophesie of the death and passion of Christ Ioh. 11 49 50 51 52. It was an extraordinary motion of God that guided his tongue to Prophesie of Christ So he spake afterward in thē that cryed out at his arraignement Mat. 27 25. His blood be vpon vs and vpon our children which was plentifully performed in its time and season The like we may obserue in Pilate when he was admonished by the Iewes to amend this title of Christ set on his Crosse Iesus of Nazareth the King of the Iewes Pilate answered What I haue written I haue written Iohn 19 22. wherein at vnawares hee is made after a sort a Preacher of the kingdome of Christ who gouerned his tongue as heere hee did the tongue of Balaam The Reasons remaine to bee considered Reason 1 First to leaue the wicked without excuse when they heare the truth For God neuer leaueth himselfe without witnesses no not among the Infidels as the Apostle declareth Acts 14 16 17. Now if the powring downe showers of raine sending the fruitfulnes of the earth feeding all creatures with bodily food be the Lords witnesses and testimonies of his power how much more is the word of God which is the sauour of life vnto life to all that beleeue Forseeing God opened the mouth of Caiaphas as we shewed before to vtter a Prophesie concerning Christ the obstinate incredulity of the Iewes was conuinced when both the cause and vertue of his death was vttered by their owne high-Priest albeit hee spake it in another meaning Secondly he speaketh often in wicked men to encrease their iudgement and bring vpon Reason 2 them the greater damnation If God had not reuealed his truth vnto them their punishment should bee the lesse This wee see set downe Luk. 12 47 48. This appeareth by the words of Christ to his Disciples Math. 7 23. Luke 13 25 26. Many will say to mee in that day Lord Lord haue we not by thy Name prophesied And by thy Name cast out diuels And by thy Name done many great works And then will I professe to them I neuer knew you depart from me yee that worke iniquity Thus Christ vpbraideth the Cities wherein most of his great works were done because they repented not and telleth them it shall be easier for Tyre and Sidon for Sodome and Gomorrha at the day of iudgement then for them Math. 11 22. Thirdly to strengthen confirme his childrē Reason 3 in the truth reuealed vnto them Great is theyr wauering and weaknesse when God maketh knowne his word vnto them sealeth it vnto them by his signes and sacraments they are full of doubting and theyr faith is mingled with infidelity as wee see in the example of Gideon Iudg 7 14. God appeared vnto him at the thressing-floore commanded him to goe in his might to saue Israel promised him the victory and strengthened him by the signes that he asked yet he remained fearefull faint-hearted after these so many meanes vsed to giue him courage confirmation Iudg. 7 10. Hence it is that God raised vp one in the hoast of his enemies and guided his tongue to be a Preacher and publisher of his truth telling this dreame of his to his fellow that loe a Cake of Barley-bread tumbled from aboue into the boast of Midian and came vnto a Tent and smote it that it fell and ouerturned it that the Tent fell downe which is expounded and interpreted to be the sword of Gideon Wherby we see that God opened the mouth and directed the tongue of this Idolater for the strengthening of Gideon and the furthering of him in his work Now let vs make vse of this Doctrine First Vse 1 behold heerein the greatnesse of his power Name causing his enemies to professe and acknowledge it We see how they resist rebell against God We see how they abide not to submit their necks to his obedience but cast away the cordes of discipline from them yet he ouer-ruleth them ordereth their tongues and disposeth the words of their mouth to his owne glory This is it which the Prophet declareth Psal 8 1 2. This also appeareth in the example of Saul and of the messengers that he sent to take Dauid For the Spirit of God fell vpon them and they prophesied therefore it was a Prouerb Is Saul also among the Prophets 1 Sā 10 11 and 19 24. This verifieth the saying of the wise man Prou. 16 1. The preparations of the heart are in man but the answer of the tongue is from the Lord that is howsoeuer a man many times m●streth an whole Army of thoghts in his minde as it were in battell array and concludeth with himselfe both what how to speake yet man is ruled by a superior power shal speake as God guideth his mouth not as himselfe purposeth and determineth Seeing therefore God frameth vnfit instruments to his owne purpose and maketh them serue for the aduancement of his owne glory we must conclude againe with the Prophet O Lord our Lord how excellent is thy Name in all the world Secondly it is not hard with God to retaine Vse 2 and reserue a people to himselfe in all ages albeit there be neuer so many enemies albeit the Church bee not alwayes visible to the eye and kept in outward beauty He is not tyed to any Nation people or place Let vs neuer feare the decay or destruction of the Church he that did gaine it to himselfe will maintaine it against all the practises and
and not through impatience accuse God neither impute the euill successes of our affaires to him but to our selues euen as he that stumbleth and falleth against a stone should not accuse the stone but his owne hastinesse and heedlesnes Now then if wicked men want the knowledge of God and the feare of his Name to guide them in the search and suruey of their owne wayes to enquire into the true cause of their euill successes wee cannot maruaile if they wander vp and downe in their owne imaginations and can neuer finde the fault to bee in themselues Secondly the vngodly are blinded with a Reason 2 selfe-loue and selfe-liking of themselues aboue God or his Word The loue of the creature or of our selues more then God or equall with God hindereth vs in good things and quite swalloweth vp the loue of our brethren and darkeneth the light of vpright iudgment that it cannot shine in our hearts The conceited person thinketh himselfe a wise man and imagineth his owne course to be the best vsing no aduice of others as if he himselfe were in all things sufficient of himselfe to see what is best for himselfe This Salomon excelling in wisdome teacheth to these conceited persons abounding in folly Prou. 12.14 The way of a foole is right in his owne eyes but he that hearkeneth to counsell is wise So in another place Prou. 18.2 A foole is not delighted with vnderstanding but with those things which are in his owne heart And againe Prou. 26.12 Seest thou a man wise in his owne conceit There is more hope of a foole then of him These selfe-louing and selfe-liking fooles are delighted with their owne folly which they labour to publish and make knowne to all men and may worthily beare away the bell from all the fooles in the world For these are proud fooles that highly esteeme of their owne wisedome and scornfully disdaine the counsell and wisedome of all other men Seeing therefore euill men want the wisdome of God that is from aboue and abound with selfe-loue which descendeth not from aboue but is earthly sensuall and diuellish we cannot greatly maruaile if wicked men will acknowledge no fault in themselues but wholly looke to second causes and lay the blame vpon the most High when they faile in their purposes Vse 1 The vses of this doctrine First of all wee learne this truth that no euil man can look for any good successe in the matters he taketh in hand but let him alwaies be sure to be crossed cursed of God Albeit thou lay in thine own conceit neuer so strong a foundation work neuer so wisely in thine own imagination yet if thou make not God thy Counsellor 〈◊〉 119.24 and his Word thy director thy wisdome shall be turned into folly and thou shalt be taken in the snare of thine owne hands For all sin against God bringeth with it the wrath of God and the euill life of a sinner drawes vpon his owne head sundry crosses and calamities causeth him to haue ill successe and raiseth vp infinite iudgments against him Whensoeuer we despise his word prophane his Sabbaths defile his Sacraments and practise any vnrighteousnesse against men and impiety against God then followeth and falleth vpon vs some sicknesse or trouble some crosse or affliction one way or another as the Apostle sheweth For your dissention and vnreuerent receiuing of the Lords Supper 1. Cor. 11.30 many are weak and sick among you and many sleepe Now when the rod and scourge of God lyeth vpon the backe of transgressours and they feele themselues sore plagued either they accuse God as the authour of their trouble or murmure against his punishment or rest vpon second causes which are ordered by him who is the principall cause Vse 2 Secondly we learne that if we would haue God blesse vs and the lawfull labours of our hands we must be godly in Christ Iesus If we leade a sincere and sanctified life purge our hearts to be a peculiar people to God zealous of good workes wee haue a sure promise of good successe and strong assurance of a plentifull blessing to follow vs all the dayes of our life There is no good successe in any thing without Gods blessing And this is the cause why God blesseth vs not because wee blesse not his Name wee liue not as a people vnder his protection wee do not deny vngodlines worldly lusts liuing soberly righteously and godly in this present world hauing our conuersation in the heauens and looking for the blessed hope of glory and immortality Hereunto commeth the saying of Salomon Prou. 16 3. Psal 37.3 1 Pet. 5 7. Commit thy workes to the Lord and thy thoughts shall be directed This is a worthy saying to redresse our weakenesse and distrust and to make vs rest and rely our selues on Gods good prouidence This also the Prophet Dauid teacheth Psal 127 1 2. All the fruit of our labours cares dependeth vpon the prouidence of God yea all our industry and studie shall be vaine and vnprofitable vnlesse he guide all our affaires To this purpose the Prophet speaketh in another place that the godly Psal 1.1.3 refusing the counsell of the wicked the way of sinners the seat of scorners shall bring forth fruite in due season so that whatsoeuer he shall doe shal prosper It is God alone that directeth the wayes and works of the faithful and without him is no good successe This wee see verified in Ioseph Gen. 39 2 3. The Lord was with Ioseph he was a man that prospered and was in the house of his master the Egyptian And his master saw the Lord was with him and that the Lord made al that he had to prosper in his hand The like the Scripture● testifieth of Hezekiah that hee prospered in all his workes 2 Chro. 32 30 and 20 20. So Iehosaphat spake to the people Heare ye me O Iudah the inhabitants of Ierusalem put your trust in the Lord your God and ye shall bee assured beleeue his Prophets and ye shall prosper Thus also the Lord exhorteth Ioshua after the death of Moses Iosh 1 8. We do all of vs desire the blessing of God vpon our labours and to haue good successe in our seuerall callings this is the pathway that we must walke in namely a godly life and conuersation without this his blessings shall turne into curses and wee shall neuer attaine the end of our hope This appeareth by the words which the man of God spake to the King of Israel saying Thus saith the Lord Because the Aramites haue saide 1 King 20 28 the Lord is the God of the Mountaines and not of the Valleys therefore will I deliuer all this great multitude into thine hand and ye shall know that I am the Lord. Lastly we are bound euery one to consider Vse 3 the true cause of euill successe to be in our selues When the hand of God is any way vppon vs that he plagueth
being the chiefe Corner-stone do feed men with fancies fond deuices without godly edifying and teach their owne dreames and fables Let the Prophet that hath a dreame tell a dreame and he that hath my word let him speake my word faithfully what is the chaffe to the wheat saieth the Lord Ier. 23 28. And the Apostle chargeth Timothy to stay prophane and vaine bablings for they shall encrease vnto more vngodlinesse 2. Tim. 2 16. Many there are that corrupt the word to please men and to establish their owne errors We cannot content our selues with the ancient faith but loathe the heauenly Manna and waxe wanton against Christ He is not esteemed that preacheth the plain truth plainely in the euidence of the Spirit He is most magnified and made of that can bring in some strange matter against the common receiued faith and we liue in this respect in most dangerous times and perillous seasons as euer were heretofore Others shut vp their mouths and eyther through feare dare not or through flattery and filthy lucre will not reproue sin These are men-pleasers and time-seruers not remembring what the Apostle saith Galat. 1 10. Preach I mans doctrine or Gods Or goe I about to please men For if I should yet please men I were not the seruant of Christ The Ministers of the Gospel must not sowe cushions vnder mens elbowes Ezek. 13.11 Mich. 2 11. nor prophesie to the people of wine and strong drinke they must not apply or fashion their doctrine to the humours and affections of men as if the word were a crooked line or a leaden rule or a shipmans hose but keepe a good conscience Hence it is that the Lord chargeth Ieremy to take away the precious from the vile and to do according to his word Let them returne vnto thee but returne not thou vnto them A father will not alwayes feed the fancy nor follow the disposition of his son that is sicke but will sometimes crosse his minde and restraine his desire Ier. 15 19 and 6 14. So must the Ministers of God which are the fathers of our soules deale with such as are sicke of sin not soothe them vp with sweete words nor dawb with vntempered Morter but giue thē that precious balme that shall not break their head Psal 141 5. Thus dealt Eliah with Ahab Amos with Amaziah Iohn Baptist with Herod though it cost him his head And thus should all the true Ministers of God do without pride or ambition without feare or flattery seeke the glory of God not the praise of men and howsoeuer the people hate him that rebuketh in the gate Amos chap. 5 verse 10 and abhorre him that speaketh vprightly yet they should set God before their eyes 2 Tim. 2 15. and consider they haue to deale with him Lastly they must not preach part of the word onely and leaue another part vntaught but lay before them the whole will of God Some preach nothing but the law some teach nothing but the Gospel both sorts are greatly deceyued if they looke for any great increase by their labors The Law must prepare and make the way the Gospel must follow after The Law casteth downe the Gospel comforteth and raiseth vp The Law reuealeth the knowledge of sinne the Gospel reuealeth the remission of sinne Both these meanes are to be set on worke and applied wisely and discreetly to our hearers Such as are secure and cold in the profession of the Gospel such as thorough presumption or ignorance see not their owne sinnes giue them the Law and apply vnto them the threatnings of the same Such as see and feele their sinnes and are cast downe by a deepe apprehension of Gods heauy iudgements minister vnto them a plaister of the Gospel made of the precious blood of Christ that looking vpon him as it were vpon the brazen Serpent Numb 21.6 they may presently bee cured and recouered of the sting of sinne and the wound of conscience Both these are two necessary meanes that God hath left the one without the other hurteth more then healeth The Law without the Gospel driueth the poore distressed soule vpon the rocke of desperation the Gospel without the Law puffeth vp and aduanceth proud flesh vnto presumption and therefore the spirituall Physitians and Surgeons are so to temper them as that the Church may haue the profitable and necessary helpe of both Vse 4 Lastly it serueth to direct the hearers in the right art of hearing they must submit them selues to Gods ordinance and bee ready to know and heare all the will of God We must not haue itching eares which are not able to suffer wholesome doctrine some as the Athenians delighting in new things and in hearing fables others not abiding to bee reprooued Therefore the Prophet Micha saith Are not my words good to him that walketh vprightly Mich. 2 7. The cause why the word to many men is vnpleasant and vnsauoury is because they delight in euill and desire to continue in sinne growing to so grosse a contempt as to command the Prophets not to Prophesie or to prescribe vnto them what they shall Prophesie or would limit them to their owne liking to serue their owne affections and filthy lustes Many would follow Iohn the Baptist til he required repentance They would heare Christ vntill he spake of taking vp the crosse Herod heard Iohn willingly Marke 6 20. and practised many things but when once hee came neerer to him taught that it was not lawfull to keepe his brothers wife hee enioyned him silence and clapped him vp in prison The Iewes seemed for a time attentiuely to hear the defence of Paul Acts 22 22. but when he touched his Apostleship to the Gentiles which they crossed gainesayed Luke testifies they heard him vnto this word but then they lift vp their voyces and saide Away with such a fellow from the earth for it is not meete that he should liue Thus it fareth with many hearers in our dayes The drunkard delighteth to heare the Minister preach aga●nst oppression and couetousnesse this pleaseth his humor this his stomacke brooketh well enough These men heare the word by parts parcels they giue care till their secret ●●●●es be reproued and sit quietly till their sores bee rubbed and when once they are touched they begin to kick spurne with their heeles against the word and the Ministers of it But we must heare all that is taught vs and not certaine clauses or cantiles onely we must heare constantly continually and vniuersally as well the things that mislike vs and goe against vs as those things that please and content vs as well the iudgements of God thundered out against vs in the Law as the sweete promises pronounced and offered in the Gospel as well the laying open of our owne sins as the publishing of the sinnes of other men This kinde of hearing the Lord commendeth in his people after the deliuery of the Law Deut. chapter
of the purpose of Esau Genes 27 41 46 that when the dayes of mourning for his father shold come he would slay his brother beeing desirous to preserue them both but especially Iacob conueyeth him out of the danger she goeth and alledgeth that the daughters of Heth were a greefe of minde and a wearinesse of life vnto her and so sendeth him away from his fathers house for a season She pretendeth the cause to be to take a wise at Padan Aram but concealeth her principall purpose from her Husband and dealeth not only lawfully but wisely and politickly The like we see in Paul perceyuing a dissention in the assembly and a diuision in iudgment amongst his accusers consisting of two parts one of the Pharisies that held the immortality of the soule and the resurrection of the body the other of the Saduces which denyed the one and the other he tooke the occasion and opportunity by his calling and cryed out in the Councell Men and Brethren 〈◊〉 3 6 7 8 I am a Pharisie the sonne of a Pharisie I am accused of the hope and resurrection of the dead whereby he set a rent among them and by that meanes the knot was broken and so theyr malice was abated A lawfull cause and a wise course bring a blessing with them vpon those that delight to follow them A good cause well and wisely handled shall finde a comfortable yssue in the end This we shall attaine vnto if wee make the word of God our Counsellers Ps 119 24 98 99 100. The Prophet found by experience that by his commandements he was made more wise thē his enemies more learned then his teachers more skilfull then the ancient For whosoeuer doth submit himselfe to Gods word shall not onely be safe against the practises of his enemies but also learne him more wisedom then the masters and professors of it Secondly it is our duty to pray vnto God Vse 2 to bee deliuered from them and trust in him for his helpe For vnlesse our helpe bee in the name of the Lord which hath made heauen and earth they will go beyond vs and ouer-reach vs. They deale warily and circumspectly they worke by all meanes lawfull and vnlawfull iust and vniust let it be our wisedom therefore to trust in the wise God and to beg this grace at his hands as the Apostle Iames teacheth chap. 1 5 We must neuer looke to liue in peace or that the world should be reconciled vnto vs neuer maruell as if some strange thing did befall vs when the enemies set their wittes on worke to deuise some mischeefe our refuge must be in God in the time of trouble It is our helpe to craue this helpe This was the hope of Dauid whē mighty buls closed him and the roaring Lyons gaped vpon him he desired God not to bee farre from him because trouble was neere for there was none to helpe him Be not far off O Lord my strength hasten to help me deliuer my soule from the sword my desolate soule from the power of the Dog Psal 22 11 12. So the Apostle craueth the prayers of the Church 2 Thes 3 1 2. So long as we make God our trust and refuge in our affliction be our enimies neuer so cunning and wise wee shall not fall downe vnder the burthen but stand vpright thorough the power and wisedome of God who shall catch the crafty in their owne craft destroy the wisedome of the wise and cast away the vnderstanding of the prudent Iob 5 12. Esay 29 14 1 Cor. 1 19. Thus Dauid prayeth to the Lord 2 Sam. 15 31. O Lord I pray thee turn the counsel of Ahitophel into foolishnes This the Lord heard and brought his heauy iudgement vpon his counsell and person for his counsel was crossed by another hee himselfe was hanged by his owne hand The like we see in Herod in whom wee may behold exceeding craftinesse ioyned with extreame sottishnes and his fury ouercome by excessiue foolishnes How easie a remedy had hee at hand either to haue gone himselfe seeing he supposed it to concern his crowne and kingdome or to haue sent some of his Courtiers vnder colour of accompanying the wise men and so hee could not haue doubted to catch him in his clawes But the wise men go alone Matth. 2 8 9. hee neyther detayneth them with him nor sendeth any with them Thus the Lord from time to time deliuereth his Church from the paw of the Lyon from the tuske of the Bore from the horne of the Vnicorn and striketh all their enemies with the spirit of giddines and astonishment that they become foolish and cannot see the way before them He scattereth the deuices of the crafty so that theyr hands cannot accomplish that which their harts haue enterprized An excellent and sweet comfort to all the seruants of God not to feare the high reaches deepe deuices of their enemies seeing they serue that wise God which taketh the wise in theyr craftines and maketh the counsel of the wicked foolish Vse 3 Lastly this serueth to reproue two sorts of men that esteeme not aright of this worldly wisedome of wicked men For some are offended at their wisedome because it is so great others rest contented in it because it is so excellent This is the weaknes and infirmity of the children of God when they see the glory prosperity and wisedome of worldly men that they are able to reach so farre and ouer-reach by theyr policies many others they are ready to account them the happyest men to ioyne with them and to say Certainly we haue cleansed our hearts in vaine and washed our hands in innocency Psal 73 13. For though they talke presumptuously set theyr mouth against heauen yea and their tongue walketh through the earth yet God hath set them in slippery places and casteth them downe into desolation Looke vpon the wicked liues and wretched deaths of the great wise men of the world that were deepe wise men in their own eyes and in the eyes of the world but not in God nor with the godly and wee shall see they haue bene sodainly destroyed and horribly consumed Looke vpon the example of Pharaoh Saul Ahithophel Herod Haman such like and tell me whether thou wouldest haue their fearfull ends for all theyr naturall gifts and exchange the wisedome of the Spirit for all theyr worldly wisedome The true wisedome which is from aboue Iames 3 17. is first pure then peaceable gentle easie to be intreated full of mercy and good fruites without iudging and without hypocrisie Who then is a wise man indeede and endued with knowledge euen such an one as sheweth by good conuersation his workes in meeknes of wisedome As for the cunning heads of the world and such as haue nothing in them but humane and prophane wisedome they may for a time haue the applause and praise of men but they and their policies shall come in the end to nothing This wisedome
ouer vs as he hath done them For are wee more excellent or better by nature or desert then they No by no meanes Eph. 2 1 3. we are borne dead in sinnes the heires of wrath as well as others This made the Apostle hauing made mention of the mercies of God shewed vnto him that had bene a blasphemer a persecuter and an oppressor to render thankes vnto GOD and to giue him the praise and glory Thou hast herein greater cause to blesse and praise the Name of GOD then for thy creation which onely gaue thee a being vpon the earth whereas this doth ioyne thee to GOD and entitle thee to the kingdome of heauen Verse 4. He hath said which heard the words of God and saw the vision of the Almighty falling into a trance Wee heard before how Balaam was inspired of God to deliuer vnto the Moabites Midianites and Ammonites the will of God Now here is offered to our considerations the meanes and manner that God vsed in giuing vnto him his diuine inspiration and that is by a vision or trance We heard before what a trance is to wit an extraordinary worke of the spirit vpon the whole man casting the body as it were in a deepe sleepe making the minde fit to receiue the things which are reuealed of the Lord. Thus it pleased the Lord to deale with Balaam at this present that his words might be knowne to be diuine not humane Doctrine In forme● times Go● reuealed d●uers thing● by visions From hence wee learne that God in former times hath reuealed diuers things vnto men by visions by dreames and otherwayes as seemed good to his heauenly wisedome God hath not vsed one meanes alone but diuers to speake to the world either by Angels or by the cloud or betweene the Cherubims or by Vrim or by dreames or by visions To this purpose there is a rule set downe Numb 12 6. If there be a Prophet of the Lord among you I will be knowne to him by a vision and will speake vnto him by dreame This is further taught in the booke of Iob by the words of Elihu instructing Iob in the maner of Gods dealing with sinners shewing how God admonisheth them in dreames and visions God speaketh once or twice and one seeth it not in dreames and visions of the night when sleepe falleth vpon men and men sleepe vpon their beds Iob. 33 14 15. So when Paul was conuerted by the voyce of Christ the Lord spake to Ananias in a vision to goe vnto him and Paul likewise in a vision saw him comming in vnto him and putting his hands on him that he might receiue his sight Acts 9 10 12. When Peter lodging with one Simon a Tanner waxed hungry and would haue eaten he fel into a trance he saw heauen opened and a certaine vessell came downe vnto him as it had beene a great sheete knit at the foure corners and was let downe to the earth c. Acts 10 10 11. So the Apostle being compelled by the false Apostles to glory of himselfe maketh a rehearsall of the visions and reuelations of the Lord that were offered vnto him 2. Cor. 12 1. Vnto these examples wee might adde sundry others out of the Scriptures as of Iacob of Samuel of Ezekiel Gen. 46 ● of Daniel of Iohn all declaring that GOD vsed to reueale many things by visions to his seruants the Prophets and to others when it pleased him The reasons are First to discouer and Reason manifest his will vnto them sometimes to admonish them sometimes to teach them somtimes to terrifie them and alwayes to declare and reueale his heauenly pleasure vnto them as we heard before out of the booke of I●b Iob 33 15 16. For it hath bene the ordinary maner of God euen from the beginning to warne comfort and declare what hee would haue done or forbid what he would not haue done both in the day time and in the night season partly by visions to such as were waking partly by dreames to such as were asleepe Reason 2 Secondly God would haue the reuelation of his will appeare to be onely his and not of themselues For howsoeuer it pleased the Lord to deale with his seruants and what way soeuer he vsed to signifie his good pleasure in all these cases he imprinted in the mindes and hearts of them to whom hee shewed himselfe certaine notes and euident tokens whereby they might expressely and manifestly know that it was his doing This we noted before to be one of the causes why it pleased the Lord to deale by visions that we should chalenge nothing to our owne selues but ascribe all vnto him Vse 1 Now let vs come to the vses First consider from hence the greatnesse and excellency of Gods hand who hath diuers wayes to reueale his will and to teach his people to call them and gather them vnto himselfe Some meanes he hath to preserue a sinner from falling and some to restore him being fallen He is the head Physician of the world he ministreth the best Physicke and of most sure and certain working He neuer faileth in his cures both because hee knoweth the nature of the disease and the working of the ingredient The woman in the Gospel diseased with an issue of blood twelue yeeres suffered many things of many Physicians and spent all that shee had yet it auailed her nothing but shee became much worse Marke 5 26. But such as seeke to God to heale the diseases of their soules and submit themselues to be his patients doe alwayes receiue from him health and depart from him better then they came Hee vseth partly preseruatiues and partly restoratiues He speaketh by admonitions in dreames and visions And these being ceased hee speaketh by chasticements and corrections he preacheth vnto vs by the Ministers of his word and by all meanes desireth to doe vs good True it is the diuell hath his visions being as it were the ape of God which are so many delusions of men as when hee maketh men beleeue they see that which they see not or perswadeth men strange things of themselues that they are that which indeed they are not 1. Sam 28.14 His drift and purpose in both is to deceiue and seduce But God vseth sundry meanes to draw vs to himselfe to draw vs out of our selues to draw vs to his kingdome He is not as a poore practitioner that hath but one plaster for euery sore or one medicine for euery disease he hath variety of meanes store of prouision for al maladies which serueth to commend vnto vs the goodnesse mercy greatnesse power and wisdome of God to be acknowledged and confessed of euery one of vs. Secondly wee learne that God neuer leaueth Vse 2 them destitute of a teacher that in a reuerent feare of his Name seeke vnto him and call vpon him We see he oftentimes admonisheth and informeth of his will such as are out of the Church and know him
not much more will hee teach them his wayes that feare him reueale his secrets to the humble-minded Psal 25 9 12.14 Let vs exercise our selues in the diligent reading hearing and conferring of his word let vs earnestly desire to profite and grow forward in the knowledge and vnderstanding of the truth from time to time according to the meanes affoorded vnto vs. We liue in the cleare light of the Gospel and in the golden dayes of Gods grace times that our fore-fathers neuer saw let vs not therefore shut our eyes against the truth that shineth in our hearts or at the least not stop our eares against the sound of the word that pierceth our eares We haue a gracious promise made vnto vs that God will giue a blessing vnto such as seeke him hee will be knowne of those that seeke to know him he will open to those that knocke for him This is the maine cause of all ignorance that we desire not knowledge It is a grieuous sin to be destitute of knowledge but it is more fearefull to haue no desire of knowledge Ignorance is the root of all impiety of infidelity of idolatry of superstition of presumption of disobedience of contempt of the word and worship of God as the Apostle rehearsing the corrupt fruites of darknes the throat an open sepulchre the mouth full of cursing the feet swift to shed blood destruction and calamity in their wayes maketh this the the cause of all The way of peace they haue not knowne Rom 3.17 So the Lord Psal 95 10 doth render this as the reason why his people erred because they had not knowne his wayes This caused the Iewes to crucifie the Lord of life and to deliuer him into the hands of sinners For if they had knowne the wisedome of God they would not haue crucified the Lord of glory 1. Cor. 2 8 according to the words of Peter preaching repentance vnto them Now brethren I know that through ignorance ye did it as did also your gouernours Act. 3.17 And as it is the root of all impiety against God and vnrighteousnesse of men so it is the cause of all iudgements and punishments The Prophet Hosea threatning Gods plagues in a fearefull hand to fall vpon the people maketh this one cause There was no knowledge of God in the land Hos 4 1 2. So at the last day when the Lord Iesus shall come to iudge the quicke and the dead He will come in flaming fire to render vengeance to those that doe not know him 1. Thes 1 8. These things being rightly and wisely considered should teach all of vs to seeke after knowledge as for siluer and search for vnderstanding as for precious stones assuring our selues that God will neuer be wanting to helpe such as hunger and thirst after righteousnesse who is neere to al those that call vpon him euen to all that call vpon him in truth Vse 3 Lastly we see his mercy is greater vnto vs then to the fathers before The Lord Iesus hath brought the doctrine of the Gospel from the bosome of his Father Acknowledge then with thankfulnesse the preferment of these latter times and let vs not seeke after dreams and visions which are abolished but hauing the sure word of the Prophets and Apostles rest in the reuealed will of God Moses had a preheminence aboue the Prophets to whom God spake not by dreames or visions but face to face as is declared Numb 12 6 7 8. I will be knowne to the Prophets by vision by dreame my seruant Moses is not so who is faithfull in all mine house vnto him wil I speake mouth to mouth and not in darke words As Moses was preferred before the other Prophets so haue we a singular priuiledge aboue the Patriarkes Prophets that haue gone before vs who wanted the light that we enioy as the Writer of the Hebrewes doth testifie declaring that the glory of our time is greater in which GOD hath vouchsafed to speake vnto vs by his own sonne At sundry times and in diuers manners God spake in olde time to our fathers by the Prophets in these last daies he hath spoken vnto vs by his Son Heb. 1 1 2. So then the condition of Christians vnder the Gospel is better then of the Israelites vnder the Law in respect of the manifestation and reuelation of Gods truth The Israelites had God reuealed by the Prophets but we haue him taught by the Son himselfe who is counted worthy of more glory then Moses Heb. 3 3.4 inasmuch as hee which hath builded the house hath more honour then the house and he that is Lord ouer it hath more honour then he that is a seruant in it Hereupon Christ calleth and accounteth the Disciples blessed Because they saw with their eyes and heard with their eares those things which many Prophets and righteous men desired to see and heare and yet could not Mat. 13 17. Let vs therefore walke worthy of this great grace and mercy let vs embrace and professe the doctrine of Christ with all zeale and as wee haue receiued greater fauour let vs bring foorth greater obedience Let vs magnifie the preaching of the Gospel whereby Christ Iesus is described in our sight as it were crucified among vs which hee hath made the strength of his arme and his great power to saue those that do beleeue to which he hath giuen such effectuall grace that it worketh more mightily then all miracles and pierceth deeper into the heart of man then all visions and reuelations yea Though one should arise from the dead to speake vnto vs Luk. 16 31. Let vs now looke for no miracles nor depend vpon strange wonders the doctrine of Christ is ●ufficiently strengthned confirmed so that no doubt of any part therof is to close vp our owne eyes that the light of the glorious Gospel of Christ which is the Image of GOD should not shine vpon vs. 2 Cor. 4 3● If the Gospel be yet hid it is hid to thē that are lost To conclude let vs all know that God hauing brought vs into these last times requireth of vs greater knowledge faith zeale obedience and greater fruites of repentance Heb. 2 1 ● For if the word spoken by Angels was stedfast and euery transgression and disobedience receiued a iust recompence of reward how shall wee escape if we neglect so great saluatiō which at the first began to be preached by the Lord and afterward was confirmed vnto vs by them that heard him Wherefore we ought diligently to giue heed vnto the things which we haue heard lest at any time we runne out Verse 5. How goodly are thy Tents O Iacob and thy Tabernacles O Israel as the valleyes that are stretched out c. Hitherto we haue spoken of the preparation and entrance into this third Prophesie Now we come to the summe and substance of it vttered by way of an admiration or exclamation the diligent consideration of the florishing estate
they haue gone into warre to fight with their enemies they haue called vpon his name and receyued great comfort This we see euidently in the practise of Ioshua who prayed vnto him in the day when hee gaue the Amorites before the children of Israel Ioshua chap. 10. verses 12 14. Sunne stay thou in Gibeon and thou Moone in the valley of Aialon and there was no day like that day before it nor after it that the Lord heard the voice of a man for the Lord fought for Israel When the Philistines were assembled against Israel the children of Israel sayde to Samuel Cease not to cry vnto the Lord our God for vs that hee may saue vs out of the hand of the Philistines 1 Samuel chapt 7. verses 8 9 10. Samuel cried vnto the Lord who heard him and thundered with a great thunder that day vppon the Philistines and scattered them so they were slaine before Israel And there is a notable example hereof recorded in the first of the Chronicles the fift chapter and the 20. verse touching the sonnes of Reuben of Gad and of halfe the Tribe of Manasseh They were holpen against the Hagarims who were deliuered into their hand and all that were with them for they cryed to God in the battell and hee heard him because they trusted in him If then God do in mercy heare the prayers of those that call vpon his most holy name going vnto the warre and preparing themselues vnto the battaile wee cannot doubt of the lawfulnesse of the worke it selfe seeing almighty God vseth not to heare those that goe about euill but sendeth his curse vppon them Fourthly the word of God setteth downe Reason 4 the duties of those that manage the matters of the field as of the King of the Captaine of the common souldier which it would neuer do if the callings were vnlawfull For as wee conclude marriage to be lawfull and an honorable ordinance of God because the Scripture setteth forth the duties of maried persons aswell of the husband toward the wife as the wife toward her husband so in as much as we finde the duties of such as go to war aswel of those that are commanders as of those that are vnder commandement described plentifully and fully in the booke of God wee cannot call the lawfulnes of their office in question Hence it is that the Lord teacheth Ioshua the duties of his calling Iosh 1 6 that he should be strong and of a good corage that he shold meditate in the booke of the Law and assure himselfe that he would be with him and not leaue him nor forsake him so that there shold not a man be able to withstand him all the daies of his life So when the soldiers came to Iohn Baptist to bee instructed how to leade their liues and to bee directed how to escape the wrath of God to come Luke 3.14 he said vnto them Do violence to no man neither accuse any falsely and be content with your wages The particular handling and setting downe of these duties inforceth the acknowledgement of the lawfulnes of the calling Reason 5 Lastly we shall see the lawfulnes of warres if wee consider the lawfull causes of a lawfull warre The first is the defence of true religion against the oppugners thereof as appeareth by the words of Ahijah to Ieroboam and all Israel 2 Chron. 13 6. The second is that such as are oppressed for religion may bee freed and deliuered as we see in the histories of the Iudges who raised wars to deliuer the opprested and distressed people out of the bloody hands of the cruell oppressors The third is for the necessary defence of the Commonwealth by repulsing iniuries offred Iudg. 11 13 ● Sam. 10 4. ● Chron. 14 9 1 Sam. 30 18. Genes 14.16 1 Chron. 18.1 by reuenging indignities and assaults and by recouering things lost as their wiues their sonnes their daughters their goods their possessions their cities their substance dominions The ouerthrow of the Commonwealth bringeth the ruine of the Churches peace For as the flourishing estate of the Commonwealth maintaineth and furthereth the Churches peace Ieremy 29 7. so when the Common-wealth is spoiled the libertie and freedome of the Church is diminished as appeareth in sundry places of the Lamentations ●amen 1 4 5. Vse 1 Let vs now make vse of this doctrine and apply it to our instruction First it is required of euery one to haue courage Wee must not grow feeble and faint-hearted we should not feare nor be discouraged but be bold as in the worke of the Lord assuring our selues that the Lord is our strength who teacheth our hands to fight and our fingers to battell Psalme 144 1. When Hezekiah saw that Zaneherib was come and that his purpose was to fight against Ierusalem he said to his Captaines souldiers Be strong and couragious feare not neither be afraid for the king of Ashur neither for all the multitude that is with him for there is moe with vs then is with him with him is an arme of flesh but with vs is the Lord our God for to helpe vs and to fight our battels 2 Chron. 32 7. This appeareth in the exhortation of Nehemiah when Sanballat and Tobiah conspired to come to fight against Ierusalem to hinder the building of the wall he said Be not afraid of them remember the great Lord and fearfull and fight for your brethren your sonnes and your daughters your wiues and your houses Neh. 4.14 The heathen Captaines that carried their men to battel were alwayes wont as we see in prophane histories to put courage into them not to feare to looke the enemy in the face but their onely or cheefest reason to mooue them was earthly glory that either they should liue in wealth or dye with honor It is not so with the people of God they haue greater Reasons to worke in them the gift of valour and hope of victory True religion therfore doth not weaken the hearts of men and make them Cowards It is no enemy to true fortitude and manhood The Reasons why true Religion giueth courage in battel For first it teacheth and informeth the conscience that the cause and quarrell in which the warriour fighteth is good iust and warrantable by the word of GOD which maketh him stand vpon a sure ground without which knowledge in the heart how vgly how foule how sauage how cruell a thing is the effusion and shedding of blood What an horrible and grisly a spectacle is it to see Villages and Townes burned Cities and Castles ruinated Churches and religious places ouerturned bodies dismembred with Ordnance the ayre infected with stench the ground embrued with blood the country wasted grasse and corne troden downe and spoyled and all places with feare and terror filled Is it not to be esteemed rather a practise of all inhumanity then an exercise of manhood Secondly as true religion establisheth the conscience touching the lawfulnes
others euen in priuate houses and families The Law of God and man allow not nay they condemne the common practice of brawling fighting quarrelling or challenging one of another into the field for priuate and personall wrongs whereby the seedes of murther and shedding of blood are sowne which soone grow vp to ripenesse and perfection and yeelde a dolefull haruest of sorrow and repentance when it is too late if they bee not weeded out of the heart betimes Whosoeuer shall thinke it a disgrace to refuse such challenges let them also thinke it a disgrace to walke in the wayes of God and to obey the good Edicts of Princes and the wholesome lawes of the Commonwealth It is the greatest grace that can be to yeeld obedience to God and contrariwise it is no credite to sinne against him to saue and salue vp a supposed honour and reputation among men It is the duty therefore of all that liue in priuate societies when they haue hard or wrong measure offered vnto them to go to their fathers or masters for they are Magistrates in the house and are within their owne doores as Kings to rule and Officers to gouerne and no man ought to reuenge his owne cause and quarrel he is as a Marshal to right euery mans cause that is vnder his roofe and to maintaine their credite and reputation The causes of these duels are euill Zedegin loc commun pag. 457. sometimes pride vain-glory sometimes couetousnesse and greedinesse of gaine and the cause of all these causes the diuell himselfe who was a murtherer from the beginning The effects thereof are no better for they cause deadly feudes breed hatred neuer to be appeased nourish contention and confusion hinder prayer and holy exercises of Religion shed mans blood made in the Image of God and bring downe the vengeance of God vpon our owne heads For how often doe such quarrels beginne with brawling and end in blood which once being spilled cannot be gathered vp Let all such therefore as eyther challenge or accept of challenges consider this point that hee which killeth maketh himselfe guilty of execrable murther before God and the blood so shed cryeth as it were with a loud voyce against him to heauen and neuer ceaseth till it hath called downe vengeance and touching him that is killed let him know that he is no better then one of the martyrs of the diuell For as God hath his Martyrs that dye in his cause What we are to thinke of Duellists so the diuell also hath his martyrs that dye in his cause and such as shed their blood are the diuels executioners and no better We can hold no other opinion either of the one or of the other neyther of him that killeth nor of him that is killed whatsoeuer they thinke of themselues and therefore let them looke to it that are so prodigall of their liues or of the liues of others 3 Our father dyed in the wildernesse and he was not in the company of them that gathered themselues together against the Lord in the company of Korah but dyed in his owne sinne and had no sonnes 4 Why should the name of our father be done away from among his family because hee hath c. 5 And Moses brought their cause before the Lord. The plea of the daughters o● Zelophehad In these words the daughters of Zelophehad plead their own cause to haue their part in the diuision of the land not to be shut out from their inheritance The plea is good and well grounded and they vse sundry reasons of no small importance First because their father dyed in the wildernesse in his iourney toward the land of Canaan and therefore the same inheritance that was due vnto him being aliue should not be denyed to his issue being dead For seeing hee died in the way before any of the Israelites could take possession of the land of promise hee could leaue to his daughters nothing but the promise of GOD and a liuely faith appprehending the same which no doubt was truly grafted in them or else they would neuer haue beene so earnest in this matter but haue let it alone till the conquest of the land and the displanting of the Canaanites They plead that he was not partaker with Korah in his conspiracy but dyed in his owne sinne that is as all other men do and must do that are sinners forasmuch as the wages of sinne is death Rom. 6 27. Now vnder this conspiracy of Korah heere expressed we must vnderstand all other mutinies of the same nature that he ioyned not with any in their rebellions neyther was partaker with any seditious persons whereby hee should deserue to be excluded from his possession of the land If any aske Obiect why this conspiracy of Korah is named and singled out aboue any of the rest of the murmurings which were many and of many I answere first because this was late and yet fresh in remembrance Secondly Answer it was more eminent then any of the rest and as it were swallowed vp the memory of all the former Thirdly because it seemeth hee died at the same time that Korahs treachery brake out and therefore hee might more easily bee thought to bee destroyed with them But though he dyed at the same time yet he died not of the same crime as likewise it fell out that Methushelah died immediatly before the flood it might be after it began to raine vpon the face of the earth but was not swept away with the flood And heere it is not to be forgotten that some of the Hebrewes as also we noted before chap. 15 21 are of opinion that this Zelophehad was the man that gathered stickes vpon the Sabbath day others thinke Vatabl a●●●● in hunc locum that he was one of them that died by the biting stinging of the fiery serpents chap. 21 6. But the purpose of his daughters was to bring to their remembrance that their father had committed no act whereby his issue should bee denyed or debarred of their inheritance because he died a naturall death and went the way of all flesh and when he had serued his time was gathered to his fathers An other reason is because he left behind him no sons or heires males of his body lawfully begotten whereby it might and would come to passe that the name of a family in Israel should perish if no portion of the inheritance were assigned to his daughters In al this plea we may perceiue in them a notable example of honouring parents in that they are careful that the Name of their father should not be buried in perpetuall forgetfulnes but bee honourably remembred preserued which all ought to follow Likewise an example of faith beleeuing the promise of God for except they had assured their hearts that God would performe his promise and make good the wordes of his owne mouth spoken to Abraham Isaac and Iacob they would neuer haue made such
no Ministers or teachers to instruct them Matth. 9 36 for as the one sort are in danger of the destruction of the body so are the other of the losse of the soule whereby subiects should learne to be obedient to their Magistrates to be thankfull to God where he hath set them and vnder them to profite in the wayes of godlines lest for our vnthankfulnesse and other sinnes they bee taken away from vs. But the point which is cheefly heere intended Doctrine Magistrates haue their calling immediately from God is this That Magistrates haue their calling and holde their places immediately from God for the good of the people 2 Chro. 9 8. Salomon was set in his throne by God himselfe not by the high Priest or the people Dan. 2 21 37. It is sayde of Dauid that God chose him to be King hee delighted in him to make him King 1 Chron. 28 4. He chose him from the sheepefold to feede his people Iacob and Israel his inheritance Psal 78 71. It is sayd of Saul The Lord hath annointed thee to bee Gouernor of his inheritance 1 Sam. 10 1. God said to the Prophet touching Hazael Iehu Annoint Hazael king of Syria and Iehu shalt thou annoint king of Israel 1 Kings 19 15. So then they hold of God in cheefe and not of men Reason 1 The grounds heereof follow First of all the Scriptures call kings the Lieutenants and ministers of God Rom. 13 4. There is no power but of God the powers that bee are ordained of God c. For he is the minister of God to thee for good and not onely so but they are called gods on earth Psa 82 6. Exod. 22 28 because they sitte in his place and are to execute his iudgements Reason 2 Secondly they are bound to giue an account onely to God and not to man for as they are next and immediate to God and inferiour to none but to him so for all their actions they shall reckon with him The officers sent out by him the Iudges that execute iustice the Ministers and all that preach the Gospel and al that rule in the Church in Commonwealth or in the house must giue an account to him but he to none sauing to him that hath called him Tertullian sayth well Hee maketh him Emperor Apolog. cap. 30. who made him a man before he was Emperor from him hee holdeth his Scepter of whom he hath his soule Obiect But it may be obiected that Peter calleth it an ordinance of man 1 Pet. 2 13 Submit yourselues to euery ordinance of man for the Lords sake If then it be an humane ordinance how may it be diuine I answer Answer the magistrate is so called not because men are the authors of it or may dissolue it but first because men do execute it not God or the Angels Secondly because it is ordained for the vse benefit and profit of men it is ordained for men as Heb. 5 1. So wee may say of the King he is taken from among men and he is ordained for men Vse 1 This reprooueth the Church of Rome together with the great byshop mighty aduancers of that See that giue temporal power to the Pope and make him the soueraign Monarch of the earth as if all the world were one body and he the soule that quickneth mooueth nourisheth and vpholdeth that body or as if Kings and Princes held their temporall possessions dominions and iurisdictions of him as it were their land in Capite and as if that proud byshoppe had power to cite these as his subiects or vassals iudicially to appeare before his Consistorie Howbeit the Pope himselfe hath no more then hee can claime from Peter if so much neyther can Peter haue any more then hee can deriue from Christ But Christ himselfe while he liued vpon the earth tooke vpon him no temporall iurisdiction he refused to be made a king Iohn 6 hee refused to be a Iudge in ciuill causes and in diuiding inheritances Luke 12 13. He payd pol-mony as others did Matth. 17 he submitted himself to the iudgement of Pilate and commaunded all to giue vnto Cesar the things that are Cesars Mat. 22. This was the doctrine of Peter his example also What then shall the seruant be aboue his master or will he that calleth himselfe the seruant of seruants vsurpe that which neither Peter the supposed founder of that supremacy nor yet Christ himselfe euer challenged or vsurped The answer of Bellarmine to this is to bee marked which is as the egge whereof the treasons and rebellions were hatched that haue abounded in these last dayes De pont Ro● lib. 5. cap. 6. For he and his fellowes sound out the trumpet of sedition and secretly instill damnable poyson into the hearts and eares of their hearers and readers that Christ refused to diuide the inheritance lest the office of the Prelacy shold be stained with such base and abiect Offices and that Peter submitted himself to Cesar because then he was weak and not able to recouer his right but if he had bin strong enough he would neuer haue yeelded to him I answer first it is no base calling to be a iudge of inheritances it is an honorable place to sitte in the courts of iustice and in the seat of iudgement Againe as Christ refused to be a Iudge so hee refused to be a king also taught them that his kingdom is not of this world Is it a base office to be a king or dishonorable to rule a kingdom Besides as he refused ciuill honor so he performed ciuill subiection and thereby acknowledged his obedience and homage vnto Cesar by his doctrine practice Wherefore it is certaine hee refused to deale in these causes because they wer not befitting his calling who came to preach not to rule to diuide the word aright not the wealth of the world Secondly where they teach that Peter putteth the church in mind of obedience because it was not then able to resist this is to despise gouernment to arme the subiect against the prince to make way for treasons insurrections and is contrary to the doctrine of the Scriptures and the practise of former times as we haue shewed at large elsewhere Secondly it reproueth such as teach that Princes Vse 2 excōmunicate by the Popes sentence are not to be obeyed and that their subiects are discharged of their oth of alleageance toward them so long as they lye vnder that censure But the Apostle willeth that obedience should be yeelded euen to wicked and idolatrous Princes such as are enemies to the Gospel of Christ and that for conscience sake Rom. 13 5. The Christians in the primitiue Church wanted not number nor strength to haue resisted and deposed Pagan Emperours as Tertullian teacheth Tertul. Apolog. for they had filled euery towne and citty euery campe and corner yet they neuer stirred or offered to make insurrection but offered themselues to be killed for
conuersation of their wiues Againe the Apostle Paul teacheth the wife to feare her husband Ephes 5 33 and Peter teacheth the same Shee must haue her conuersation with feare 1 Pet. 3 2. This duty is seated in the heart and helpeth to set in order all other duties This will shew it selfe in meeknesse of Spirit which is in the fight of God of great price and in obedience in all lawfull things that not by constraint but willingly and readily as seruing Christ without murmuring or gainsaying If they performe these things they shall be christian wiues and the daughters of Abraham and Sarah to their great comfort Such will do their husbands good and not euill all the dayes of their liues Prou. 31 12. Hence it is that Salomon sayeth A vertuous woman is a crowne vnto her husband Prou. 12 4 but she that is stubborne and disobedient maketh him ashamed and is as rottennesse in his bones A good wife is not onely an honour but an ornament vnto her husband and therefore is compared vnto a crowne of gold If shee had beene compared vnto the ring vpon his finger it had bene a great Ornament if to a Chaine of Gold about his necke it had beene a farre greater but behold while shee keepeth her selfe in her place and dischargeth her duty with loue and subiection she is said to be a crowne vnto him then which what greater honour and glory can there be And therefore in another place he saith Houses and riches are the inheritance of fathers but a prouident wife is from the LORD Prou. 19 14. On the other side he sheweth that it is better to dwell in a corner of the house top thē with a brawling woman in a wide house Prou. 21 9. And againe A continuall dropping in a very rainy day and a contentious woman are alike Prou. 27 15 and 19 13. Lastly it is the duty of husbands seeing Vse 3 authority is committed vnto them ouer theyr wiues and as it were the brydle put into their hands to loue them tenderly to defend them from euils and to cherish them as their owne flesh as Christ Iesus doth the Church Eph. 5. The heathen king could tell Sarah that her husband was as a couering of the eyes Gen. 20 16. It is his duty therefore to dwell with his wife according to knowledge giuing honour to the wife as vnto the weaker vessell 1 Pet. 3 7 as beeing heyres together of the grace of life that their praiers be not interrupted And why are they commanded to dwell together but that the husband should yeeld to her these 4. things first good example secondly instruction thirdly maintenance lastly employment in her calling for his good and the good of his family CHAP. XXXI 1. AND the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 2. Auenge the children of Israel on the Midianites afterward thou shalt be gathered vnto thy people 3. And Moses spake to the people saying Arme some of your selues vnto the warre and let them goe against the Midianites and auenge the Lord on Midian 4. Of euery Tribe a thousand throughout all the Tribes of Israel shall ye send to the warre 5. So there were deliuered out of the thousands of Israel a thousand of euery Tribe twelue thousand armed for warre 6. And Moses sent them to the warre a thousand of euery Tribe them and Phinchas the sonne of Eleazar the Priest to the warre with the holy Instruments and the Trumpets to blow in his hand MOSES hauing taken order for the Church now commeth to the ciuill plantation and to the inheritance of the Land This had beene promised to theyr fathers Gen. 15 now they begin to preuaile and to receiue as it were the first fruites of it to assure them of the full and finall conquest of the rest Obserue in this Chapter the history of the battell fought against the Midianites The contents of this chapt who combining themselues with the Moabites as we see saw chap. 25 drew the Israelites to whoredome by the counsell of Balaam when they despayred to preuayle against them by the sword By this meanes they defiled themselues with Idolatry also and prouoked the wrath of God to the destruction of many thousands among them The parts of this Chapter are three First of the procuring causes of this warre Secondly the manner how it was followed fought Thirdly the euent and yssue of the whole The first part is in these words wherin we see the Commandement of God and the preparation vsed to accomplish this commandement For Moses sendeth them foorth and with them Phinehas the Priest appointeth souldiers to execute that which GOD commandeth out of euery Tribe Obiect From this arise diuers doubts that are to be discussed First why doth God command vengeance in this place that forbiddeth it else where Rom. chapter 12 verse 19. Deut. chap. 32 verse 35 Answer I answere this may not seeme strange vnto vs neyther should we thinke there is any change in GOD but wee must know the difference and distinction betweene the reuenge of God and of priuate men True it is God will haue his children beare iniuries patiently and to giue place to wrath and to ouercome euill with good Rom. 13 4 yet hee retayneth power to himselfe to execute vengeance against his enemies and neuer disclaymeth that office nay he challengeth it as proper to himself For he wil execute iustice and iudgement by himselfe and his ministers so often as it pleaseth him Numb 25 16. So then albeit the faithfull must bridle the desire of reuenge and not retaile like for like yet when God calleth and appointeth them to be executioners of his wil and wrath he putteth a sword into their hand and when the cause is iust their calling is lawfull Thus we see This is called the reuenge of the Lord verse 3. how souldiers are warranted to shedde blood for they are called to be magistrates onely it is required of such that they be carried kindled with an holy zeale of Gods glory not with priuat hatred grudge and reuenge which make a thing lawful to them vnlawfull Secondly Obiect the question may be asked what is meant hereby that Moses shall be gathered to his people I answere that he should dye Answ the body returning to the earth the spirit to God that gaue it Eccl. 12 7 for with him are the spirits of iust men made perfect Heb. 12 23. So it is said of Abraham Gen. 25 8 he gaue vp the ghost and died an old man full of dayes and was gathered to his people that is to his fathers Gen. 15 15. So then heereby wee must learne the immortality of the soule for Abrahams body was gathered to the body of Sarah onely for he was buried in the sepulcer with her So it is said of Isaac Gen. 35 29 hee was gathered to his godly forefathers and of Moses himselfe afterward Deut. 30 50 as also of Aaron before chap. 20 24. But it will be
as wee haue receiued from forraine enemies and domesticall And what blessings wee haue all receiued in particular what tongue can expresse what heart can comprehend Doth not GOD on the other side requyre much at our hands O let vs beware and take heede lest these blessings bee turned into curses and his mercies into iudgments CHAP. XXXII 1 NOw the children of Reuben and the children of Gad had a very great multitude of cattell tand when they saw the land of Iaazer and the land of Gilead that behold the place was a place for cattell 2 The children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and spake vnto Moses and to Eleazar the Priest and vnto the Princes of the congregation saying 3 At aroth and Dibon c. 4 Euen the countrey which the Lord smote before the congregation of Israel is a land for cattell thy seruants haue cattel 5 Wherefore said they if we haue found grace in thy sight let this land be giuen vnto thy seruants for a possession and bring vs not ouer Iordan COncerning the great victory giuen ouer the enemies of Israel wee haue already spoken now wee come to the diuiding of the inheritance among the Conquerors according to their estate and condition wherein consider three things The contents of this chapt First the occasion of distributing the land of the Midianites the victory being obtained Secondly the conditions of this distribution Thirdly the agreement and sending of them into the possession The occasion is in these verses the two tribes and the halfe had many cattel vpon which occasion they come to Moses and request this land which they had lately seazed into their hands the chiefe townes whereof are reckoned vp that they might sit down there not bee compelled to passe ouer Iordan they thought they might speed themselues nearer home and neuer trouble themselues to goe so farre The sons of Reuben are in the first verse set before the sonnes of Gad because Reuben was the eldest and first borne and yet oftentimes in this Chapter the sons of Gad are set before them the cause whereof seemeth to be this Why the sons of Gad are set before the sonnes of Manasseh because they were the authors of this counsell to shift and prouide for themselues and to aske of Moses the land of the Midianites From hence sundry doctrines may bee pointed out Doubtlesse euery tribe had store of cattell for Gen. 46 32 they are said to bee shepheards men of cattell and Exod. 12 38 there went vp with them out of Egypt flockes and heardes euen very much cattell yet the tribes heere mentioned did especially and aboue the rest abound with cattell We learne heereby that God doth distribute his blessings differently hee giueth things temporall to one more and to another lesse as in his owne wisdome he seeth to be expedient and profitable for them He would haue vs stand in need one of another one nation of another one land of another one person of another that we might hold a communion among our selues al depend vpon him as vpon our soueraigne Lord. It is therefore the duty of one member to help another and to do good one to another euen as it is in the members of the body al haue not one office but euery one his speciall function but for the good comfort of the whole And as it is in temporall blessings so also it is in spirituall God giueth disperseth them variably These tribes do come to Moses to obtain their suit They attempt not by force or by fraud to get it they vse lawfull meanes they haue recourse to the Magistrate It is our duty therfore to go to the Magistrat to obtaine our right to make petition of lawfull things to him Again albeit the children of Israel smote this land of the Midianites yet it is said the Lord smote it because the labors endeauors of men come to nought of euery good action God is the principal agent the creature only the instrument is supported by his power From hence this ariseth that all good actions of the second cause are to be ascribed to the first cause as the chiefe worker therof See also the maner of their speech if we haue found grace in thy sight thus they speake to the Magistrate which teacheth that we ought to vse shew all reuerence humility both in word gesture to Magistrates and to our superiours Al these things are good serue for imitation but there is one thing more also must serue for our instruction though it be euil These tribes do seek their own profit altogether forget their brethren their mind was more vpō their own cattel then the procuring of the good estate of the rest Wee learne heereby Doctrine The loue of this world draweth from duties to God and man that the immoderate loue of this world is dangerous drawing to sin against God and to breake the bonds of nature Where the loue of the world of our selues is throughly settled it worketh a carelesse neglect of all others Abraham Lot loued as natural brethren nothing could separat them they went out of their countrey and from their kindred together Gen. 11 31 what seuered these but matters of the world when Lot looked on Sodome saw it fruitful as Eden he left Abraham and dwelled there which brought great trouble vpon himself Gen. 13. And afterward what caused Lots wife to looke backward c. was it not the loue of the things which he had left behind Gen. 19. Luke 17. Saul looked vpon the fattest of the sheep fel into disobedience lost his kingdom Achan looked vpō the wedge of gold the Babylonish garment set his hart vpon thē prouoked God against himself the host of Israel Ios 7 The like we might manifest by sūdry other examples of the yong man that came to Christ Ma. 19 of Iudas that betrayed his Master Math 26 of Demas that forsooke Paul and embraced this present world 2. Tim. 4. Reason 1 And no marueile For the loue of God the loue of the world are contrary the one to the other there is no affinity betweene them they are enemies and one cannot abide the other These can neuer looke each other in the face but by and by they turne their backs 1. Iohn 2 15 If any man loue the world the loue of the Father is not in him These two are as two contrary Masters no man therfore can serue them both for both require the whole seruice of a man both command contrary things Mat. 6 24. Secondly the desire of these worldly things is a ranke thorne Luke 8 and is the roote of all euill 1. Tim. 6. The hearts of men are hardened by it when once they are ensnared and taken in loue with it The world is a very harlot it speaketh faire promiseth much good it hath a painted
how the houre be spent so it be spent and respect not what they say so they haue said somewhat which is as fond a thing as if hee that buildeth an house should neuer regard with what stuffe he buildeth or hee that soweth whether he sow in the highway among the rockes and thornes or in his field Many there are that goe vp into the pulpit that neuer spend themselues nor waste their spirits nor decay their strength they are rather like those that are halfe asleep or stand vp to tell a tale or to vtter a dreame Whosoeuer is ignorant of the state of his people that neuer considereth hee speaketh to a deafe people that cannot heare but is carelesse in his place endangereth his owne soule and the soule of the people committed to his charge Hee then that would teach aright must put on zeale and be earnest in the Lords cause that so he may worke vpon their hearts and leaue stings in their consciences as Acts 2.37 while Peter preached they were pricked in their hearts and said Men and brethren what shall we doe Wee say commonly that cold coales heate no body It must therefore first come from his owne heart there must be heat there or else there shall neuer come any heate to others We see by experience that cold iron and hote can neuer be mixed together but before they can be tempered they must both of them be well heated in the fire so except the heart of the Minister and of the people be heated hee shall neuer fasten any thing vpon them or worke any good in them It is true it is the worke of the Lord to heate the soule as it is he that warmeth the body this hee doth by instruments the fire and the Sunne so hee doth the soule and conscience by his Ministers and by his word All parents are charged to whet the Law vpon their children Deut 6 7 if parents must do this to their children then much more ought the Ministers of God to be earnest in this duty If any aske wherein this earnestnesse and feruency consisteth I answer not barely in crying out with a loud voyce as many suppose For many men haue no voyce to speake loud and there are many that speake loud who haue little heate or zeale in them Some will be as earnest in alledging a bare testimony of Scripture as others can be in making application These doe it more out of vse or custome then from any feeling or touch of conscience in themselues Seeing then the earnestnesse that we require may be without the loudnesse of voyce and the loudnesse of the voyce may bee without earnestnesse wee must find it elsewhere to wit in the power of the Spirit that speaketh in him It is not the earnestnes of the voyce that is so much required albeit it falleth out many times where the heart is truly affected that there the voyce will be extended to the vttermost and yet euen in a weake voice proceeding from a weak body a Minister may truly shew the zeale of his heart as well as if the word were deliuered with a loud and powerfull voyce and God requireth no more then a man hath 2 Cor. 8 12. The Apostle saith that his bodily presence was weake among the Corinthians and his speach held as contemptible 2 Cor. 10 10 whereby it seemeth he was not one of the sonnes of thunder that had a great voyce neuerthelesse we find that the power and efficacy of the Spirit did both appeare and abound in him So then the Ministers of God must be zealous and feruent in their places that so they may the better discharge their consciences and also bring the more profit to those that are committed vnto them Vse 3 Thirdly it condemneth those that censure the Ministers of God for their earnestnes and zeale in deliuering the word of God Such persons as are ready to commend a seruant that is earnest in doing his Masters will with a good affection will condemne the Minister of God when hee deliuereth the word with such earnestnes These spare not to say to him as Paul did to Festus Act. 26 24 that they preach as if they were mad or beside themselues But if the answere of Paul will not serue and suffice these men who replyed to that accusation I am not mad most noble Festus but speake forth the words of truth and sobernesse Acts 26 24.25 let them take the words of the Prophet Hoseah chap. 9 7 the spirituall man is mad for the multitude of thine iniquity The abundance of iniquity and the obstinacy of wicked men running on in their sinne as a violent flood that runneth ouer the bankes were able to make the Minister mad with crying to them to leaue their sinnes and to forsake their euill wayes when they are so set vpon them that say the Minister what he can and let him cry out as loud as he list they will not abate one haire or a pinne of their pride or remit one houre of their prophaning the Sabbath or drinke one draught nay not one drop the lesse or the couetous person giue one penny or halfe penny the more to relieue the needy members of Christ I say the consideration of this were able to make the Minister euen mad in deliuering of his message which God hath put into his mouth If a father should be beside himselfe for the wickednesse of his gracelesse children would not euery man pitty the father and spit in the faces of those children and hold them worthy of all punishment but what would they say to such children as should go vp and downe and boast themselues that they were the causes of their fathers madnesse Are there not some graceles hearers O that there were not too many that when they haue made their Minister as it were mad with reprouing them that will insult ouer them and glory among their companions that they haue made their Minister preach as if he were madde howbeit if it be for the glory of God and the benefit of his people they need not care nor esteem to be iudged of men or account it any disgrace from the mouthes of gracelesse people to be accounted mad we must walke through good report and euill report it skilleth not therefore though wee be reputed madde so it bee for a good cause for the beating down of prophaning the Sabbath of contempt of the word of oppression pride couetousnes and such like enormities There was not a man more meeke vpon the earth then Moses yet when he came from the mount and saw that the people had sinned he presently grew so angry that hauing the two Tables of the Law in his hand written by the finger of God he threw them downe to the ground and brake them in pieces The people of this generation account their Ministers for a lesser matter then this to bee mad and out of their wittes but while they cry out aloud that their contempt
And Drusius obserueth that many such examples are found in the Priests which married wiues of other Tribes Now the cause that he had possession in another Tribe is because his inheritance fell in the Land of the Amorites on this side of Iordan not in the Land of Canaan on the other side Out of this diuision wee might obserue in that the children of Gad build Cities that the building of fortifications and strong holds is not vnlawfull prouided that we put not our trust confidence in them Obad. verse 3 4. And that the children of Machir tooke the Citties of the enemies we learne that the people of God are oftentimes victorious in battell But to passe ouer these obserue a notable point of theyr sincerity in cleauing to God and abolishing the monuments of Idolatry that they would not reteyne the former Idolatrous names of the two Citties Nebo and Baalmeon but changed them that they might no more bee had in remembrance nor the people whom God had chosen to be holy vnto himselfe Doctrine The reliques monumēts of Idolatry are to be abolished bee acquainted with them This teacheth that God will haue the remnants and monuments of Idolatry to be vtterly abolished and all occasions that might draw vnto it to be taken away not only Idolatry it selfe to be destroyed but the memoriall of it and the meanes that may bring it among his people againe Hence it is that the Apostle Iohn chargeth the Church not onely to beware of Idolatry but of the Idols themselues 1 Iohn 5 21 for hee shutteth vp the Epistle with this Little children keepe your selues from Idols If we suffer Idols to haue entrance into the Church wee shall not long bee free from Idolatry it selfe Therefore the Prophet declareth his hatred as well of the one as of the other when hee saith I will not make mention of their names with my lips Psalm 1● 4. Zach. 13 2. When God promiseth the ouerthrowing of Idolatry he promiseth withall the vtter destroying of the Idols themselues and that the remembrance of them shall bee cut off and perish out of the mindes and mouthes of men Esay 1 18 and 30 22. Hos 2 17. The reasons are plaine First because God Reason 1 would not haue his people snared by such occasions for they are as stumbling blocks layd before his people to cause them to fall and therefore the Lord saith Deut. 7 25. The grauen Images of their gods shall yee burne with fire thou shalt not desire the siluer or gold that is on them nor take it vnto thee lest thou bee snared therein Secondly it is sayde to be an abhomination Reason 2 to the Lord Deut. 7 25 for whatsoeuer is vnpure is abhominable vnto him and our nature is prone to this false worship is hardly kept from a corrupted religion This teacheth vs first of all what to thinke Vse 1 of the religion of the Church of Rome for as it is a false Church so it is vpholden by a false religion wherein not onely some reliques and remnants of Idolatry are to be found but most grosse open and palpable Idolatry is maintained like to that practised by the Gentiles themselues To manifest this to bee true in sundry particulars first obserue that they teach men to worship things that are without sense images of siluer and gold of wood and stone and yet they are vncertaine what worship to giue them Aquinas one of the chiefe schoolemen and a principall pillar of the Romane faith hath deliuered that the Image of Christ is to bee worshipped with the same worship that is due to Christ himselfe that Christ himselfe remaineth in the Image Bellarmine denyeth this and teacheth that they may not teach so neuerthelesse he holdeth a middle course that the image may be worshipped so farre as it doth represent Christ Againe they teach that we are to worship the Saints and yet it is certaine that some of them are false and feygned Saints such as are so farre from being holy men that they were neyther holy nor men as I haue shewed at large elsewhere because they neuer had life nor beeing Some they worship for Saints that are now by all probability in hell and of whom themselues make question whether they were saued or not Moreouer they say we are to pray to the Saints that the Saints heare our prayers and by that meanes they pray to the Image of the Saint but whether they heare vs by the swiftnesse of theyr hearing or by the reuelation of some Angel that standeth by vs and reporteth it to the Saint we shall know of them when they know thēselues but I beleeue they will take time and leysure to resolue vs. The like wee might say of theyr breaden god whom they worship also and looke for helpe from it and yet they are altogether vncertaine whether it bee the body of Christ or not because theyr consecration dependeth vpon the Priests intention so that we may truely say vnto them as Christ did to the woman of Samaria Ye worship ye know not what we know what we worship Iohn 4 22. Vse 2 Secondly this teacheth vs to abhorre and abandon all false worship whatsoeuer as that which can neuer minister any peace or comfort of conscience and labour to lay a good foundation that so we may bee established in the present truth For doubtlesse this is the cause why many fall away and embrace superstitiō because they were neuer wel grounded neyther tasted the sincere milke of the word of God that they might grow thereby 1 Peter 2 ver 2 3. And howsoeuer the Gospel haue bene purely preached and professed in this Land yet the greatest sort remaine as newters or as indifferent men neyther hotte nor colde and consequently fitte to be made a prey vnto the wolues I meane to the Priests and Iesuites that lye watching in corners for such proselytes and when they haue gayned them they make them sometimes two-fold more the children of hell then themselues Wee must therefore be carefull to haue the principles of true religion planted in vs that there is but one God and one Mediatour betweene God and man the man Iesus Christ and that there is but one meanes to attaine to saluation But the greatest part of our people know nothing at all as they ought to know And let the Minister in conscience of his duty to GOD and the Church preach in season and out of season 2 Tim. 4 2 yet scarse one among tenne is able to giue an account of their faith They are content to liue in their ignorance and despise knowledge are blindly led by blinde guides that cannot informe them in the wayes of the Lord and so both of them fall into the ditch Many shut their eyes because they will not see and refuse to heare the word which is a precious pearle of such price that rather then they would want it they should sell all that they haue to
purchase it The Prophet teacheth that the people are destroied for want of knowledge Hos 4 6 thereby depriue themselues of the means of saluation Vse 3 Lastly we should learne to eschew auoid Idolatry in the very beginning before by custome and continuance it be encreased If we once entertaine it with the least liking and approbation we shall neuer or hardly reclaime our selues till we fill vp the measure of it The Apostle exhorteth vs to abstaine from all appearance of euill 1 Thess 5 22. And Iude admonisheth vs to hate the garment spotted with the flesh verse 23. We must hate therefore as well the occasions and appurtenances of Idolatry as Idolatry it selfe as those things which bring much dishonour to God and much hurt vnto our owne soules Obiection But some peraduenture will say What need all these things or what cause is there of so many words touching Idolatry the remnants therof all this might well enough be spared and passed ouer forasmuch as heere are none of vs that are Idolaters and if any haue beene so that is forgotten and forgiuen long agoe I answer Answ it is not to be denyed but confessed that we liue in a reformed Church wherein Idolatry is swept away and yet many do in this point much deceiue themselues and are like the Pharisies that iustified themselues For if we would examine our selues by the strict rule of the word of God what Idolatry is and what it is not then certainely it will manifestly appeare that in the Church of England there are Idolaters yea notable Idolaters to bee found The Law is plaine and do we not reade what God saith Exodus 20 verse 4 Thou shalt not make to thy selfe any grauen Image neither the similitude of any thing thou shalt not bow downe to thē nor serue them If these were asked of this Commandement they would be ready to answer with the young man in the Gospel All these things haue I kept from my youth Matth. 19 20. For we thinke commonly that vnlesse we be popish Idolaters to fall down before an Idoll worship it we be no Idolaters at all But heereby we shew that we doe not vnderstand the Law of God neyther the rules of interpretation For as murther consisteth not onely in taking away life but in hatred also and reuenge as the Apostle Iohn testifieth Whosoeuer hateth his brother is a murtherer and yee know that no murtherer hath eternall life abiding in him 1 Iohn chapter 3 verse 15. Matth. chapter 5 verse 22 and as adultery consisteth not onely in the outward acte but also in the inward and secret lustes of the heart so may there be Idolaters that do not fall downe and worshippe an Idoll and there is an Idolatry in the heart as well as in the practise The Apostle Paul in the second Epistle to the Corinthians chapter 4 verse 4 calleth the diuell The god of this world and yet there are none in the Church that worshippe the diuell in any outward or visible shape but they hate the thought of it no lesse then the deed How then is it that many or that any make him their god but that they beleeue in him obey him and trust more in him then they do in almighty God Whereupon he concludeth that they are no better then worshippers of the diuell howsoeuer not in outward fashion yet in the inward affection So if we would examine our owne hearts and spirits by this law which is spirituall we shall finde our selues to be grosse Idolaters many wayes Many worship theyr wealth and make theyr riches theyr god and set it vp as an Idoll in theyr hearts and this is one relique of Idolatry These are they that thinke gaine to be godlinesse 1 Tim. 6 5. and are grosse Idolaters in theyr hearts howsoeuer they neuer worshipped any visible Image Againe there are some that worship GOD with theyr bellies Phil. 3 19 such are the drunkards gluttonous persons howsoeuer otherwise they hate an Image yet are they notable Idolaters in theyr hearts There are also Idolaters of other sorts and other reliques of Idolatry some haue made theyr pleasure theyr god this is the common sinne of great men and these worshippe and serue theyr owne delights and pastimes loue them more then the Lord. Now whatsoeuer a man loueth better then GOD that same he maketh to bee his God Many such there are among vs who albeit they abhorre the open worshipping of Images yet in theyr hearts they reteyne the dregs of Idolatry and are indeed notable Idolaters And if wee would make diligent tryall of our selues and search into the secret corners of our harts by the cleere light of the word as with a candle we should finde our places persons and times to be full of Idolatry forasmuch as the most part haue preferred theyr pride theyr couetousnesse theyr lustes before God himselfe and therefore these are Idolaters haue ioyned themselues to Idols And concerning those that haue liued heeretofore in Idolatry and thinke that now they haue forsaken it therefore shall do well enough let them take heed they do not deceyue themselues For a man may leaue sinne and yet not repent for it A man may ceasse from the practise of it and yet not hate it neyther turne vnto God And doubtlesse if these men can yet laugh heartily at theyr former practises and make a iest and sport in telling what they haue done before an abhominable Idoll they may iustly suspect that they remaine filthy Idolaters still and if occasion were presented vnto them againe they would fall afresh to theyr former Idolatry as the dogge to his vomite I say therefore vnto such that without vnfeyned repentance there is no saluation but as they liued in Idolatry so they shall dye Idolaters and be condemned with Idolaters eternally Reuel 21. verse 8. CHAP. XXXIII 1 THese are the iournies of the Children of Israel which went foorth out of the Land of Egipt with their armies vnder the hand of Moses and Aaron 2 And Moses wrote their goings out according to their iournies by the commandement of the Lord and these are their iournies according to their goings out 3 And they departed from Rameses in the first Moneth on the 15 day of the first Moneth on the morrow after the Passeouer the Children of Israel went out with an high hand in the sight of all the Egiptians 4 For the Egiptians buried all their first borne which the Lord had smitten among them vpon their gods also the Lord executed iudgements 5 And the children of Israel remoued from Rameses and pitched in Succoth 6 And from Succoth c. AFter the inheritāce was giuen to the two Tribes the halfe on this side Iordan Moses describeth by the commandement of the Lord the places of their abode in the Wildernesse their seuerall mansions where they pitched their Tents vntil they entred into the Land of promise In this Chapter consider
Corne yet suffereth the poore to famish for want of food deserueth iustly the curse of God and man Prou. 11 26. Wheras blessing shall be vpon the head of him that selleth it In like manner the Ministers that are rich in grace and well stored with knowledge who seeke nothing but to ingrosse more into their hands but will part from nothing at all haue cause to feare to be accursed of God man whereas they shall be blessed praised in the gate that make others partakers of their store Wherefore let all such consider the commandement of God to preach the word oftentimes repeated and vrged to the Prophets Es 58 1. Motiues to perswade the Ministers to diligence in their Calling and to the Apostles and other Ministers of the word Math. 28 19. If then we regard what the Lord saith vnto vs we must hearken to his voyce Secondly hereby we testifie our loue to Christ who hath deerely loued vs Iohn 21 15. God hath so loued vs that he spared not his onely begotten Sonne but gaue him to the death for vs and therefore wee are most vnthankfull wretches if we doe not loue him againe but we cannot testifie our loue to him more then by feeding his Sheepe and his Lambes Thirdly we haue committed to our charge the price of the blood of Christ the soules of mē which he bought at a deare rate Acts 20 28. Fourthly the Ministery of the word is the ordinary meanes ordayned for the building planting the enlarging strengthening the vpholding and continuing of the Church of God 1 Pet. 1 ver 23 25. Fiftly there is a gracious promise of a very great reward made vnto those men that are faithfull and gaine soules to their master for they shall shine as the Starres for euer and euer Dan. chap. 12. verse 3 and when the great sheepheard of the sheepe appeareth they shall appeare with him in glory 1 Peter chap. 5. verse 4. and be made heires of al their masters riches Mat. chap. 24 verses 45 46 1 Tim. 4 16. 2 Tim. 4 7 8. Sixtly all such as are negligent watchmen haue a fearefull woe denounced against them because while they feede themselues vnto the full they suffer the flocke to starue Ezek. 34 2. 1 Cor. 9.16 Seuenthly such as haue gifts and doe not vse them haue them in Gods iust iudgment taken from them Matth. 25 28 Zach. 11 17. For as such as vse and employ the talent that God hath giuen them haue his gifts increased in a plentifull measure so they that burie theyr knowledge and zeale and neuer bring them forth they are so weakned and wasted in them that in the end they vanish away as smoke and come to nothing as is too too euident in many of our times Lastly they bring destruction and damnation vpon themselues and the people Ezech. 34 8 10. Matth. 25 10. 9 And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 10 Speake vnto the children of Israel and say vnto them when ye bee come ouer Iordan into the land of Canaan 11 Then yee shall appoint you Cities to bee Cities of refuge for you that the Man-slayer may flee thither which killeth any person at vnawares 12 And they shall be vnto you Citties for refuge from the auenger that the man-slayer dye not c. 13 And of these c. 14 Yee shall giue three Cities on this side Iordan and three Cities shall yee giue in the land of Canaan c. 15 These six Cities shall be for refuge The commandement of God touching the setting apart of Cities for the Leuites hath before bene considered in general now he speaketh in particular of the Cities of refuge taken out of the former Cities wherein wee see the number of them the end wherefore they were appointed and the places where they are to be taken Of murther voluntarily and wilfully committed Moses speaketh in the words following such persons must be pulled from the Altar Deut. 19 and put to death but when blood is shed at vnawares there is libertie to flye to one of these Cities of refuge Whereby we see that there is difference between sinne and sinne betweene such as are committed ignorantly and those that are done voluntarily And therefore wee may conclude from hence that all sinnes are not equall Touching the auenger of blood we shal speak more afterward howbeit here we see that he which had killed another at vnawares was in danger to be pursued ouer-taken and slaine by the next of kinne as wel as he that had shed mans blood wilfully True it is God alloweth not that the kinsman of him that is slaine should take away the life of him that was guilty but such was the malice and corruption of men that they would be ready to adde murther to murther that blood should touch blood vnlesse some place of safety had beene prouided This teacheth vs Doctrine All men by nature are prone to reuenge That howsoeuer God hath made vs keepers of the liues one of another yet by nature we thirst after reuenge and are neuer quiet vntill it bee satisfied Heereunto come the many precepts which God giueth to forbid reuenge which hee would neuer so often repeate were it not that hee knoweth the inclination of our hearts Deutero chap. 32 35. Rom. 12 17 19 and 1 29 31. 1 Thes 2 15 16. Prous 12 10. Such an one was Cain Iudas Saul Herod Pharaoh yea such are all persecuters and all heretikes And not onely men vnregenerate are of an hatefull and malicious disposition but such as otherwise haue receyued the spirit of adoption and the grace of sanctification do yet carry about them the body of sinne and the corruptions of the olde Adam as we see in the brethren of Ioseph who for enuy sold him into Egypt Gen. 37 28. Acts 7 ver 9. And in Dauid otherwise a man after Gods heart for when hee had receyued euill words for his good deedes at the hands of Nabal 1 Sam. 25 22. he sware God do so more also to the enemies of Dauid If I leaue any aliue of all that pertaine to him by the morning light and so hee prepared himselfe his men for present and speedy reuenge And no maruell seeing the nature of man Reason 1 is prone to all euill and all the imaginations of his heart are onely euill continually Gen. 6 verse 5. and 8. verse 21. For malice aboue other things is a naturall fruite of the flesh delighting and pleasing our corruption Galat. 5 21. Iames 4 5. Hence it is that we are sayd to serue our lustes and diuers pleasures liuing in maliciousnesse and enuy hateful hating one another Tit. 3 3. Secondly by nature satan getteth the possession of vs who hath bene a fierce dragon a mercilesse Lyon a cruell murtherer from the beginning Iohn 8 44. Our Sauiour remembereth vnto the Iewes why they were a murtherous generation and telleth them They were of their father the diuell And
Salomon was not ignorant but knew well enough what was true honour yet he giueth this counsell not to seeke any honor by reuenge Prou. 24 29. Say not I will do vnto him as he hath done to mee I will render to the man according vnto his worke It is the common sicknesse and disease of the world to requite like for like taunt for taunt and rebuke for rebuke and they thinke they may doe it lawfully and measure to others that measure which they haue measured vnto them whether it bee in word or deede stripe for stripe blow for blow wound for wound But this is a part of our naturall corruption which did appeare in the auengers of blood mentioned in this place Vse 2 Secondly as it reprooueth errors in opinion so it doth likewise errors in conuersation in the practise of life which meeteth with many abuses First here is reproued the common practise of fighting and quarrelling which alwayes beginneth with hatred oftentimes endeth with blood These are they that make no conscience of doing hurt and iniurie vnto others 1 Thess 4 6. 1 Cor. 6 7 8. Many do hold it vnlawfull to strike the first stroke and to offer the first blow and minister occasion of strife but if another strike them and begin the fray they thinke they may lawfully strike againe and return as good as is brought and that with an ouer-plus and aduantage This is to make Magistrates stand for ciphers and Lawes to bee of none effect or to waxe rusty in bookes as a sword in the scabberd Christ reproueth this retayling of like for like both by word and by example By word Matth. 5 39 40 41. Ye haue heard that it hath bene said An eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth but I say vnto you resist not euill but whosoeuer shall smite thee on the right cheeke turne to him the other also c. By example for when he was smitten before the high Priest he smote not agayne Iohn 18 22 23 but defended his owne innocency So did Micaiah the Prophet 1 Kings 22 24 25 and Paul the Apostle Actes 23 3 they defended their cause by word but smote not with the fist These examples of the best we ought to haue before vs to bee guided by them who were ledde by the good spirit of God But in our daies when men are charged with contempt of Lawes and Magistrates of God himself in pursuing their priuat grudgings and quarrels if they can say Why did he giue the occasion Why did he begin with me Why did he strike the first stroke They thinke they haue spoken wisely and answered the matter very sufficiently But thus might the Prophets and Apostles as well haue pleaded for themselues and giuen as good a reason of their dealing if they had stricken againe yet they stayed their hands and would not giue blow for blow and they are commended in the word of God The Apostle would neuer haue set foorth the patience of Christ for our imitation who when he was reuiled reuiled not againe and when he suffered he threatned not but committed himselfe to him that iudgeth righteously 1 Pet. 2. vers 13 if he might haue done wrong for wrong but he sheweth that Christ suffered for vs leauing vs an example that we should tread in his steps Secondly this condemneth the practise of many masters who doe after a sort nourish quarrels and contentions as much as in them lyeth within their owne doores For if they haue a seruant who being prouoked stricken by his fellow-seruant will not by and by flye in his face and strike again or being challenged the fielde will not take vp the bucklers and answer the challenge they account it the tricke of a coward and esteem such as vnfit seruants to dwell with them For if hauing a defiance giuen him he take not vp the gantlet they thus reason and conclude with themselues If hee will not draw his weapon in his owne cause he will neuer draw it in mine if he will not strike for himselfe being prouoked he will neuer strike stroke for his master if he be assaulted This may be a rule from humane policy but it is no rule in Christian piety neyther is it after the doctrine which is according to godlinesse It is the duty of seruants being stricken to complaine vnto theyr masters and it is no disgrace or reproch to do so except it be a shame and dishonor to submit themselues to Gods word Euery master is a Magistrate within the walles of his owne house to order his seruants family aright Euerie master is a magistrate in his owne house Hee must giue no approbation to priuate reuenge but make peace among them teach them to suffer wrong rather then to offer and prepare to beare a new iniury rather then seek to reuenge an old as we heard before by the expresse commandement of Christ Not that we should vnderstand his words literally to turne the other cheeke to him that hath stricken one or to giue away our cloake vnto him that hath taken away our coat for Christ him selfe being smitten did not so but hee speaketh comparatiuely do so rather then reuenge thine owne cause But as challenges into the field are vnlawfull so none is bound in honor to answer such challenges Neyther let any man thinke it is a disgrace and discredit to refuse a challenge No disgrace to refuse a challenge For besides that true grace and glory standeth in obedience vnto God wherefore I pray you serueth the master in the house and the Magistrate in the common-wealth but to take vp quarrels that arise the one among his seruants the other among his subiects It is a principall part of their office to decide and determine the differences betweene seruant and seruant betweene subiect and subiect And remember this rule that there can bee no credite gotten by sinning against God Vse 3 Lastly we must take notice of this corruption and shew the duties of loue one to another euen toward our enemies Luke 6 33. Esay 11 6 7 9. Matth. 5 44. 1 Pet. 2 21 23. Now the holy Scripture layeth before vs sundry motiues to moue vs to lay aside all maliciousnesse and desire of reuenge Motiues to moue vs to lay downe reuenge and to shew our selues courteous and gentle kinde and tender-hearted one toward another First except we forgiue we can haue no hope or assurance to be forgiuen but iudgment shal be mercilesse to them that shew no mercy Matth. 6 14 15. Iam. 2 13. Matth. 18 35. We shall finde such measure at the hands of God as wee our selues measure vnto others And Christ enforceth the truth of this by doubling of the sentence both for greater certainty of the matter and for deeper impression in the conscience Secondly God hath forgiuen all his children for Christs sake He might haue many iust quarrels and controuersies against vs for our
sinne voluntary or vnuoluntary and withall he sheweth that such vnwilling man-slaughter is a sinne Yea this is so cleere a point that Cardinall Allen forgetting the doctrine of his fellowes and the foundation whereupon they builde in his booke of popish pardons chapt 5 telleth vs out of the Councell of Ancyre holden well neere 1300. yeares since in the purest time of Christian religion when our aduersaries dare not say that the faith was corrupted that the Apostles and Bishops haue euer beside the preaching of the Gospel exercised the power of the keyes cōmitted to the Church and inflicted due punishment for euery deadly sinne iustly respecting the greeuousnesse thereof and among the rest he noteth that for murtherers if it were not voluntary were appointed seuen yeares penance but if it were wilfull till the ende of their life Now would this Councell so ancient and so pure as the Iesuite pretendeth haue enioyned so long penance and punishment for innocent persons and such as had committed no sinne at all So then to ende this matter albeit the Lord acquit the party after a sort that hath slayne a man vnwittingly so that there shall no iudgement of death passe vpon him yet hee was constrayned to forsake his owne house and inheritance and to dwell in a strange place and to suffer many inconueniences to his decay and impouerishing and peraduenture his vtter vndoing his wiues and children Wherefore God would haue the party that offendeth vnwittingly neuerthelesse to abide some punishment to the intent he may humble himselfe And I suppose there is no good man if such a thing should befall him but would be humbled and greeued for it all the dayes of his life and craue of God forgiuenesse of what is past albeit there were no euill meant on his part and likewise pray vnto him earnestly for the time to come that he would rule his hands and his feete better so order all his steppes that he neuer swarue frō his holy commandements Now to come to the ground of the Doctrine three sorts are heere directed touching blood the people the auenger and the Iudge The people is restrayned the auenger is permitted the Iudge warranted and allowed The people is restrayned not permitted the auenger is permitted not restrayned the Iudge is permitted and allowed nay commanded to draw the sword The people sinne if they shed blood the Iudge if he do not This teacheth that it is a sinne for men to do that which GOD hath appointed to bee done Doctrine We may not doe lawfull things vnlawfully when they haue no particular calling or commandement for them to doe it This is manifested vnto vs in the facte of Zipporah the wife of Moses taking a knife and circumcising her sonne Circumcision was one of the sacraments that God had ordayned that euery male of eight dayes should be circumcised and haue the foreskinne of his flesh cut off Exo. 4 25. howbeit she sinned greeuously because she would doe it without a calling which was for man not for the woman to do and therefore it appeareth shee had no moe children as we obserued elsewhere chap. 12 and beside she wanted the presence and company of her husband a long time after and when she returned vnto him shee was vexed and afflicte● by the emulation of Miriam a●● Aaron So Saul sinned in offering vp sacrifice who ought to haue stayed for the comming of Samuel sacrifices were commanded of God but he did it without a calling therefore Samuel telleth him he had done foolishly 1. Sam. 13 14. The like we might say of Vzziah 2 Chron. 26 16 otherwise a good king he went into the Temple of the Lord and presumed to offer incense which was peculiar to the Priests and therefore hauing no direction from God though hee did a good thing yet he was presently smitten with leprosie 2 Chr. 26 14 20. This we saw before in Korah and his company chap. 16. Amnon abusing his sister Tamar by filthy incest ought by the law of God to suffer death Absolon killeth him with the sword he did that which God commanded Leuit. 18 9 29 and Dauid had to answer for it because he put him not to death neuerthelesse Absolon sinned greeuously in the doing of it because he was no Magistrate 2 Sam. 13 28 So then the point is plaine that a man may sinne and that greeuously in doing the things that God commandeth when he hath no warrant to do them The grounds are these First he doth it Reason 1 without any commandement from GOD. Whensoeuer a commandement is limited to persons and places to them it is a commandement and to no others The commandements and orders that are directed to such as are free of a citty or of a company or incorporation are no commandements to those thar are forrainers so in this case a commandement to some maketh it a sinne to them if they leaue it vndone whereas on the other side the not commanding maketh it a sinne to others that doe it because it is the commandement that maketh things eyther lawfull or vnlawfull Where there is no sight there can be no blindnesse but it is blindnesse when it is found in the subiect where sight ought to be We cannot say there is blindnesse in a stone because it is not capable of sight Therefore wee say that in indifferent things there can be no sinne eyther to do or not to do the ground is because there is no commandement Secondly it is a rule that all good being out of his proper subiect is euil Consider this in the natural body Is it not euil in nature for the eye to be in place of the hand that should be in the head Or for the finger to grow in the fore-head that should be in the hand this maketh a monster in the body when a member is out of his proper subiect So we may say for morall good whē it is out of his proper place it is no more good but is turned into euill If any aske what is the proper subiect of good I answere the proper subiect of good is he to whom it is commanded and the vnproper subiect is where there is no such commandement Vse 1 By this a man may looke into himselfe and see as it were in a glasse the defects and deformities of his soule and namely that hee doth many things good for the matter and substance and good in those that haue a calling and commandement for it yet euill in him because he wanteth a commandement and consequently hath no warrant for the doing thereof All such haue cause to humble themselues for the euill which they haue brought vpon themselues by doing good things without any good calling To preach the word to administer the Sacraments to make publike prayer are necessarie parts of the holy worship of God that must be performed they are the onely instruments to saue the precious soules of men and yet these euen these are
established by Arcadius and Honorius the Emperors God lib. 5 tit 4 de nuptiis that the marriage of cousin germans shall be allowed and the children borne of them shall bee holden legittimate and succeede their fathers in theyr inheritance And heereunto doe the ancient Councels also accord Epann Concil about the yeare of Christ foure hundred ninety seuen Concil Turon 2. in the yeare fiue hundred and sixty Now the first that did forbid the marriage of cousin germans was Theodosius the Elder as many testifie and that by the counsell and aduice of Ambrose Lib. 8. Epist 66. which hee calleth the Theodosian Law and in his time Austine testifieth it was in force This is wholly or at least for the most part taken out of Zepperus The next witnesse to be produced is Amand Polanus professour in the vniuersitie of Basil in Syntag. Theol lib. 10. cap. 53. who teacheth that the sonnes and daughters of brethren and sisters may lawfully marrie by the law of God whatsoeuer the Popes canon law say to the contrary as Iacob married Rahel his cousin german Of the same iudgement also is Chemnitius in his Examin Chem. exam part 1. For he sheweth that the prohibition of this degree is meerely humane established for no other cause but that the prohibitions of God might bee kept with greater reuerence and where such prohibitions are they ought to bee obserued which is not denied of vs howbeit that is not our case where no such prohibitions are I will annexe to these one forraine testimony more that is of Zanchius a man of eminent note who proouing that the incestuous marriages betweene the brother and sister De oper creat part 3 lib. 4. c. 2 whether they be borne of the same father and mother or of one of them onely are vtterly vnlawfull as also betweene the Nephew and the Aunt and the Neece and her vncle he hath these words The marriage betweene the sonnes and daughters of naturall brethren is lawfull as all the learned and godly agree without any controuersie for as much as we neuer read the same forbidden in holy Scripture in any place but rather allowed by many examples which were neuer condemned by any man And albeit he wish that in all such places as is a restraint heereof men should be subiect to the Magistrate according to the Doctrine of Christ yet hee spareth not farther to deliuer his opinion in this manner For my part I could wish for many causes and those of no smal moment and importance that marriages might simply bee made by warrant of the word of God that whatsoeuer God himselfe hath left free and made lawful the same might also be left vnto men as lawfull I speake freely that which I conceiue of this matter These are the forraine testimonies which I thought good to alledge at this present to which it were not hard to adde infinite others who because they speake the same things and run the same course that the former doe I will not trouble the reader and my selfe any farther in rehearsing of them I will conclude the whole with one more that is our owne countrey-man M. Perkins Mast Perkins a very iudicious godly learned Diuine as any that this age hath brought forth who in a Treatise prouing that a reprobate may in truth be made partaker of all that is contained in the Religion of the Church of Rome and that a right papist by his Religion cannot go beyond a reprobate sayth thus To go further by Gods word they which are distant 4. degrees in the transuers equall line are not forbidden to marry together as cousin germans thus the daughters of Zelophehad were married to their fathers brothers sonnes This example as I take it may be a warrant of the lawfulnes of this Marriage howsoeuer the church of Rome do ouerthwart the Lord in it Let me adde one thing more and then I will end Whereas wee are aduised by many in this question to haue due consideration of offences that may arise in making such matches I would wish also and desire all those that are contrary minded to haue good consideration of such offences as may bee giuen by two earnest disprouing the vnfitnesse and inconueniency of such matches and especially by leauing in doubt and suspence the lawfulnesse of them forasmuch as betweene parties of very good account both in calling and Religion there haue beene and are many matches in this Land of that kinde that betweene high and low rich poore noble and vnnoble which haue beene vndertaken and finished by the iudgement of the godly and learned so that it were not hard to produce sundry examples of Emperors Kings Princes Dukes Earles Barons Knights Gentlemen other of all sorts which now to bring in question for the offensiue conceits of some were more offensiue to the truth to the Church to the learned and to men of all conditions yea more dangerous to the state of those parties and preiudiciall to theyr yssue then any man of iudgement or godlinesse would approoue Thus much of this point of this chapter and of this whole booke The Lord almighty the author of all number of whose vnderstanding there is no number Psal 147 5 who hath ordered all things in measure number waight with whom our dayes are determined and the number of our months are set Iob 14 5 by whose onely mercy wee haue receyued strength to finish this booke of NVMBERS containing the iourneys of the Israelites through the desert from Mount Sinai vnto the plains of Moab by Iordan neere Iericho and admonishing vs of the state of the Church in this life lying vnder the crosse and at length receiuing deliuerance from the Ancient of daies grant vnto vs that being numbred among the children of GOD we may haue our lot among the Saints and be in the number of them that are sealed out of all the Tribes of the children of Israel Reuel 7 4. and so rest for euer in the heauenly Canaan among the soules of iust men perfected and the innumerable company of angels Heb. 12 22. Vnto him be praise and glorie in the Church Amen FINIS Gentle Reader let me intreate thee to amend these faults which otherwise may leade into errour PAg. 18. Col. 2. line 6. had made pag. 79. col 2. l. 37. the iudgement pag. 80 c. 1. l. 1. desired p. 137. c. 1. l. 60. rule and p. 140. c. 1. l. 56. censor p. 167. c. 2. l. 5. not to do p. 206. c. 2. l. 22. vnprobable p. 301. c. 1. l. 26. the Cushite p. 394. c. 2. l. 18. the Cushite p. 422. c. 1. l. 5. his iudgements p. 451. c. 1. l. 30. tender p. 473. c. 2. l. 36. profitable p. 536. c. 2. l. 28. the staffe p. 588. c. 1. l. 47 a double A Table of the principall Contents of this Booke the Figures note out the Page the Letters the Columne If no Letter be